NR Catalogue Issue 96

ISSUE 96
Catalogue of Ca t a l o g u e
Network Rail
Standards
NR/CAT/STP/001 ISSUE 96
05 June – 05 September 2015

This document is the property of Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd.
It shall not be reproduced in whole or in part, nor disclosed to a third party, without the written permission of
the standard owner. Copyright © 2015 Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd.
Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd. is part of the Network Rail Group of Companies.
i. Contacts
Search Support Contacts
Please note that it will help save time if you have available your System Number and Company Name.
Other Information
Network Rail Standards Subscriptions
SAI Global
Network Rail Standards Management
SAI Global
Publications Manager
Nicole Lockwood
Phone: 01908 782 481
Network Rail Standards Hard Copy Document Centre
SAI Global
Railway Group Standards
Rail Safety & Standards Board Enquiry Desk
Phone: 020 3142 5400 Website www.rssb.co.uk
Network Rail Technical Drawings
National Records Group
Email: [email protected]
Distributed under licence by SAI Global, Partis House, Davy Avenue, Knowlhill, Milton Keynes, MK5 8HJ
[email protected] Tel: +44 (0) 1344 636300
An App of this catalogue is available as the i2i Network Rail App in iTunes and Google Play
Publication date: 05/06/2015 – 05/09/2015
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Table of Contents
Table of ContentsTable of Contents
i. Contacts ........................................................................................................................................................................................................2
1 Guide to this Catalogue .............................................................................................................................................................................6
1.1 Quick Find – Using the Catalogue Index ....................................................................................................................................... 6
1.2 Network Rail Standards ................................................................................................................................................................. 6
1.3 Network Rail Standards Framework .............................................................................................................................................. 6
1.4 Types of Network Rail Standards .................................................................................................................................................. 6
1.5 Other documents related to Network Rail Standards ..................................................................................................................... 6
1.6 Steering Group Codes ................................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.7 Technical Specifications for Interoperability ................................................................................................................................... 7
1.8 Railway Group Standards .............................................................................................................................................................. 7
1.9 Ordering Network Rail Standards .................................................................................................................................................. 7
2 Changes in this issue .................................................................................................................................................................................9
2.1 New and Up-Issued Standards ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.2 Withdrawn and Superseded Documents ......................................................................................................................................13
2.3 Letters of Instruction .....................................................................................................................................................................14
3 Network Rail Catalogues..........................................................................................................................................................................21
3.1 Network Rail Catalogues ..............................................................................................................................................................21
4 Listing of Network Rail Standards ............................................................................................................................................................23
4.1 ASSET INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................................................23
4.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING...................................................................................................................................................................24
4.2.1 Civil Engineering ...............................................................................................................................................................24
4.2.2 Railway Estates Policy & Planning ....................................................................................................................................31
4.3 COMMERCIAL PROPERTY .........................................................................................................................................................32
4.4 COMPETENCE & TRAINING MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................33
4.5 CONTRACTS & PROCUREMENT ...............................................................................................................................................38
4.6 ELECTRICAL POWER .................................................................................................................................................................40
4.7 ENGINEERING DESIGN TECHNOLOGY ....................................................................................................................................64
4.8 ENVIRONMENT ...........................................................................................................................................................................65
4.9 ERGONOMICS .............................................................................................................................................................................67
4.10 FIRE SAFETY POLICY ................................................................................................................................................................68
4.11 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................................69
4.12 INFRASTUCTURE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................................................72
4.13 INTEGRATED RISK .....................................................................................................................................................................84
4.14 INVESTMENT PROJECTS ..........................................................................................................................................................85
4.15 NATIONAL DELIVERY SERVICE / NATIONAL SUPPLY CHAIN ................................................................................................91
4.16 OPERATIONS & CUSTOMER SERVICES / PRINCIPLES & STANDARDS ................................................................................93
4.16.1 OPERATIONS & CUSTOMER SERVICES .......................................................................................................................93
4.16.2 OPERATIONS PRINCIPLES & STANDARDS ..................................................................................................................96
4.17 RAIL MOUNTED VEHICLE & PLANT ..........................................................................................................................................98
4.18 SAFETY & COMPLIANCE ..........................................................................................................................................................104
4.18.1 Accident Investigation .....................................................................................................................................................104
4.18.2 Assurance .......................................................................................................................................................................105
4.18.3 Health & Safety Systems .................................................................................................................................................105
4.18.4 Occupational Health & Safety..........................................................................................................................................105
All contents and digital formats © Network Rail 2015. No unauthorized use of the content
or digital formats is permitted. 3
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Table of Contents
4.19 SIGNAL ENGINEERING ............................................................................................................................................................111

4.20 SYSTEM ENGINEERING ...........................................................................................................................................................141
4.20.1 Engineering Programme Management ............................................................................................................................141
4.20.2 Railway System Engineering ...........................................................................................................................................143
4.21 TELECOMS ENGINEERING ......................................................................................................................................................145
4.22 TRACK ENGINEERING .............................................................................................................................................................161
4.23 Documents Archived in the Last 15 Months ...............................................................................................................................179
A1 NR/L3/CIV/005 Iss 2; Jun 11..................................................................................................................................................................182
A2 NR/L3/CIV/006 Iss 5; Jan 14..................................................................................................................................................................182
A3 NR/L3/CIV/140 Iss 10; Sep 10 ...............................................................................................................................................................183
B1 NR/L2/CTM/012 Iss 3; Sep 11 ...............................................................................................................................................................188
C1 NR/L2/ELP/27009 Iss 2; Dec 11 ............................................................................................................................................................191
C2 NR/L2/ELP/27238 Iss 7; Jul 14 ..............................................................................................................................................................193
C3 NR/L3/ELP/27406 Iss 2; Dec 11 ............................................................................................................................................................194
D1 NR/L3/INI/PG115 Iss 5; Jun 12 ..............................................................................................................................................................196
E1 NR/L3/MTC/MG0176 Iss 4; Sep 10 .......................................................................................................................................................198
E2 NR/L3/MTC/II0219 Iss 1; Sep 10 ...........................................................................................................................................................198
E3 NR/L3/MTC/MG0213 Iss 6; Jun 11 ........................................................................................................................................................198
E4 NR/L3/MTC/PLS0175 Iss 4; Sep 10 ......................................................................................................................................................201
E5 NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Iss 7; Dec 14 ......................................................................................................................................................202
F1 NR/L3/NDS/047 Iss 21; Mar 12..............................................................................................................................................................209
F2 NR/L3/NDS/048 Iss 13; Mar 12..............................................................................................................................................................209
F3 NR/L3/NDS/308 Iss 13; Mar 12..............................................................................................................................................................209
G1 NR/L3/OCS/043 Iss 18; Mar 15..............................................................................................................................................................212
G2 NR/L3/OCS/044 Iss 11; Jun 12 ..............................................................................................................................................................213
H1 NR/PLANT/0200 Iss 6; May 14 ..............................................................................................................................................................215
H2 NR/PLANT/0200 Iss 6; May 14 ..............................................................................................................................................................215
J1 NR/L2/SIG/11201 Iss 9; Sep 14 .............................................................................................................................................................219
J2 NR/L2/SIG/17002 Iss 23; Mar 12 ...........................................................................................................................................................220
J3 NR/L2/SIG/30009 Iss 10; Mar 15 ...........................................................................................................................................................223
J4 NR/L2/SIG/30014 Iss 9; Sep 14 .............................................................................................................................................................224
J5 NR/L2/SIG/30017 Iss 2; Sep 11 .............................................................................................................................................................228
J6 NR/L2/SIG/30097 Iss 3; Apr 14 ..............................................................................................................................................................228
J7 NR/L2/SIG/30099 Iss 1; Jun 12 .............................................................................................................................................................229
J8 NR/L3/SIG/11303 Iss 5; Sep 11 .............................................................................................................................................................229
J9 NR/L3/SIG/11761 Iss 3; Jun 12 ..............................................................................................................................................................231
J10 NR/L3/SIG/30082 Iss 2; Dec 10 .............................................................................................................................................................231
J11 NR/SIG/10665 Iss 12; Sep 14 ................................................................................................................................................................231
K1 NR/L2/TRK/0017; Sep 14 ......................................................................................................................................................................234
K2 NR/L2/TRK/6100; Mar 15.......................................................................................................................................................................234
K3 NR/L3/TRK/0027; Jun 11 .......................................................................................................................................................................234
K4 NR/L3/TRK/003 16; Mar 15....................................................................................................................................................................237
K5 NR/L3/TRK/3510 2; Sep 11....................................................................................................................................................................239
K6 NR/L3/TRK/3530 1; Jun 12 ....................................................................................................................................................................240
5 Catalogue Index .....................................................................................................................................................................................242
4 or digital formats is permitted.
1
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
1. Guide to this Catalogue
Guide to this Catalogue
1. Guide to Contents
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
1 Guide to this Catalogue

Welcome to the Catalogue of the Network Rail Standards. This catalogue is updated on a quarterly basis
1.1 Quick Find – Using the Catalogue Index

All Network Rail current standards are listed in this catalogue. Click on the above index to find the document(s) you are looking for. If you can find
what you are looking for, or are after a Historical Standard, please contact our service providers.
1.2 Network Rail Standards

“Network Rail standards” is the generic term for the documents that specify requirements and provide guidance directed towards securing the safe
and efficient operation of the rail infrastructure. They support the overall company assurance system by specifying how Network Rail controls its
principal health and safety risks, and how the organisation complies with Technical Specifications for Interoperability (TSIs), domestic legislation,
Railway Group Standards and Network Rail Business Critical Rules.”
1.3 Network Rail Standards Framework

The standards framework, detailed in NR/L2/EBM/STP001, is designed to enable Network Rail Standard Owners to:
• develop requirements that are designed to control and/or help mitigate against identified safety and business risks;
• align those requirements (risk controls) to the relevant asset management lifecycle stages; and
• describe those requirements within a hierarchy of Network Rail standards.
NOTE 1: A standard might not be needed if there are no identified risks to be controlled.
NOTE 2: The Bow-Tie risk methodology may be used to identify risks and their controls.
1.4 Types of Network Rail Standards

A Network Rail standard shall be classified as either:
a) mandatory:
a) Level 1;
a) Level 2;
a) Level 3;
a) BCR control documents; or:
b) (non-mandatory) Guidance Note
NOTES
• Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 standards are monitored for compliance on the Network Rail non-compliance database.
• Level 1 Network Rail standards shall specify the organisation’s objectives, goals, strategies and policy requirements.
• Level 1 standards provide the framework for business processes, assurance systems and controls specified at Level 2.
• Examples of Level 1 standards include Asset Management Policies and the Network Rail Drugs and Alcohol Policy.
• Level 2 Network Rail standards shall specify “what” is to be achieved.
• Level 2 standards outline business processes, assurance systems and controls.
• They provide the minimum requirements against which Level 3 processes can deliver.
• Examples of Level 2 standards are specifications, process requirements and product specifications.
• Level 3 Network Rail standards shall specify the “how to” tasks to be followed in order to deliver requirements specified in Level 2 standards.
• Examples of Level 3 standards are work instructions and process instructions.
• BCR control documents shall describe what needs to be achieved to meet identified controls for mitigating risks, including any tolerances and
limits if applicable.
• Guidance Notes shall provide guidance based on best practice.
• Guidance Notes are non-mandatory and are not monitored for compliance.
1.5 Other documents related to Network Rail Standards

• Letters of Instruction – (NR/L2/EBM/STP001 previous issue 4, clause 4) - document, authorised by a Standard Owner, that is used to issue
mandatory instructions directly linked to an existing Network Rail standard where there is an emergency need not otherwise covered;
• Special Inspection Notices (SINs) (NR/L2/SIG/10072) - A rapid response document, produced in accordance with this specification to rapid
action throughout the railway industry to identify and obviate defects which may present a hazard.
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
1.6 Steering Group Codes

Please refer to the table for the current Steering Groups Codes.
Network Rail Standards Steering Groups – as at October 31, 2014
Standards Steering Group Reference
Asset Information AIF
Buildings & Civils Engineering CIV
Competence & Training CTM
Electrical Power ELP
Ergonomics ERG
Fire Safety Policy FIR
Information Management INF
Integrated Risk RSK
Infrastructure Projects INI
National Supply Chain NDS/CPR
Network Operations OCS/OPS/MTC
Property PRO
Rail Mounted Vehicle & Plant RMVP
Safety & Sustainable Development ENV/INV/OHS/HSS
Signals SIG
Asset Management & Railway Systems EBM/RSE
Telecoms TEL
Track TRK
1.7 Technical Specifications for Interoperability

TSIs are European-wide standards and set out essential requirements in eight subsystems.
TSIs are mandated in the UK through The Railways (Interoperability) Regulations 2006, and apply to certain projects and routes. Where applicable,
TSIs take precedence over all other national standards, including Railway Group Standards and Network Rail standards.
1.8 Railway Group Standards

Railway Group Standards are produced and implemented as specified in the Railway Group Standards Code published by the Rail Safety and
Standards Board (RSSB). Railway Group Standards take precedence over Network Rail standards.
Deviations against Railway Group Standards are monitored by Network Rail via the non-compliance database.
1.9 Ordering Network Rail Standards

You can order network Rail Standards either as part of an online subscription collection or as individual hardcopies.
Most of the Network Rail Standards are priced according to the number of pages in them and are divided into 6 main price bands; these price bands
are:
Price Band A B C D E F
Price £9 £12 £23 £35 £46 £69
There are multiple subscription packages available – either in a modular format or custom collection tailored to your requirements. For examples
please contact:
Enquiries : [email protected]
SAI Global, Partis House, Davy Avenue, Knowlhill, Milton Keynes MK5 8HJ
www.saiglobal.com
2
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
2. Changes in this Issue
Changes in this Issue
2. Changes in this issue

2. Changes in this Issue
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
2.1 New and Up-Issued Standards
2 Changes in this issue

Compliance Date
Briefing Ref
Issue Date
Summary of purpose, significant changes
Replaces
Prefix
Issue
and benefits
Document Number Title
(for full summary please see briefing
note)
1 CIV NR/L3/CIV/00012 Road vehicle 1 NR/GN/CIV/00012 06/06/15 05/09/15 Updated in response to a RAIB investigation
incursions: risk ISSUE 1 following an incident at North Rode.
assessment of NR/GN/CIV/00012 has been converted to a
public and non- level 3 standard and extends the scope to
public bridge include non-public sites.
and
neighbouring
sites
2 ELP NR/L2/ELP/21015 Maintenance of 3 ISSUE 2 06/06/15 06/06/16 The frequency has been changed to allow
negative E&PMEs to extend the frequency of the
traction cables inspections in certain cases. A ten yearly
and bonding functionally check has also been added.
for DC
conductor rail
systems
3 ELP NR/L2/ELP/21048 Maintenance of 1 NEW 06/06/15 06/06/16 Allow E&PMEs to extend the frequency of
positive the inspections in certain cases to more then
conductor rail 12 months and to reduce it where there is
and traction impact on the asset condition.
cables for DC It also includes the need to check the
conductor rail conductor rail drawings at a 10 year
systems. frequency on site. Conductor rail heating has
been included.
4 ELP NR/L2/ELP/27032 Management of 1 NR/GN/ELP/00003 06/06/15 01/06/16 This is a new mandated standard based on
incidents the previous guidance note and Route best
involving practice when responding to OLE incidents. It
damage to the has been produced in response to the
OLE learning points from the Margaretting
dewirement incident.
5 ELP NR/L3/ELP/27237 Overhead Line 9 ISSUE 8 06/06/15 31/01/16 The index has been updated due to the
Work addition of 12 new or modified work
Instructions instructions to incorporate the new
components and the series 2 OLE design
range. The detailed changes are shown in
the attached table and in the official briefing
presentation.
6 ELP NR/L3/ELP/27250 Conductor rail 1 NR/GN/ELP/27309 06/06/15 06/06/16 New standard contains modules for carrying
equipment ISSUE 3 out tasks on the conductor rail and
working associated equipment and negative bonding.
instructions. Updates the requirements for installing,
inspecting and maintaining conductor rail,
negative bonding and associated equipment.
7 INF NR/L2/INF/02230 Corporate 2 NR/L2/INF/02230 06/06/15 31/12/15 Updated in line with recommendations made
Archive Policy ISSUE 1 as part of our Archives Accreditation Award,
with Network Rail's reclassification and to
reflect our obligations under the Freedom of
Information Act, 2000.
8 INI NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/102 GRIP for 1 NEW 06/06/15 05/09/15 This Standard introduces a common
Programmes governance framework for the delivery of
infrastructure programmes in Network Rail.
This Standard applies to all new programmes
subsequent to September 2015.
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Compliance Date
Briefing Ref
Issue Date
Replaces
Prefix
Issue
and benefits
note)
9 MTC NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 Network 3 ISSUE 2 06/06/15 05/09/15 Updated to:

Operations 1) reflect organisational changes since it
non-operations was last published;
staff 2) incorporate Works Delivery and Network
management Operations Delivery Services;
self assurance 3) amend the processes to be consistent with
procedure the devolved organisation;
4) reference additional standard maintenance
forms published since the standard was last
updated; and
5) permit customisation of forms and
materials used based on risk and local
circumstances and management processes.
10 MTC NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Risk Control 8 ISSUE 7 06/06/15 06/06/15 Task risk control sheet updated:
Manual GA25
11 OCS NR/L3/OCS/041 Operations 35 ISSUE 34 06/06/15 06/06/15 The standards change mitigates the risk of
Manual - operational staff not working to aligned
Contents & procedures.
Responsibilities UPDATED: 2.10 – Security and Storage of
Matrix Detonators
12 OCS NR/L3/OCS/044 Managed 12 ISSUE 11 06/06/15 05/09/15 The standards change mitigates the risk of
Station Manual operational staff not working to aligned
- Contents, procedures.
Procedures & UPDATED: MS-07 – Control of Work on
Responsibilities Managed Stations, MS-07 Appendices A-H –
Matrix Control of Work on Managed Stations
13 OCS NR/L2/OCS/095 High Risk 4 ISSUE 3 06/06/15 01/08/15 The standards change mitigates the risk of
Sites for Wrong operational staff not working to aligned
Side Track procedures
Circuit Failures
in Leaf Fall
Areas and for
Low Rail
Adhesion
14 OHS NR/L2/OHS/0047 Application of 6 ISSUE 5 06/06/15 06/06/15 Updates made to bring the document inline
the with the chnages introduced by the CDM
Construction Regulations 2015. Introduction of Section 11:
Design and CDM Management Procedures which makes
Management it explicit that the director of each business
Regulations to unit (route, function, major programme or
Network Rail region) is accountable for the CDM
Construction management procedures in that area.
Projects
15 SIG NR/L2/SIG/11201 Signalling 10 ISSUE 9 06/06/15 05/09/15 NEW: Module X39 - Overlay Miniature Stop
Design Light arrangements
Handbook
16 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/27408 Product 2 NR/L2/ELP/27408 06/06/15 06/06/16 This new standard was developed as part of
Specification ISSUE 1 a new suite of documentation in response to
for Signalling ORR improvement notices with regards to
Power maintenance and management of 650V
Distribution Signalling Power Supplies.
Cables
17 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/27409 Product 2 NR/L2/ELP/27409 06/06/15 06/06/15 This new standard was developed as part of
for Functional ORR improvement notices with regards to
Supply Points maintenance and management of 650V
(FSP) Signalling Power Supplies.
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Compliance Date
Briefing Ref
Issue Date
Replaces
Prefix
Issue
and benefits
note)
18 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/27410 Specification 2 NR/L2/ELP/27410 06/06/15 06/06/15 This new standard was developed as part of
for Class II ISSUE 1 a new suite of documentation in response to
based ORR improvement notices with regards to
Signalling maintenance and management of 650V
Power Signalling Power Supplies.
Distribution
Systems
19 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/27419 Product 1 NEW 06/06/15 06/06/15 This new standard was developed as part of
Specification a new suite of documentation in response to
for Distribution ORR improvement notices with regards to
Interface maintenance and management of 650V
Transformer Signalling Power Supplies.
Assemblies
(DITA) for
Signalling
Power
Distribution
Systems
Specification - a new suite of documentation in response to
Flexible ORR improvement notices with regards to
Conduits for maintenance and management of 650V
Class II Based Signalling Power Supplies.
Signalling
Power
Distribution
Systems
Specification - a new suite of documentation in response to
Cable Glands ORR improvement notices with regards to
for use in Class maintenance and management of 650V
II Based Signalling Power Supplies.
Signalling
Power
Distribution
Systems
22 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/30007 Product 3 NR/L2/SIG/30007 06/06/15 06/06/15 This new standard was developed as part of
for Power ORR improvement notices with regards to
Transformers maintenance and management of 650V
for Signalling Signalling Power Supplies.
Systems
23 SIGELP NR/L2/SIGELP/50000 Working on or 1 NEW 06/06/15 06/06/16 This new standard was developed as part of
near 650V a new suite of documentation in response to
Signalling ORR improvement notices with regards to
Power Supplies maintenance and management of 650V
Signalling Power Supplies.
24 SIGELP NR/L3/SIGELP/27420 Target Earth 1 NEW 06/06/15 06/06/15 This new standard was developed as part of
Calculation a new suite of documentation in response to
Methodology ORR improvement notices with regards to
for Signalling maintenance and management of 650V
Power Systems Signalling Power Supplies.
25 SIGELP NR/L3/SIGELP/50001 Working on or 1 NEW 06/06/15 06/06/16 This new standard was developed as part of
near 650V a new suite of documentation in response to
Signalling ORR improvement notices with regards to
Power Supplies maintenance and management of 650V
(Work Signalling Power Supplies.
Instructions
Index)
26 TRK NR/GN/TRK/7001 Index of Track 6 ISSUE 5 06/06/15 NA TWIs UPDATED:

Work 2C037, 2G018, 2G020
Information
Sheets (TWI) TWIs NEW:
2P043b
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Compliance Date
Briefing Ref
Issue Date
Replaces
Prefix
Issue
and benefits
note)
27 TRK NR/L3/TRK/003 Index of Track 17 ISSUE 16 06/06/15 05/09/15 TEFs UPDATED:

Engineering TEF 3029 ISSUE 7, TEF 3054 ISSUE 7, TEF
Forms 3203 ISSUE 5, TEF 3244A ISSUE 2,TEF
3244B ISSUE 2
NEW:
TEF 3225, TEF 3226, TEF 3227, TEF 3251
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
2.2 Withdrawn and Superseded Documents

Compliance Date
Issue
Document Reasons for withdrawal
Title Replaced By
Number (for full summary please see briefing note)
NR/GN/CIV/00012 Road Vehicle 1 NR/L3/CIV/00012 05/09/2015 Withdrawn following the publication of

Incursions: Risk ISSUE 1 NR/L3/CIV/00012 which has been updated in
Assessment of response to a RAIB investigation following an incident
Bridge and at North Rode. NR/GN/CIV/00012 has been
Neighbouring Sites converted to a level 3 standard and extends the
scope to include non-public sites.
NR/GN/ELP/00003 A.C. Electrified 2 NR/L2/ELP/27032 01/06/2016 Withdrawn following the publication of

Lines Management ISSUE 1 NR/L2/ELP/27032 which is based on n the previous
of Incidents guidance note and Route best practice when
Involving Damage responding to OLE incidents. It has been produced in
to Overhead Line response to the learning points from the Margaretting
Equipment dewirement incident.
NR/GN/ELP/27309 DC Electric Track 3 NR/L3/ELP/27250 06/06/2016 Withdrawn following the publication of

Equipment Drawing ISSUE 1 NR/GN/ELP/27309 which has contains modules for
Index carrying out tasks on the conductor rail and
associated equipment and negative bonding. Updates
the requirements for installing, inspecting and
maintaining conductor rail, negative bonding and
associated equipment.
NR/L2/INI/CP0069 Route 3 WITHDRAWN 02/03/2015 Withdrawn following changes to the Network Rail
Requirements organisation and Requirements Management process
Management and and products. The introduction of new requirements
Production of management process and products (Client
Project Requirements Document (CRD), Route Requirements
Requirements Document (RRD) and Detailed Route Requirements
Specification Document (DRRD)).
NR/L3/MTC/MG0233 Infrastructure 1 WITHDRAWN 06/06/2015 Withdrawal will not affect the business nor will the
Maintenance IRSE operation of the Assessing Agency be effected. It
Assessing Agency allow the opportunity to update the current
Network Rail documentation for IRSE licensing, providing a more
streamlined approach for the business, and enabling
the compliance of NR/L2/SIG/10160 sooner and the
Route TNCs to be closed.
NR/L2/OCS/096 Determining High 3 NR/L2/OCS/095 01/08/2015 Withdrawn as integrates NR/L2/OCS/096. Both wrong
Risk Sites for Low ISSUE 4 side track circuit failures and low rail adhesion sites
Rail Adhesion have similar identification criteria.
NR/L3/OCS/096 Low rail adhesion 2 NR/L2/OCS/095 01/08/2015 Withdrawn as supersedes NR/L3/OCS/096 with both
sites - risk ISSUE 4 wrong side track circuit failures and low rail adhesion
assessment sites adopting an adhesion risk ranking process. The
process standard now also remits the need for a removal plan;
previously high / low risk sites had been determined
without a requirement for any actions to be taken.
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
2.3 Letters of Instruction

A Letter of Instruction (LOI) is document, authorised by a Standard Owner, that is used to issue mandatory instructions directly linked to an existing
Network Rail standard where there is an emergency need not otherwise covered..
Historic letter of instructions (where text has been crossed out) will be removed in the next Publication. Some LOI’s may stay current after the stated
Expiry Date.
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Title Standard Owner Relevant Standard
Number
NR/BS/LI/352 Standard affected: 1 17/04/2015 17/04/2015 Occupational Health NR/L2/OHS/133 Issue 1

NR/L2/OHS/133 (Issue 1), Code of & Safety
Practice for Planning and
Delivering Safe Work (PDSW)
NR/BS/LI/349 Standards affected: 1 02/02/2015 02/03/2015 Civil Engineering NR/L2/CIV/003 Issue 4

NR/L2/CIV/003 Engineering
Assurance of Building and Civil
Engineering Works [Issue 4]
NR/BS/LI/348 Requirements for undertaking the 1 23/02/2015 When Civil Engineering NR/L3/CIV/006 Part 4A Issue 1
roles of Lead Examiner and Standard is NR/L3/CIV/006 Part 4B Issue 1
Examining Engineer for the next updated NR/L3/CIV/006 Part 1D Issue 1
examination of Tunnels.
NR/BS/LI/347 Standard affected: 1 16/01/2015 When Occupational Health NR/L2/CTM/028 Issue 2

NR/L2/CTM/028 (Issue 2), Standard is & Safety
Competence and Training in OLE next updated
Construction Engineering
NR/BS/LI/346 Standard affected: 1 16/12/2014 When Electrical Power NR/WI/ELP/27051 Issue 4

NR/WI/ELP/27051 (Issue 4) – Standard is
Work Instruction for D.C. next updated
Electrified Lines in the Liverpool
area
NR/BS/LI/345 Standard affected: 1 24/11/2014 When Safety Technical NR/L2/RSE/100/02 Issue 2

NR/L2/RSE/100/02 (Issue 2), Standard is Engineering
Safety Verification next updated
NR/BS/LI/340 Standard affected: 1 07/01/2015 When Track Engineering NR/L3/TRK/4004 Issue 2

NR/L3/TRK/4004 (Issue 2), Switch Standard is
and crossing assemblies next updated
NR/BS/LI/336 Protractor Gauges Specification 1 15/10/2014 30/11/2015 Track Engineering NR/L3/TRK/4900 Issue 1
and P8 Profiles Changes on Track
Gauges.
NR/BS/LI/331 Requirements for parapet heights 1 22/04/2014 When Civil Engineering NR/L3/CIV/020 Issue 1
on over bridge and footbridge Standard is
structures spanning overhead line next updated
electrification equipment.
Standards affected:
NR/L3/CIV/020 (issue 1), Design
of Bridges
NR/BS/LI/328 Standard affected: 1 28/03/2014 When Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/21104 Issue 2

NR/SP/ELP/21104 (ISSUE 2), Standard is
Design and Installation of Electric next updated
Track Equipment for DC Electrified
Lines
NR/BS/LI/327 Systems of Work for OTP Working 2 01/05/2014 When Rail Mounted Vehicle NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501
in Electrified - Standard affected: Standard is & Plant Issue 1
NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501 next updated
(Issue 1), Systems of Work
NR/BS/LI/326 Standard affected: 1 16/042014 When Occupational Health NR/L2/OHS/050 Issue 4

NR/L2/OHS/050 (Issue 4), Sentinel Standard is & Safety
Scheme Rules next updated
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Number
NR/BS/LI/324 Standard affected: NR/SIG/10663 1 11/03/2014 01/12/2015 Signal Engineering NR/SIG/10663 Issue 4
(Issue 04), Signal Maintenance
Specifications (SMS)
NR/BS/LI/323 Standard 1 11/03/2014 01/12/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L2/SIG/10064 Issue 1

affected:NR/L2/SIG/10064 (Issue
04), General Instructions to Staff
Working on S&T Equipment &
NR/GI/E022 (Issue 02),
Rectification of Power Supply
Earth Faults Protected by
Automatic Disconnection
NR/BS/LI/322 NR/BS/LI/322, Issue 1 Framework 1 28/03/2014 02/05/2014 Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/5100 Issue 2
for the consistent assessment of
fencing repairs based on risk
NR/BS/LI/309 Standards affected: 1 17/09/2013 When Module Rail Mounted Vehicle NR/PLANT/0200
NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501 P501 is next & Plant
(Issue 1), Systems of Work & updated
NR/PLANT/0200/Module P509
(Issue 1), Trailers and Attachments
NR/BS/LI/308 Standard affected: 2 30/11/2014 30/04/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L2/SIG/11704 Issue 3

NR/L2/SIG/11704 (Issue 3),
Signalling Requirements for the
Application Design and
Management of Points
NR/BS/LI/306 Standard affected: NR/L1/CIV/032: 2 26/09/2014 When Civil Engineering NR/L1/CIV/032

The Management of Structures Standard is
[Issue 2] next updated
NR/BS/LI/305 Standards affected: 1 23/09/2013 End of plain Asset Management - NR/L2/TRK/001

- NR/L2/TRK/001, Issue 6 line track trial - NR/L2/TRK/2102
- NR/L2/TRK/2102, Issue 6 period - BCRP - NR/L2/TRK/3038
- NR/L2/TRK/3038, Issue 5 - NR/L2/TRK/0032
- NR/L2/TRK/0032, Issue 5 - NR/L2/AIF/02106
- NR/L2/AIF/02106, Issue 4 - NR/L2/TRK/0132
- NR/L2/TRK/0132, Issue 6 - NR/L3/CIV/005/3A
- NR/L3/CIV/005/3A, Issue 1 - NR/L3/CIV/005/3B
- NR/L3/CIV/005/3B, Issue 1 - NR/L3/TRK/3230
- NR/L3/TRK/3230, Issue 2
NR/BS/LI/304 Standard affected: 4 29/09/2014 End of plain Asset Management NR/L2/EBM/STP001 Issue 5
NR/L2/EBM/STP001 [Issue 5] line track trial
Managing Standards period
NR/BS/LI/298 Standard affected: 2 16/06/2014 When Operations and NR/L3/OCS/044 Issue 3

NR/L3/OCS/044 Managed Stations Standard is Customer Services
Manual – Procedure MS-02 (Issue next updated
3)
NR/BS/LI/296 Standard affected: 2 16/06/2014 When Operations and NR/L3/OCS/043 Issue 4

NR/L3/OCS/043 – National Control Standard is Customer Services
Instructions – Procedure 5.2 (Issue next updated
4), Procedure For The Planned
Response to GSM-R System
Failures
NR/BS/LI/292 Standard affected: 1 18/07/2013 When Buildings & Civils NR/L3/TRK/1010 Issue 2
NR/L3/TRK/1010 (Issue 2), Standard is
Management of responses to next updated
extreme weather conditions at
structures, earthworks and other
key locations
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Number
NR/BS/LI/290 Standard affected: 1 25/04/2013 26/04/2014 Operations NR/L3/OCS/043 Issue 6

NR/L3/OCS/043 National Control Principles and
Instruction - Procedure 7.1 (Issue Standards
6), Weather & Seasonal
Management
NR/BS/LI/285 Standard affected: 2 11/06/2013 On Rail Mounted Vehicle NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501

NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501 Compliance & Plant Issue 1
(Issue 1), Systems of Work Date of
NR/PLANT/02
00/module
P501 (issue 1)
NR/BS/LI/284 Standard affected: 3 19/09/2014 19/09/2015 Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/0053 Issue 5

NR/L2/TRK/0053 (Issue 5)
Inspection and repair to reduce the
risk of derailment at switches
NR/BS/LI/282 Standard affected: 1 24/01/2013 23/01/2014 Electrical Power NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue 2

NR/WI/ELP/3091 (Issue 2), DC
Electrified Lines Working
Instructions
NR/BS/LI/281 Standard affected: 1 24/01/2013 23/01/2014 Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/21060 Issue 2

NR/SP/ELP/21060 (Issue 2), Issue
of Safety Documentation for Work
on 650/750 V dc Apparatus
NR/BS/LI/280 Standards affected: 2 04/12/2012 Not stated Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3
NR/SP/ELP/29987, Issue 03 –
Working on or about 25kV A.C.
Electrified Lines (‘The Green
Book’)
NR/BS/LI/276 Standard affected: 1 24/10/2012 Not stated Track Engineering NR/SP/TRK/055 Issue 1A
NR/SP/TRK/055 (Issue 1A), Rail
Testing: Ultrasonic Procedures -
U15, U16 and U17 Testing
NR/BS/LI/275 Standard affected: 2 11/02/2014 10/02/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L3/SIG/10179 Issue 3

NR/L3/SIG/10179 (Issue 3), The
Installation and Maintenance of
35mm Square Section Adjustable
Stretcher Bars
NR/BS/LI/273 Standard affected: 4 41830 On update of Operations & NR/L3/OCS/043/5.11 Issue 1

NR/L3/OCS/043 National Control standard Customer Services
Instruction - Procedure
NR/L3/OCS/043/5.11 (Issue 1),
Emergency Services Personnel On
or Near the Line
NR/BS/LI/269 Standard affected: 2 18/04/2013 17/04/2014 Electrical Power NR/L1/ELP/27000 [Issue: 1]

NR/L1/ELP/27000 [Issue: 1] Asset
management policy for Electrical
Power assets
NR/BS/LI/263 Standard affected: NR/L2/TRK/001 6 31/03/2015 When Track Engineering NR/L3/TRK/001 Issue 6
6 Module 2 Clause 5.4 Standard is
next updated
NR/BS/LI/263 Standard affected: NR/L2/TRK/001 5 31/03/2014 31/03/2015 Track Engineering NR/L3/TRK/001 Issue 6
6 Module 2 Clause 5.4
NR/BS/LI/244 Standard affected: 1 21/10/2011 Not stated Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3
NR/SP/ELP/29987 (Issue 3)
Working On or About Electrified
Lines
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Number
NR/BS/LI/210 Standards affected: 4 13/02/2014 13/02/2015 NDS NR/L3/NDS/305 Issue 2

NR/L2/NDS/205 (Issue 2), Rail NR/L2/NDS/205 Issue 2
Delivery and Recovery Systems
Overview and NR/L3/NDS/305
(Issue 2), Rail Delivery and
Recovery Process
NR/BS/LI/193 NR/L3/CIV/006 Part 11A: 2 03/09/2014 On update of Civil Engineering NR/L3/CIV/006 Issue 2
Reporting and recording standard
examinations of Structures in
CARRS [Issue 2]
NR/BS/LI/174 DC Electrified Lines Working 1 18/04/2010 Not stated Electrical Power NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue 2
Instructions
NR/BS/LI/163 Acceptance Requirements for On 2 01/10/2010 01/10/2011 Track Engineering RT/CE/S/130 Issue 1
Site Mobile Flash Butt Welding of
Rails
NR/BS/LI/154 Use Of The Geismar THR542 1 18/01/2010 Not stated Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/3011 Issue 6
Lightweight Stressing Equipment
In Tandem, Standard affected:
NR/L2/TRK/3011 (Issue 6)
NR/BS/LI/153 Measurement of Defect Depth 1 10/01/2010 Not stated Track Engineering NR/SP/TRK/055 Issue 1A
Using U5, U5a – Calculation
Standard affected:
NR/SP/TRK/055 (Issue 1A)
NR/BS/LI/152 Electrical Tripping – Midland 1 09/11/2009 09/11/2010 Electrical Power NONE

Mainline Headspan Area
NR/BS/LI/146 Standard affected: 1 31/10/2009 31/09/2010 Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/5100 Issue 2

NR/L2/TRK/5100 (Issue 2),
Management of fencing and other
boundary measures
NR/BS/LI/132 Standard Affected: 1 02/03/2009 01/12/2010 Operations & NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/SP/ELP/29987 (Issue 3), Customer Services
Working on or about 25kV AC
Electrified Lines
NR/BS/LI/131/Form Blocking of Lines for Electric 1 11/03/2009 01/12/2010 Electrical Power NR/BS/LI/131
s Traction Purposes
NR/BS/LI/131 Standard Affected: 2 08/04/2009 01/12/2010 Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/SP/ELP/29987 (Issue 3),
Working on or about 25kV AC
Electrified Lines
NR/BS/LI/120 Standard affected: 4 25/03/2015 24/03/2016 Operations and NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

Electrified Lines

Electrified Lines

Electrified Lines
NR/BS/LI/119 Standard affected: 1 12/12/2008 08/12/2009 Operations and NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue E2

NR/WI/ELP/3091 (Issue E2), DC Customer Services
Instructions
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Number
NR/BS/LI/118 Standard affected: 3 21/04/2011 Not stated Operations and NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue E2
NR/WI/ELP/3091 (Issue E2), DC Customer Services
Instructions
NR/BS/LI/106 Standard affected: 2 01/09/2011 31/08/2012 Electrical Power NR/L2/ELP/40045 Issue 06

NR/L2/ELP/40045 (Issue 06),
Electric point heating
NR/BS/LI/101 Standard affected: RT/CE/S/077 1 08/09/2008 Not stated Track Engineering NR/SP/TRK/077 Issue 1
Storage, Installation &Testing of
TSR &ESR AWS
NR/BS/LI/099 Changes to NR/WI/ELP/27051 1 16/09/2008 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/WI/ELP/27051 Issue 4
Engineering
NR/BS/LI/097 Standard affected 1 04/06/2008 Not stated Operations and NR/WI/ELP/27052 Issue 4
NR/WI/ELP/27052 Work Customer Services
Instructions for DC electrified lines
in the Northern city line
NR/WI/ELP/27051 - Work Customer Services
Instructions for DC electrified lines
in the Liverpool area
NR/WI/ELP/3091, DC electrified Customer Services
lines and working instructions
NR/BS/LI/091 Use of CEMBRE Rail Web 1 27/05/2008 Not stated Electrical Power NR/GN/ELP/27020 Issue 2
Connection Systems on DC
Conductor Rail
NR/BS/LI/090 Standard affected: 4 07/06/2008 Not stated Operations and NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue E2
NR/WI/ELP/3091, DC electrified Customer Services
lines working instructions, Issue E2
NR/BS/LI/084 Project D686: Western Territory 1 18/08/2008 Not stated Electrical Power NONE
650 V Cable Renewals
NR/BS/LI/083 Rail Defect Classification Codes & 1 15/05/2008 Not stated Track Engineering NR/SP/TRK/057 Issue 4
Summary of Changes
NR/BS/LI/078 Overhead power lines in the 1 12/12/2008 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3
vicinity of the railway – precautions Engineering
against induced voltages
NR/BS/LI/074 DC Certificates of Isolation 1 25/10/2007 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue E2
associated with circuit breaker Engineering
NR/BS/LI/072 STL Auxiliary Transformer Failures 4 19/10/2007 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
at Traction Substations or Engineering
Switching Stations
NR/BS/LI/061 Dangerous Incident Notification: 1 23/11/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
11Kv indoor switchgear type YSF6 Engineering
manufactured by Yorkshire
Switchgear
NR/BS/LI/060 Traction electrical distribution sites 1 23/11/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/SP/ELP/21032 Issue 2
with compromised earthing due to Engineering
theft of cables
NR/BS/LI/058 Train Based Grinding Specification 1 26/09/2006 Not stated Track Engineering NONE
for Switches and Crossing
Grinding
NR/BS/LI/057 Train Based Grinding Specification 1 26/09/2006 Not stated Track Engineering NONE
For Plain Line Grinding
NR/BS/LI/056 Permali Bushings: Access 1 11/09/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Restrictions Engineering
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Publication Date
Expiry Date
Issue
Reference
Number
NR/BS/LI/054 Maintenance and Operation of WS 1 04/08/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Switchgear Engineering
NR/BS/LI/047 – Bimold Connections on Rectifier 1 05/05/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
E&P Transformers at DC Traction Engineering
Substations
NR/BS/LI/045 Monitoring Track Over Or Adjacent 2 23/04/2007 Not stated Civil Engineering NR/CS/CIV/044 Issue 1
To Civil Engineering Works:
Procedure And Intervention Levels
NR/BS/LI/040 650 V D.C. Traction Power Cables 1 20/12/2005 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/SP/ELP/27224 Issue 2
– Support Systems Engineering
NR/BS/LI/037 Letter of Instruction re Neutral 1 10/11/2005 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Section trippings at Hayes Engineering
NR/BS/LI/034 Programme to replace 1 31/10/2005 Not stated Electrification & Plant NR/L3/ELP/00110 Issue 2
components in d.c. circuit breakers Engineering
comprising asbestos containing
materials
NR/BS/LI/032 Labelling of Track Isolating 1 17/10/2005 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Switches (T.I.S) Engineering
NR/BS/LI/028 Segregation of D.C. Track Feed 1 22/08/2005 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Cables Engineering
NR/BS/LI/025 Paralleling of EDFE Supply Points 3 07/01/2008 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
New Cross – Croydon, Engineering
Wimbledon, Northfleet:
Restrictions
NR/BS/LI/011 Substation Entry Restrictions for 6 17/10/2006 Not stated Electrification & Plant NONE
Locations Containing ASEA Engineering
Minimum Oil 25 kV Switchgear
3
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
3. Network Rail Catalogues
Network Rail Catalogues

——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
3.1 Network Rail Catalogues
3 Network Rail Catalogues

NR/CAT/STP001 Catalogue of Network Rail Standards Issue 95; Mar 15 Replaces
Issue 94; Dec 14
The Network Rail Standards Catalogue, formerly known as The Line Standards Catalogue, lists Standards issued by Engineering, Safety &
Environment, and Contract & Supply.
Price Band: phone
RT/LS/CAT004 Index of Network Rail Documents Relating to Signalling and Communications Replaces
Equipment: Part 2 – Signalling Structure Drawings Issue 4; Feb 00 Iss 3
This catalogue lists documents (drawings) relating to signalling equipment – Signalling Structure Drawings.
Price Band: phone
NR/L3/SIG/CAT003 Index of Network Rail Documents Relating to Signalling Compliance Replaces

Equipment: Part 1 – Mechanical & Electrical Drawings 06/06/15 RT/LS/CAT003 Iss 7; Jun 11
Issue 8; Mar 15
This catalogue lists documents (drawings) relating to signalling equipment – Mechanical and Electrical Drawings.
Price Band: phone
NR/GN/SIG/CAT005 Index of Network Rail Documents Relating to Signalling & Communications Replaces
Equipment Issue 48; Mar 15 Iss 47; Jun 14
The purpose of this standard is to provide signal engineers a standardised approach to signalling design. This prevents additional costs being
incurred when a design solution already exists and assists maintainers when fault finding.
The standard includes a listing of typical circuits for signalling and level crossing applications.
Price Band: phone
NR/GN/SIG/CAT006 Index of NR Documents Relating to Signalling and Communications Replaces

Equipment Issue 11; Jun 12 RT/LS/CAT006 Iss 10; Aug 04
This catalogue lists documents (drawings) relating to signalling equipment – Equipment and Systems Specifications. The standards shown in
catalogue 6 are for reference purposes only, they may not reflect today’s requirements nor Network Rail’s future asset strategy.
Price Band: phone
RT/LS/CAT007 Direct Maintenance Supplementary Instruction Catalogue Issue 11; Aug 06 Replaces
Iss 10
This catalogue contains Supplementary Instructions when maintenance is directly managed internally within Network Rail the existing Network Rail
Standard to which it pertains will not be wholly appropriate. The changes required are minor and there is no material change to the technical
requirements of the Standard. The changes are to be considered made to the existing Standard published by Business Standards only where
maintenance is undertaken directly by Network Rail employees.
Price Band: phone
4
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4. Listing of Network Rail Standards
--`,```,,,,,```,,``,,,,,,`,`,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Listing of Network Rail Standards

——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.1 ASSET INFORMATION
4 Listing of Network Rail Standards

Level 2
NR/L2/AIF/001 Asset Data Management Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/L2/AMG/02250
(NR/L3/INF/AK025) Iss 3
This standard allocates key responsibilities associated with the management of Network Rail’s asset registers and the different types of data
contained therein.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/AIF/002 Changing Reference Data in Asset Registers Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/L3/AMG/AK0025
(NR/L3/INF/AK025) Iss 2
This standard specifies the processes to be followed when changing reference data within Network Rail asset registers.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/AIF/003 Asset Data Management for Ellipse and GEOGIS Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/EBM/MG0027
(NR/L3/MTC/MG0027) Iss 2
NR/L3/EBM/AM0001
NR/L3/TEL/AM0001 Iss 2
This standard specifies the processes that are used to manage changes to data concerning the infrastructure assets of Network Rail.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/AIF/005 Management of Asset Data and Information in the Rail Vehicle Compliance Replaces
Asset Register Issue 2; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L3/AIF/005 Iss 1; Sep 10
This standard implements the requirements of NR/L2/AIF/001, Asset data management for assets contained in the Rail Vehicle Asset Register
(RVAR).
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING

4.2.1 Civil Engineering
Company Standards
RT/CE/P/044 Managing Structures Works Issue 1; Apr 04

The purpose of this Network Rail Standard is to define the requirements for works to new and existing structures on, over or under Network Rail’s
infrastructure such that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their Design or construction.
Responds to GC/RT5180, GC/RT5203 and GK/RT0033
Price Band: D
Specifications (including Procedures)
RT/CE/S/035 Assessment of Structures Issue 2; Feb 04 Replaces

RT/CE/S/035 Iss 1; Jun 01
RT/CE/P/010 Iss 2; Dec 97
This document defines the Specification to be followed for the Assessment of Structures for which Network Rail has responsibility, either as owner of
the Structure or as a result of a specific agreement.
Price Band: E
RT/CE/S/044 Undertrack Crossings Issue 2; Aug 04 Replaces

RT/CE/S/044 Iss 1; Apr 98
The purpose of this document is to define the requirements for the design and construction of undertrack crossings.
Responds to GC/RT5110 (Issue 2), GI/RT7008 (Clauses B4.1.1 & B6.3).
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/080 Management of Existing Bridges and Culverts Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces

RT/CE/P/023 Iss 3; Feb 99
RT/CE/S/222 Iss 1; Feb 99
The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing Bridges and Culverts on, over or under Network Rail’s
infrastructure such that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition, use or location.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/082 Management of Existing Retaining Walls Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces

The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing Retaining Walls on Network Rail’s infrastructure such
that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition, use or location.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/084 Management of Existing Tunnels Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces

The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing tunnels within Network Rail’s infrastructure such that
there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition, use or location.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/087 Management of Existing Buildings and Station Structures Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces
The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing Buildings and station structures on, over or under
Network Rail’s infrastructure such that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition, use or location.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/089 Management of Existing Coastal, Estuarine and River Defences Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces
The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing Coastal, Estuarine and River Defences on Network
Rail’s infrastructure such that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/091 Management of Existing Ancillary Structures Issue 1; Apr 04 Replaces

The purpose of this Specification is to define the requirements for the management of existing Ancillary Structures on, over or under Network Rail’s
infrastructure such that there is no unacceptable risk to safety as a result of their condition, use or location.
Price Band: D
Level 1
NR/L1/CIV/032 The Management of Structures Issue 2; Sep 09 Compliance Replaces

05/12/09 RT/CE/P/032 Iss 1; Apr 04
The purpose of this standard is to define the essential procedures that have to be followed so that no unacceptable risk to the safe use or
performance of railway infrastructure will arise from the stability, load-bearing capacity, condition or use of existing structures.
Price Band: D
Level 2
NR/L2/CIV/003 Engineering Assurance of Building and Civil Engineering Compliance Replaces

Works Issue 4; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L2/CIV/003 Iss 3; Jun 11
The purpose of this standard is to define the Engineering Assurance requirements for the design and construction of works undertaken on Building
and Civil Engineering infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CIV/086 Management of Earthworks Issue 4; Sep 14 Compliance Replaces

01/10/14 NR/L2/CIV/086 Iss 3; Jun 11
The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements for managing Earthworks, so that when meeting these requirements there would be no
unacceptable risk to the safe operation or performance of rail infrastructure.
This standard contains requirements supplementary to those given in NR/L1/CIV/032: The management of structures.
Price Band: D
Level 3
NR/L3/CIV/004 Index of Building and Civil Engineering Forms Issue 1; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
02/06/12 New as Issue 84
This standard lists the forms that are referenced in extent standards that are managed by the Building and Civil Engineering Standards Steering
Group.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/CIV/005 Railway Drainage Systems Manual Issue 2; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/CIV/005 Iss 1; Dec 10
The purpose of this Manual is to define the requirements and provide recommendations for:
• The management of Drainage Systems (Part 1).
• The design and installation of Drainage Systems (Part 2).
• The Inspection and Maintenance of Drainage Systems (Part 3).
• Recording information on Drainage Systems (Part 4).
• Drainage Management Plans (Part 5).
Price Band: Phone Please see Appendix A for details of modules and pricing
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CIV/006 Handbook for the Examination of Structures Issue 5; Jan 14 Compliance Replaces
07/06/14 NR/L3/CIV/006 Iss 4; Dec 10
The purpose of this handbook is to define the requirements and provide recommendations for the examination of Structures.
Price Band: Phone Please see Appendix A for details of modules and pricing
NR/L3/CIV/00012 Road vehicle incursions: risk assessment of public Compliance Replaces

and non-public bridge and neighbouring sites Issue 1; Jun 15 05/09/15 NR/GN/CIV/00012 Iss 1
Updated in response to a RAIB investigation following an incident at North Rode. NR/GN/CIV/00012 has been converted to a level 3 standard and
extends the scope to include non-public sites.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/CIV/020 Design of Bridges Issue 1; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 RT/CE/S/007 Iss 1; Jun 10
The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements for the structural Design of Bridges and Bridge-like structures
Price Band: E
NR/L3/CIV/028 The management of Reports of Safety-Related Events on Compliance Replaces

Civil Engineering infrastructure Issue 4; Sep 11 03/12/11 NR/L3/CIV/028 Iss 3; Dec 10
This standard defines (a) the process for rating Safety-Related Events, and (b) the requirements for recording, reporting and reviewing the details of
such Events.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/030 Platform Components and Prefabricated Construction Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 3; Sep 11 03/12/11 RT/E/PS/00030 Iss 2; Jun 05
This specification provides specification requirements for manufactured platform components and pre-fabricated platform systems to be installed at
Network Rail owned stations.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CIV/037 Managing the Risk Arising from Mineral Extraction and Compliance Replaces
Landfill Operations Issue 3; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/SP/CIV/037 Iss 2; Apr 04
(RT/CE/P/037)
The purpose of this standard is to define the procedures and responsibilities for managing the risks that Mineral Extraction and Landfill operations
pose to Network Rail’s operations and infrastructure
Price Band: B
NR/L3/CIV/038 Managing the Potential Effects of Coal Mining Subsidence Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/SP/CIV/037 Iss 2; Apr 04
(RT/CE/P/037)
The purpose of this standard is to define the procedure for managing the potential effects of subsidence arising from coal mining, so that in following
this procedure (a) such effects will not produce an unacceptable risk to the integrity, safe use or performance of the rail infrastructure, and (b) the
cost of Works to manage such effects or for requiring Reservation of Support are determined and, respectively, recovered or paid.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/039 Specification for the Assessment and Certification of Compliance Replaces

Protective Coatings and Sealants Issue 5; Mar 09 05/12/09 RT/CE/S/039 Iss 4; Feb 02
The purpose of this standard is to define the procedures and test methods that shall be followed when assessing and certifying coatings and
sealants for use on Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/CIV/040 Specification for the use of Protective Coating Systems Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Mar 09 05/12/09 New at Issue 71
The purpose of this standard is to define the requirements for the selection, application and reapplication of protective coating systems to Network
Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CIV/041 Waterproofing Systems for Underline Bridge Decks Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Aug 08 06/06/09 RT/CE/S/041 Iss 2; Aug 01
This specification provides the performance criteria for waterproofing systems proposed to be used on Network Rail’s underline bridge decks and
provides recommendations for tests to be carried out to prove compliance with the performance requirements.
Responds to GC/RT5110
Price Band: E
NR/L3/CIV/065 Examination of Earthworks Issue 5; Dec 14 Compliance Replaces

06/12/14 NR/L3/CIV/065 Iss 4; Sep 14
The purpose of this standard is to define the requirements for:
1. Undertaking, recording and reporting the findings of examinations on Earthworks.
2. Identifying those actions from the findings of an examination that need to be implemented so that there is no unacceptable risk to the safe
operation or performance of railway infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CIV/071 Geotechnical Design Issue 4; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/CIV/071 Iss 3; Mar 10
The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements for geotechnical designs undertaken for Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CIV/076 Management of the risk of Bridge Strikes from Road Vehicles Compliance Replaces
and Waterborne Vessels Issue 4, Sep 08 04/12/10 NR/L3/CIV/076 Iss 3, Jun 08
The purpose of this Network Rail standard is to:
• define the requirements for the management of Underline and Overline Bridges on Network Rail’s infrastructure such that there is no
unacceptable risk to safety as a result of Bridge Strikes;
• reduce the risks to the operational railway from Bridge Strikes, as far as is reasonably practicable, by assessing the safety risks at each
Bridge and implementing mitigating measures as necessary;
• reduce train delays resulting from Bridge Strikes, as far as is reasonably practicable, without compromising the safety of train operations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/140 Model Clauses for Civil Engineering Works Issue 10; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/L3/CIV/140 Iss 9; Jun 10
The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements for the production and use of Model Clauses for specifying Civil Engineering Works.
Price Band: Phone Please refer to Appendix A for details of revisions to sections within this document
NR/L3/CIV/142 The Management of the Movement of Abnormal Road Loads Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Sep 10 04/12/10 RT/CE/S/142 Iss 1; Aug 04
The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements for the management of the movement of Abnormal Road Loads over bridges owned by
Network Rail.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/151 Engineering Assurance of Standard Designs and Details for Compliance Replaces
Building and Civil Engineering Works Issue 6; Mar 12 03/03/12 NR/L3/CIV/151 Iss 5; Mar 11
The purpose of the standard is to issue Standard Designs and Details for Building and Civil Engineering Works, along with supplementary
information to that given in NR/L2/CIV/003 on the process for their application.
Price Band: D
Associated document...
NR/L3/CIV/151/F010 Index of Standard Designs and Details for Building and Civil Compliance Replaces
Engineering Works Issue 6; Mar 12 03/03/12 NR/L3/CIV/151/F0101
Iss 5; Mar 11
This document provides lists of Drawings (in Part A), Engineering Assurance Forms (in Part B) and Technical User Manuals (in Part C).
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CIV/160 The Design of Car Parks for Railway Stations and Depots Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 09 05/12/09 New at Issue 72
The purpose of the standard is to provide direction and guidance on the design of car parks for railway stations and depots.
Price Band: F
NR/L3/CIV/162 Platform Extensions Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L3/CIV/162 Iss 1; Mar 10
This Standard provides requirements and guidance on works to extend existing platforms at stations; for example, those involved in the Longer
Trains Programme.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CIV/164 Legionnaires’ Disease — The Control of Legionella Bacteria Compliance Replaces

in Water Systems Issue 1; Sep 11 03/12/11 New at issue 81
The purpose of this Standard is to raise awareness of legionella risks and obligations of employers under HSE regulations. Responsible persons are
identified, and requirements provided to reduce the growth of legionella and subsequent infection risks to passengers and employees on
Network Rail Property
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/176 Management of Reports on Bridge Strikes Issue 4; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/L3/CIV/176 Iss 3; Jun 06
The purpose of this Network Rail standard is to define the processes and the responsibilities for reporting information on Bridge Strikes.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CIV/300 Managing Complaints About Pigeons Issue 1; Jun 07 Compliance Replaces

02/06/07
The purpose of this Work Instruction is to define:
1. The procedure for managing complaints and Legal Notices concerning the nuisance caused by pigeons
2. The roles and responsibilities of Network Rail employees in managing such complaints and Notices.
The procedure is designed to deliver an amicable, timely and cost-effective solution that satisfies all legal obligations.
Price Band: D
Guidance Notes (including Codes of Practice)
NR/GN/CIV/001 Waterproofing Underline Bridge Decks Issue 3; Aug 08 Replaces

RT/CE/C/001 Iss 2; Aug 01
The purpose of this standard is to supplement NR/GN/CIV/041: Waterproofing systems for Underline Bridge decks by providing information on;
• the types of Waterproofing Systems, and their components,
• the selection of a Waterproofing System for a particular bridge deck,
• the detailing of a Waterproofing System,
• the application of a Waterproofing System,
• the performance criteria for a Waterproofing System.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/CIV/002 The Use of Protective Treatments and Sealants Issue 5; Mar 09 Replaces
RT/CE/C/002 Iss 4; Feb 02
The purpose of this standard is to support NR/L3/CIV/040: Specification for the use of protective coating systems by providing guidance and
information on the selection, application and reapplication of such systems to Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: F
NR/GN/CIV/025 The Structural Assessment of Underbridges Issue 3: Jun 06 Replaces

RT/CE/C/025 Iss 2; Feb 04
The purpose of this document is to provide recommendations for applicable standards and analytical methods which may be used to determine the
load carrying capacity of existing Network Rail underbridges.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/CIV/163 Management of Water Supply Issue 1: Dec 10 Replaces

New at Issue 78
The purpose of this document is to establish roles and responsibilities for the monitoring, reporting, tracking and repair of water leaks, as well as the
process for claims resulting from water leaks, leading to the proactive management of water consumption.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/CIV/165 De-icing of Operational Property Assets Issue 1: Dec 10 Replaces

New at Issue 78
This Guidance Note provides recommendations and guidance on the use of de-icing products on all Network Rail Operational Property. This
includes both Franchised Stations and Managed Stations, Depots and lineside buildings.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/CIV/166 R22 Refrigerant Systems – Phasing out Issue 1: Dec 10 Replaces

New at Issue 78
This guidance is provided for phasing out of R22 refrigerant systems currently in use on all Network Rail Operational Property, in accordance with
EU Regulations for reduction of greenhouse gases and gases which are likely to cause damage to the ozone layer. Guidance is provided for
suitable cost effective alternatives to R22. This guidance applies to all R22 refrigerant systems present in Stations, Depots and all lineside buildings.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/CIV/201 Managing bridge strike incidents - Good Practice Guide for Bridge Strike Replaces
Nominees Issue 4; Jun 08 NR/GN/CIV/201
Issue 3; Apr 06
The purpose of NR/GN/CIV/201 is to provide guidance and additional information on the processes to be followed by Bridge Strike Nominees during
examinations of Bridges following a reported bridge strike, and gives examples showing the damage limits to a bridge following a bridge strike up to
which Bridge Strike Nominees are authorised to permit train movements.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/CIV/202 Management of the Risk of Bridge Strikes Issue 3; Sep 10 Replaces

NR/GN/CIV/202
Issue 2; Jun 08
The purpose of this Guidance Note is to provide guidance and information to those within Network Rail, and its suppliers, contractors and
consultants who have responsibilities for complying with the requirements of NR/L3/CIV/076 Management of the risk of Bridge Strikes from road
vehicles and waterborne vessels.
Price Band: F
NR/GN/CIV/203 Evaluation and Assessment of Earthworks Issue 1; Oct 07 Replaces

The purpose of this document is to provide guidance on the Evaluation and Assessment of Earthworks. The objectives of these key activities of the
asset management cycle are (a) to determine or confirm the stability of existing Earthworks, and (b) to assess the risk posed by the continued use of
an Earthwork. The information from (a) and (b) may be used in the design of remedial works to the Earthwork.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/CIV/801 The Application of the Observational Approach to the Design of Remedial Replaces
Works to Earthworks Issue 3; Mar 09 NR/L3/CIV/801 Iss 2; Apr 07
The purpose of this Guidance Note is to supplement NR/SP/CIV/071: Design of earthworks, earthwork remediations and geotechnical aspects of
foundations for structures by providing advice on the application of the Observational Approach (OA) to the design of remedial works to
embankments and soil cuttings.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/C/015 The Assessment of Underbridge Capacity Issue 1; Nov 95 Replaces

Defines parameters and methods for the assessment of underbridges owned by Network Rail.
Price Band: F
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Special Inspection Notices
NR/SIN/136 Special Inspection of Architectural Features Attached to Compliance Replaces

Station Train Shed Roofs Issue 1; Aug 14 19/02/15 New at Issue 94
This Special Inspection Notice (SIN) applies to all station train shed roofs which have decorative or functional architectural features attached to
them. This SIN is issued following an incident at Temple Meads Station on the 151h of June, 2014 and requires Route Asset Managers (RAMs)
responsible for train shed roofs as part of the Operational Property portfolio to:-
• Identify if the above features are present on train shed roofs.
• Instruct and manage a detailed additional inspection I examination of these features by utilising the current CEFA contractor or a competent
surveyor.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.2.2 Railway Estates Policy & Planning

Guidance Notes
RT/LS/G/00002 Responsive Maintenance Issue 3; Jun 05 Replaces

RT/LS/G/00002 Iss 2; Apr 01
This guidance note has been developed to provide practical advice for use at an operational level to maximise the value for money spent on
common responsive maintenance repairs.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.3 COMMERCIAL PROPERTY

Level 2
NR/L2/PRO/001 Property Clearance Process Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This Network Rail standard specifies the application process to be followed for Stage 1 (Business) Clearance and Stage 2 (Technical) Clearance
and defines the type of proposals and schemes which are subject to or exempt from the clearance process.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.4 COMPETENCE & TRAINING MANAGEMENT

Company Standards
NR/CS/CTM/001 Competence Management Issue 1; Dec 06 Compliance Replaces

31/12/07
This standard sets out the requirements for a management system that ensures people involved in work or provision of services that may affect the
operational safety and/or performance of Network Rail controlled infrastructure, are competent to perform the work. It defines processes to ensure
Network Rail maintains a robust Competence Management System.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/CTM/011 Competence and Training in Track Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 06 31/12/08
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of people who undertake track engineering work on Network
Rail controlled infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented to ensure that people who undertake track engineering work are
competent to perform the work.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/CTM/015 Competence and Training in DC Conductor Rail Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 06 31/03/09
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the assessment of personnel who undertake DC Conductor Rail maintenance and/or
isolation work on Network Rail controlled infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented and the standards that shall be achieved to
ensure that personnel who undertake d.c. conductor rail maintenance and/or isolation work are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/CTM/016 Competence and Training in Fixed Plant Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 06 31/03/09
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the assessment of people who undertake Fixed Plant engineering work on Network Rail
controlled infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented and the standards that shall be achieved to ensure that people who
undertake Fixed Plant engineering tasks are competent to perform the work. Where a person is required to isolate or work near electrical equipment
reference should be made to NR/SP/CTM/018 Training & Competence in Traction Power Distribution Engineering
Price Band: F
NR/SP/CTM/017 Competence and Training in Civil Engineering Issue 1; Jun 06 Compliance Replaces
This Specification sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of people who undertake Civil Engineering work that may
affect the operational safety of Network Rail controlled infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented and the standards that shall be
achieved to ensure that personnel who undertake Civil Engineering work are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/CTM/032 Training, Competence and Assessment in Accident and Compliance Replaces

Incident Investigation Issue 1; Jun 07 02/06/07
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of Network Rail employees who are required to undertake
accident and incident investigations. It defines processes that shall be implemented and standards that shall be achieved to ensure that personnel
who undertake such duties are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/CTM/012 Competence and Training in Signal Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 11 02/06/12 NR/L2/CTM/012 Iss 2; Mar 10
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of people who undertake signal engineering work on Network
Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented and the standards that shall be achieved to confirm that people who
undertake signal engineering work are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix B for availability and pricing
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/CTM/013 Training and Competence in Telecommunication Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Sep 10 03/09/11 NR/L2/CTM/013 Iss 1; Jun 08
This document sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals who undertake Telecoms engineering activities on
Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that are to be implemented and the standards that are to be achieved to confirm that
individuals who undertake Telecoms engineering work are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: F
NR/L2/CTM/014 Competence and Training in Overhead Line Engineering Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Mar 10 05/06/10 NR/SP/CTM/014 Iss 1; Dec 06
NR/L2/ELP/24001 Iss 5;
Aug 08
NR/L2/ELP/21070 Iss 5;
Aug 08
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the assessment of personnel who undertake OLE engineering, isolation and/or switching
and object removal activities on Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes to be implemented and the standards to be achieved to
confirm that personnel who undertake OLE engineering, isolation and/or switching and object removal activities are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: F
NR/L2/CTM/018 Competence and Training in Traction Power Distribution Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Mar 10 05/03/11 NR/SP/CTM/018 Iss 1; Dec 06
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the assessment of personnel who undertake Traction Power Distribution work on Network
Rail controlled infrastructure. It defines processes to be implemented and the standards to be achieved to confirm that personnel who undertake
Traction Power Distribution work are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/CTM/021 Competence and Training in Track Safety Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/CTM/021 Iss 3; Sep 10
This specification sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals who undertake Track Safety activities on
Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines the processes that are to be implemented and the standards that are to be achieved to confirm that
individuals who are required to go on or near the line are competent.
Price Band: F
NR/L2/CTM/022 Competence and Training in the Loading and Load Compliance Replaces
Examination of Infrastructure Wagons (Including Special 01/09/12 NR/L2/CTM/022 Iss 1; Jun 07
Vehicles) Issue 2; Jun 12
The purpose of this standard is to set out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals who undertake loading and load
examination of infrastructure wagon activities on Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes to be implemented and the standards to
be achieved to confirm that individuals who undertake loading and examination of loading of infrastructure wagons activities are competent.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CTM/025 Competence & Training in On Track Plant operation Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Sep 08 31/12/10 New at issue 69
This standard sets out the minimum requirements for the training and competence assessment of persons who operate On Track Plant on Network
Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented and the standards that shall be achieved to confirm that persons who
operate On Track Plant are competent to do so.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/CTM/201 Competence Management Issue 2; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

02/06/12 NR/L2/CTM/001 Iss 1; Dec 10
This standard sets out the requirements for managing the competence of Network Rail employees involved in work that can affect the operational
safety and/or performance of Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines the processes that Network Rail implements and maintains as part of
its Competence Management System.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/CTM/202 Quality Assurance in Training & Assessment Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/L2/CTM/202 Iss 1; Jun 10
This standard is required as part of the Network Rail Competence Management System to confirm that training organisations use approved trainers,
training materials and have sufficient resources and appropriate processes in place to deliver specific Network Rail approved training and that
assessment organisations use approved assessors, techniques and have appropriate processes in place to undertake competence assessment of
people who undertake work on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CTM/205 Competence and Training for the Maintenance of Traction Compliance Replaces
and Rolling Stock and On-track Machines Issue 1; Jun 11 02/06/12 New at Issue 80
The purpose of this document is to define the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals required to undertake
maintenance and/or overhaul work on Traction and Rolling Stock (T&RS) and On-track machine (Including modules on-track plant, which have been
deemed to be T&RS assets in order to reduce ambiguity and complexity), which are owned, hired and/or leased by Network Rail, or where Network
Rail has an engineering responsibility.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/CTM/206 Competence and Training in Lookout Operated Warning Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 1; Sep 11 03/12/11 New at Issue 81
This standard sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of personnel who operate or control the operation of Lookout
Operated Warning Systems (LOWS) equipment on the Network Rail Managed Infrastructure
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CTM/207 Competence and Training in Planning Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 12 01/06/13 NR/L2/CTM/207 Iss 1; Sep 11
The purpose of this standard is to set out the minimum requirements for the training and review/assessment of individuals who undertake the
planning of work activities that takes place on, or that affects the Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that are to be
implemented and the standards that are to be achieved to confirm that people who are required to undertake these activities are competent.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CTM/209 Competence and Training in Safe System of Work Planner Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 10 04/06/11 New at Issue 78
The purpose of this standard is to set out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals who plan a safe system of work
(SSOW) on the Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that are to be implemented and the standards that are to be achieved to
confirm that people who are required to a plan a SSOW for individuals or groups that go on or near the line are competent.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/CTM/220 Competence and Training in Portable Transportable and Compliance Replaces

Mobile Plant Operation Issue 1; Jun 12 02/06/13 New at Issue 84
The purpose of this standard is to set out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of individuals who operate and/or use portable,
transportable and/or mobile plant on Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes that are to be implemented and the standards that
are to be achieved to confirm that individuals who operate and/or use portable, transportable and/or mobile plant are competent.
Price Band: F
NR/L2/CTM/222 Competence and Training in Track Welding, Weld Inspection Compliance Replaces
and Ancillary Processes Issue 1; Dec 10 04/06/11 New at Issue 78
This standard sets out the minimum requirements for the training and competence assessment of individuals who undertake track welding activities
on Network Rail managed infrastructure. It defines processes to be implemented and the standards to be achieved to confirm that individuals who
undertake track welding activities are competent to do so.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/CTM/223 Competence and Training in Managing Site Safety Compliance Replaces

This standard sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of people who manage site safety on Network Rail managed
infrastructure. It defines processes that shall be implemented to confirm that people who manage site safety are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/CTM/229 Competence and Training for Emergency Evacuation Compliance Replaces

Wardens and Persons Responsible for Fire Safety 31/10/12 New at Issue 83
Issue 1; Mar 12
This standard sets out the minimum requirements for the training and assessment of Network Rail employees who are required to undertake the
roles of Emergency Evacuation Wardens and Persons Responsible for Fire Safety.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/CTM/131 IRSE Assessing Agency Network Rail Watford Issue 1; Sep 09 Compliance Replaces
05/09/2009 New at Issue 73
This Standard defines how Competence and Training Management operate the Maintenance IRSE Assessing Agency located at Watford.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CTM/132 Awarding Body Issue 3; Sep 09 Compliance Replaces

05/09/09 New. Not formerly published
as a Network Rail Standard
This procedure sets out the processes to be followed by the Network Rail Awarding body in order to satisfy the following responsibilities:
• Liaise with Key stakeholders to develop the qualification structure for Network Rail
• Liaise with content developers to create new qualifications
• To act as the implementers of qualifications developed in house against the National Qualifications framework
• Liaise with Training delivery to assure quality in delivery and assessment
• To award qualifications to Network Rail employees after successful completion of accredited training programmes and maintain the learning
record of achievement
• Manage any appeals and/or high level processes arising from the work of the Awarding Body
• Agree and develop key processes for the operation of the Awarding body
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CTM/301 Management Review & Advisory Visit Process Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces
04/09/10 NR/L3/CTM/108 Iss 4
NR/L3/CTM/111 Iss 3
This procedure defines the information required and the processes necessary to conduct management reviews and briefs across all Network Rail
C&T teams and the responsibilities, scope, methods and processes required to check/confirm the status of the compliance of Network Rail
Competence and Training to required standards and the Network Rail Assurance Framework NR/SP/ASR/036.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CTM/302 Production and Management of Training and Assessment Compliance Replaces

Solutions Issue 1; Jun 10 04/09/10 NR/L3/CTM/112 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/113 Iss 3
The purpose of this document is to provide a standard process by whichNetwork Rail updates or produces content for new or existing training and
assessment solutions. The process defined in this document is designed to facilitate the production of cost effective and fit for purpose training
solutions which meet and exceed the learning and development needs of Network Rail and its customers.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CTM/303 Trainer Approval Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/CTM/105 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/106 Iss 3
This specification establishes the process to be followed to approve andmaintain trainer competence to deliver training modules. It provides a
framework whereby professional and vocational competence requirements are satisfied prior to unobserved delivery of training courseware, thereby
providing an auditable quality control process to maintain safe and effective delivery of training.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CTM/304 Training, Planning and Administration Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/CTM/101 Iss 4
NR/L3/CTM/102 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/103 Iss 4
NR/L3/CTM/104 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/114 Iss 3
This procedure sets out the process to be followed for establishing prioritised statement of training requirements, and subsequent planning,
administration and delivery of these requirements, including the provision for the procurement of training services and development of resources.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CTM/305 Training Evaluation Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/CTM/104 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/114 Iss 3
This standard defines the processes required to evaluate Network Rail training programmes at immediate (assessments) and reaction level (as per
the Kirkpatrick model) and intermediate level evaluation (as per Network Rail’s methodology).In addition it defines the process to be followed for
complaints associated with Network Rail’s training events.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/CTM/306 Competence Assurance - Assessment in The Line (AiTL) Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/L3/CTM/121 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/122 Iss 3
NR/L3/CTM/123 Iss 2
This procedure sets out the responsibilities, scope, methods and processes to be followed in order to confirm that the competence of an Employee
matches the requirements of their post and establish any training, support or development they may need to maintain their competence.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/CTM/307 Advanced Apprenticeship Scheme and Foundation Degree Compliance Replaces

(Part-time) Programme Administration Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/L3/CTM/133 Iss 1
The purpose of the document - NR/L3/CTM/307 - is to define the administrative processes to be followed in regard to the Advanced Apprenticeship
(AA) Scheme and the Foundation Degree (FD) (part-time) programme.
Price Band: D
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/CTM/401 Mentoring & Learning Support Issue 1; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

n/a New at Issue 75
This procedure sets out the process to be followed for establishing prioritised statement of training requirements, and subsequent planning,
administration and delivery of these requirements, including the provision for the procurement of training services and development of resources.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/CTM/402 Verification Protocol for Assessment in The Line (AiTL) Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Sep 10 n/a New at Issue 77
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance on the Verification methods applied to Network Rail’s internal Competence Assurance process
– Assessment in The Line (AiTL).
It will support NR/L3/CTM/306 by adding detail and clarity relating to the verification process.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.5 CONTRACTS & PROCUREMENT

Level 1
NR/L1/CPR/101 Sourcing and Purchasing Policy Issue 2; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/L1/CPR/101 Iss 1; Mar 08
This Standard sets out the policy and necessary controls for the procurement of goods, works and services from third parties.
Price Band: C
NR/L1/CPR/102 Sourcing and Supplier Governance Policy Issue 2; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/L1/CPR/102 Iss 1; Mar 08
The purpose of this policy is to specify the high level sourcing and supplier governance structure and processes within Network Rail.
Price Band: C
NR/L1/CPR/103 Supplier Assurance Framework Issue 1; Mar 08 Compliance Replaces

01/03/08 RT/LS/P/052 Iss 1
RT/LS/G/00014 Iss 2
This standard specifies key high level management processes that describe the embedded relationship between Strategic Sourcing and Network
Rail’s Supplier Assurance Framework.
Price Band: B
Level 2
NR/L2/CPR/201 Supplier Qualification Issue 2; Dec 12 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L2/CPR/201 Iss1; Mar 08
The purpose of this document is to specify the arrangements for the ‘qualification’ activity within the Network Rail Strategic Sourcing and Supplier
Assurance Framework. See NR/L1/CPR/103 Supplier Assurance Framework.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/CPR/302 Supplier Qualification – Core Requirements Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/CPR/302 Iss 1; Mar 08
This revised document sets out the core management system and management process requirements for suppliers of products, works and services
that may import risk onto Network Rail Managed Infrastructure.
Price Band: D
Level 3
NR/L3/CPR/305 How to Change Utility Supplies Issue 1; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this Network Rail standard is to:
1. reduce the likelihood of supply disconnections which would disrupt the operational railway;
2. identify the Network Rail approved supplier for new utility supplies;
3. identify the correct type of metering to minimise Network Rail’s utility cost;
4. reduce the lead times in developing and implementing new utility connections;
5. identify available utility capacity for new utility connections and requirements for increased capacity at other locations;
6. improve the accuracy of the asset information held in the Railway Energy Database (RED).
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CPR/306 Disposal of Redundant Railway Assets Issue 1; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to control the disposal of redundant railway assets (including those described as surplus, obsolete or scrap), so that:
• disposals are safe;
• abandonment is minimised;
• infrastructure materials or strategic spares are retained;
• heritage or protected assets are treated appropriately;
• disposals are reviewed and approved to comply with statutory regulations and Network Rail’s corporate governance;
• disposals are logged, measured and controlled;
• Network Rail meets its Network Licence obligation to hold records of assets and their condition;
• value opportunities are identified and realised through sale;
• theft is minimised;
• recycling is maximised and landfill is minimised.
Price Band: C
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/CPR/401 Guidance on Contractual Health and Safety Requirements Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 08 n/a NR/SP/CPR/008 Iss E14
The purpose of this document is to show how the process and requirements specified in the obsolete standard Contract Requirements Safety
(NR/SP/CPR/008) are dealt with in revised company standards and other documents.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.6 ELECTRICAL POWER

NR/SP/ELP/21014 Specification of Voltage Testing of High Voltage Electrical Distribution Replaces

Equipment (Including Cables) on AC and DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21014 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the Directorate’s requirements for voltage testing (pressure testing) of major items of electrical distribution equipment, in the
range 3.3kV to 66kV, 50Hz, on AC and DC Electrified Lines when the performance of insulation has been affected by refurbishment, modification,
repair or relocation. The test voltage values and acceptance criteria are included.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21018 Specification of Indoor Switchgear for 11, 22, 33kV Distribution Systems for DC Replaces
Traction Substations Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21018 Iss 1 Aug 96
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of indoor 12 kV, 24 kV and 36 kV rated ac switchgear for use in
DC traction substations. The switchgear is used to control, protect and distribute three phase ac electrical supplies at a nominal system voltage of
11 kV, 22 kV and 33 kV respectively.
Please see caution below
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21019 Specification for Transformer/rectifier Equipments for DC Traction Substations Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21019 Iss 1; Aug 96
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of transformer/rectifier equipments for use in dc traction
substations for the conversion of the high voltage, three phase ac supply to dc having a nominal voltage in the range 650 to 750V.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21020 Specification for 11, 22, 33 kV Aux. Transformer up to and Including 500kVA for Replaces
DC Traction Substations Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21020 Iss 1; Aug 96
This specification states the directorate’s requirements for 11, 22 & 33kV oil/synthetic filled or dry type auxiliary transformers up to and including 500
kA for DC traction substations. The specification states requirements for overall performance and technical details including testing.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21021 Specification for Step-down 3-phase Transformers and Earthing Resistors for Replaces
Power Distribution in DC Traction Systems Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21021 Iss 1; Aug 96
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of stepdown three phase transformers and their associated
earthing resistors in the range: 33/11 kV up to 10 MVA; and 33/22 kV up to 15 MVA. They are used for power distribution in dc traction systems
where incoming supplies are at 33 kV and distribution to traction substations is at 11 kV or 22 kV.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21024 Specification for Impedance Protection Relay for 650/750V DC Track Feeder Replaces
Circuit Breakers Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21024 Iss 1; Mar 97
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of an impedance protection relay for use in association with new
or existing 650/750V dc track feeder circuit breakers. When the relay is installed on existing switchgear, as a replacement for an existing protection
device, this specification shall also apply to circuit breaker operation, wiring modifications external to the relay and accessories.
Price Band: D
CAUTION: The requirements for protective treatments materials and their application referred to in this specification have been superseded by:
NR/L3/CIV/039 - Specification for the Assessment and Certification of Protective Coatings & Sealants;
NR/GN/CIV/002 - The use of Protective Treatments & Sealants
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/21025 Specification for Controlled Track Devices for DC Electrified Lines Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21025 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the directorate’s requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of 650/750Vdc remotely controlled track devices for
use on DC Electrified Lines.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21026 Specification for 415V and 440V Changeover Switchboards for DC Traction Replaces
Substations Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21026 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of low voltage changeover switchboards used in DC traction
substations for the control and distribution of 400 V or 440 V, 50 Hz auxiliary supplies for substation domestic and for signalling and other trackside
purposes.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21028 Specification for Ancillary Wiring of Electrical Distribution Equipment on AC Replaces

and DC Electrified Lines Issue 3; Feb 06 NR/SP/ELP/21028
Iss 2; Dec 05
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture, installation and testing of ancillary wiring between main items of electrical
distribution equipment including SCADA outstation equipment on ac and dc Electrified Lines together with the preparation of associated
documentation. Where required, the requirements for wiring within an item of electrical distribution equipment will be specified in the procurement
specification.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21030 Specification for Prefabricated and Modular Steel Housings for Electrical Replaces
Distribution Equipment on DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21030 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the Directorate’s requirements for secure and weatherproof prefabricated and modular housings of steel construction for
indoor electrical distribution equipment for dc electrified Lines. The specification states requirements for overall performance and technical details
including construction and testing.
See caution below
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21032 Earthing Systems for DC Traction Substations, Track Paralleling Huts and Replaces
Similar Equipment Locations Issue 2; Apr 05 RT/E/S/21032 Iss 1; Oct 96
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture, installation and testing of equipotential bonding of equipment and earth
electrode systems for d.c. traction substations, track paralleling huts and similar equipment locations (except for metal enclosures around controlled
track switches).
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21033 Specification for the Welding of Transformer Tanks and Conservators During Replaces
Manufacture Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21033 Iss 1; Dec 96
This specification states the requirements for the control of welding, including supervision, materials, welding procedures, inspection, testing and
also the approval of welders and operators, to achieve the appropriate quality level during the manufacture of power transformer tanks and
conservators.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21036 Specification for 25kV Booster Transformers for AC Electrified Lines Replaces
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of outdoor type 25kV booster transformers for use as part of a
return conductor system for the suppression at source of electromagnetic interference on ac electrified lines in order to reduce the level of
interference induced into adjacent signalling and communication circuits.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/21041 Specification of Batteries and Battery Charging Equipment for Electrification Compliance Replaces
Applications Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21041 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of batteries and battery charging equipment for use in substations
and at other similar locations to provide supplies for tripping, closing, protection and control of electrical switchgear and associated electrical
distribution equipment.
See caution below
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21046 Examination of DC Traction Electrification Equipment in Light Maintenance Replaces

Depots Issue 3; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21046 Iss 2; Sep 97
This specification states the requirements for the periodic examination, to determine the general condition, of dc electrification equipment installed in
light maintenance depots for the purpose of supplying traction power to rolling stock.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21051 Specification for Calculation of Protection Settings for DC Circuit Breakers Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21051 Iss 1; Oct 98
This specification states the requirements for the calculation of settings for protection against short circuit faults between the positive and negative
circuits of track feeder sections.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21060 Issue of Safety Documentation for Work on 650/750VDC Apparatus Replaces

Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/S/21060 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification sets out the issuing of safety documentation to prevent injury or danger to persons working on or near 650/750Vdc apparatus.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21066 Restrictions on Entry into Substations Equipped with GEC Type KC 33kV Replaces
Switchgear Issue 4; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21066 Iss 3; Jun 99
This specification details the special arrangements necessary for persons requiring entry into certain substations equipped with GEC type KC 33kV
switchgear.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/21073 The Siting of Pantograph Monitoring Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/21073 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the requirements for siting of trackside pantograph monitoring equipment defined in Network Rail specification
NR/PS/ELP/21072, “Trackside pantograph monitoring equipment”.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/21074 Overhead Line Equipment Allocation Design for Railway Electrification Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21074 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the allocation of overhead line equipment designs to enable supply, construction, acceptance and
maintenance of Electrification Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21075 Specification for DC Immune 25kV Single Phase Isolating Transformers for Replaces
Interfaces Between AC and DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21075 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of outdoor, dc immune, 25kV, single phase, isolating transformers
for use at interfaces between ac and dc electrified lines. The transformers provide electrical isolation between the two systems thereby preventing
dc traction current entering the ac system.
See caution below
Price Band: D
CAUTION: The requirements for protective treatments materials and their application referred to in this specification have been superseded by:
NR/L3/CIV/039 - Specification for the Assessment and Certification of Protective Coatings & Sealants;
NR/GN/CIV/002 - The use of Protective Treatments & Sealants
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/21078 Specification for Design of Return Conductor Systems for AC Electrified Lines Replaces
This specification states the requirements for the design of the spatial arrangement of return conductor systems, with or without booster
transformers, for the suppression at source of electromagnetic interference on ac electrified lines in order to reduce the level of interference induced
into adjacent signalling and telecommunication circuits.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21081 Specification of Security Palisade Fencing for Electrical Distribution Replaces

Installations for AC and DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/21081 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and installation of perimeter palisade fencing of the security type for use,
when specified, around electric traction distribution installations.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21082 25kV Overhead Line Equipment Insulators Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/21082 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of insulators for overhead line equipment used on 25 kV ac
Electrified Lines.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21085 Design of Earthing and Bonding Systems for 25kV AC Compliance Replaces
Electrified Lines Issue E3; Apr 07 07/04/07 NR/SP/ELP/21085
Iss 2; Apr 06
This specification states the requirements for the design of the earthing and bonding necessary to provide a continuous return circuit for traction
load current and return path for fault current back to feeder stations and to ensure that accessible voltages and touch voltages of unacceptable
levels do not occur on 25 kV ac electrified lines.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21088 General maintenance parameters for 25kV overhead line electrification Replaces
equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21088 Iss 1; Feb 98
This specification states the general maintenance parameters to ensure the safety and performance of the overhead line electrification equipment at
all times.
This specification shall be used in conjunction with: NR/SP/ELP/21087, NR/SP/ELP/27212, NR/SP/ELP/27213, NR/SP/ELP/27214
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21104 Design and Installation of Electric Track Equipment for DC Electrified Lines Replaces
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture, installation and testing of electric track equipment, including conductor rail
and negative bonding, for use on the existing third rail dc traction system areas and where extensions are proposed.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/21106 Specification for 25kV AC System Protection Calculations Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces Replaces
RT/E/S/21106 Iss 1; Dec 98
This specification states the requirements for system protection calculations for 25 kVac traction installations to cater for overloads and short circuit
faults having negligible impedance at the point of fault.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/21107 Bolted Running Rail Connections for Traction Bonding on AC and DC Replaces
Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21107 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of bolted electrical connections for attachment to running rails.
The connections are used for: a) traction bonding; b) signal track circuit connections.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/21112 Calculation of Protection Settings for 3-phase H.V. Distribution Systems Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/21112 Iss 1; Dec 98
This specification states the requirements for the calculation of settings on 3 phase h.v. distribution systems for protection against short circuit faults
and, when specified in the procurement specification, overloads.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/21130 Technical Competency Requirements for Design of Overhead Line Equipment Replaces
Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/S/21130 Iss 1; Dec 98
This specification states the requirements for technical competency and accreditation for the supply of overhead line equipment design to Network
Rail.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/24009 Competence Requirements for Personnel who Undertake Electrical Control Replaces
Operators Duties Issue 3; Apr 06 RT/E/S/24009 Iss 2; Jun 02
This specification details the specific requirements for competence assessment of personnel who undertake Electrical Control Operators (ECO’s)
duties.
Price Band: F
NR/SP/ELP/27021 Electric Track Equipment Layout Design for DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/C/27021 Iss 1; Mar 98
This guidance note states the best practice for electric track equipment layout design on Network Rail dc Electrified Lines including those which are
designated ‘standard current’ and ‘high current’.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/27030 Overhead Line Equipment as Installed Data Records Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/C/27030 Iss 1; 1 Dec 04
This document defines the record of parameters which need to be produced and kept up to date. The data records will form the basis of any future
developments in automated checking of the electrified system parameters for acceptance and maintenance.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27042 The Location and Design of Designated Earthing Points for Overhead Line Replaces
Equipment Issue 2; Apr 05 RT/E/C/27042 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document sets out the standard for the location of designated earthing points and for the design of earth attachment points at these locations
and should be considered in conjunction with NR/SP/ELP/29987 Working on or about 25kV ac electrified lines and NR/WI/ELP/27237 – NR/OLE
F05 The application and removal of local earths and temporary continuity jumpers for ac electrified lines.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/27044 Allocation of Designations for Switching Stations, Auxiliary Supply Points, Replaces
Electrical Sections, Overhead Line Switches, Circuit Breakers and the Like, for RT/E/C/27044 Iss 1; Dec 04
AC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06
The principles laid down in this document give the preferred method of determining designations for use on all future electrification schemes.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27048 Maintenance of Positive Conductor Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/C/27048 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification defines the minimum planned periodic maintenance that shall be carried out on positive conductor rail to ensure the safety of the
electrical system.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27169 Isolation of Switching Stations at Electrical Control Room Boundaries to Replaces

Comply with issue of Permits-to-work and Sanctions-for-test Certificates RT/E/P/27169 Iss 1; Dec 04
Issue 2; Apr 06
At switching stations where the high voltage equipment is part or dual controlled from two different Electrical Control Rooms (ECR) the information
defined in this specification will apply for isolation of the high voltage equipment and issue of Permit-to-Work (21067/P/1) or Sanctionfor- Test
(21067/S/1)
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/27175 Acceptance of High Mast Winching Mechanisms and Associated Equipment Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/P/27175 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification is written to ensure a common policy and assist in the fulfilment of statutory obligations for the acceptance, registration, testing
and certification of high mast winching mechanisms and associated equipment.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27176 Design of Retention Toilet Servicing Installations Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces

RT/E/P/27176 Iss 1; Dec 04
The specification RT/E/P/27176 has been re-issued as a SAF3 Business Process Document NR/SP/ELP/27176.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27178 Examination of Pressure Vessels Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces

RT/E/P/27178 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification sets down the requirements for pressure vessels.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27183 50 Cycle Single Phase AC Electrification Overhead Line Equipment Replaces

This standard includes drawings, descriptions, loading diagrams, calculations and instructions appertaining to the equipment shall be provided in
sufficient detail to permit efficient manufacture, erection and maintenance in ‘polluted’ and “clean” areas, of a nominal 25kV, 50 cycles, single phase
ac overhead system of railway electrification.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27192 Design and Installation of Negative Bonding and Associated Equipment on Replaces
High Current DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/27192 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification details the engineering requirements for the design and installation of negative bonding on Network Rail dc Electrified Lines which
are designated “High Current”.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27193 Specification for Earthing and Bonding for Dollands Moor International Freight Replaces
Yard Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/S/27193 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document details the specific earthing and bonding requirements for Dollands Moor International Freight Yard.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27195 Earthing and Bonding at North Pole International Depot Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27195 Iss 1; Dec 04
This Earthing and Bonding specification is unique to the North Pole Depot area and the section of the West London Lines between West Way and
Mitre Bridge Junction, it should be read in conjunction with NR/SP/ELP/21085 which contains general information regarding standard bonding
practices, cable sizes, use of spider plates etc.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/27200 Track Datum Markers on all Overhead Electrified Lines Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27200 Iss 1; Dec 04
The purpose of this Instruction to define the track tolerances and the two types of markers to ensure that the geometrical relationship between the
contact wire and the pantograph is maintained at all times.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27202 Concrete for Overhead Line Equipment Structures Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27202 Iss 1; Dec 04
This Specification pertains to every aspect of the use of concrete for overhead line electrification foundations and associated concrete structures.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/27203 Provision of Isolation, Earthing and Indication Facilities Where Local Isolations Replaces
are Permitted on AC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/27203 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document covers the provisions necessary to enable the procedures to be followed within those areas and for those tasks to which local
isolation instructions apply. It amplifies, but in no way modifies the requirements of NR/SP/ELP/29987.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27204 Specification for the Screening of Signals Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/27204 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document details the action to be taken to ensure signals are cleared to permit Signalling maintenance staff to undertake their normal duties in
safety.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27205 Specification for the Installation and Operation of Buffer Sections and Replaces
Permanently Earthed Sections in AC Overhead Line Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/27205 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document details the installation and operational requirements for buffer sections and permanently earthed sections on ac overhead line
equipment.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27210 Maintenance of Electro-mechanical Supervisory Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/27170 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification defines the minimum planned periodic maintenance that shall be carried out on electro mechanical supervisory equipment in order
to ensure the safety of the electrical system.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27217 Emergency Disconnection of Grid Supply Feeders for DC Electrification Replaces

This standard lays down the arrangements to be adopted following the removal of emergency tripping facilities that utilised the electrification
telephone circuits.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27221 Overhead Line Equipment Master Index (OLEMI) Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27221 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification states Network Rail’s requirements for use and access of the Olemi design range drawings.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/ELP/27224 Specification for Installation of Cable Routes Forming Part of The Traction Replaces
Distribution System Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/27224 Iss 1; Aug 05
This document details the requirements for the design, refurbishment and construction of new cable routes and the refurbishment of existing cable
routes for high voltage ac power distribution cables and associated pilot supervisory cables, signalling supply distribution and point heater cables, ac
and dc traction cables and other cables used on electrical distribution systems.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/27228 Specification for New and Upgraded Lifts Issue 1; Oct 05 Replaces
This specification describes the technical requirements that must be met by any lift installed on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/ELP/27234 Specification for Design and Maintenance of Hydraulic Fluid Power Replaces
Systems Issue 1; Dec 05
This specification has been prepared to control the design and maintenance of hydraulic fluid power systems.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/27242 Specification of Low Voltage Electrical Installations on Railway Premises Replaces

(Including Plugs, Sockets, Trailing Leads and Appliances) Issue 1; Dec 05
This specification has been prepared to control the design and maintenance of hydraulic fluid power systems.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/ELP/27243 Specification for Signalling Power Supplies Issue 1; Aug 06 Replaces

This document specifies Network Rail’s requirements for signalling power supply trackside distribution systems. This document focuses on the
different types of distribution feeder that can be used and the applicability of BS7671. These requirements ensure that the system design complies
with the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989. This specification references supporting standards where appropriate.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/27300 Specification for Computer Aided Design Formats for Electrification and Replaces
Plant Documentation Issue E1; Dec 05
The purpose of this document is to ensure that Cad documentation is consistent in appearance and format. The processes described in this
specification shall be applied to ‘drawings’ which includes any document that is wholly or primarily graphical in nature.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/ELP/29987 Working on or About 25kV AC Electrified Lines Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 07 01/09/07 NR/SP/ELP/29987
Iss E2; Feb 05
This specification, comprises a suite of thirteen modules. The specification includes the responsibilities of persons required to work on, or so near to,
electrified lines that danger may arise.
Further requirements are contained in Rule Book GE/RT8000, (Modules AC1, AC2 and AC3).
Price Band:
NR/SP/ELP/40041 Core Maintenance Specification for Overhead Trolley Jumper Systems Replaces
This document is the Technical Specification for the maintenance of Overhead Trolley Jumper Systems. The document is to be read in conjunction
with the relevant Contract Documentation.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/40042 Periodic Inspection and Testing of Electrical Installations, Appliances and Replaces
Equipment Issue 3; Feb 06 RT/E/P/40042 Iss 2; Dec 01
This procedure defines the process for determining the frequency of testing and examination and the minimum standard of testing that the
installations, equipment and appliances shall undergo in order to ensure continued safe usage.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/ELP/40067 The Installation and Upgrading of Escalators and Passenger Conveyors Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/40067 Iss 1; Oct 01
The Specification has been developed to ensure that escalators and passenger conveyors are suitable for the public service application associated
with stations and large volumes of passenger flow. In all cases equipment is specified and rated suitable for a minimum 25 years service in
compliance with the remit from Network Rail.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/21131 Warning and Other Signs for AC and DC Electrified Lines Issue 1; Nov 97 Replaces
This specification states the requirements for the design and the display of signs on Network Rail infrastructure to warn persons on or near ac
and/or dc electrified lines of the risk of electric shock. It also includes the requirements for certain other signs employed on Network Rail
infrastructure in connection with electrified lines.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/27223 Specification for Tyne and Wear Metro (Sunderland Extension) – OLE Replaces
Maintenance Issue E1; Jun 05
This specification states the minimum requirements in order to ensure the safety and reliability of the Tyne and Wear Metro (Sunderland Extension)
overhead line electrification energised at 1500V dc.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/P/24000 Content and Preparation of Control Room Instructions Issue 3; Dec 02 Replaces
RT/E/P/24000 Iss 2; Aug 02
This procedure states the mandatory requirements for the content and preparation of electrical control room instructions by Network Rail zones for
use at electrical control rooms by electrical control operators to ensure that adequate and correct procedures are followed in the control and
operation of the electrification and plant equipment under their jurisdiction.
Price Band: F
RT/E/P/24010 Management of Warnings and Alarms Received from Trackside Pantograph Replaces
Monitoring Equipment Issue 1; Nov 97
This is a procedure for the reporting and investigating pantograph uplift exceedances detected by trackside pantograph monitoring equipment
operating on 25kV overhead line electrification equipment managed by Network Rail.
Price Band: C
RT/E/P/27180 Operating & Maintaining Escalator Trolleys at London Victoria Issue 1; Dec 04 Replaces
formerly SP-PM-66
Former BRB standard, migrated to Network Rail template, December 04
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/27215 Instruction for Design of Overhead Line Structures Issue 1; Dec 04 Replaces
EHQ/ST/O/009
Price Band: D
Product Specifications
NR/PS/ELP/00003 Resistive Type Live Line Indicators Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces

This Product Specification states the minimum performance requirements for a resistive type live line indicating device for use on the overhead line
and switching station equipment.
Price Band: B
NR/PS/ELP/00006 Portable DC Short Circuiting Devices Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/PS/00006 Iss 1; Apr 00
This Product Specification gives the minimum performance requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of portable short circuiting devices
to be used on d.c. electrified lines.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/00007 Product Specification for Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Issue 3; Oct 05 Replaces
RT/E/PS/00007 Iss 2; Jun 03
This product specification states the requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) units when installed to provide power for Network Rail’s
operational infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/00008 Product Specification for High Voltage Cables and Accessories for Traction Replaces
Supplies Issue 3; Dec 05 RT/E/PS/00008 Iss 2; Dec 01
This Product Specification states the Directorate’s requirements for polymeric insulated 6.35/11 kV, 12.7/22 kV and 19/33 kV single and threecore
cables for DC Electrified Lines and 25 kV two-core concentric and single-core cables and accessories for AC Electrified Lines.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/00018 750VDC Switchgear for Traction Substations and Track Paralleling Huts Replaces
Issue 3; Apr 05 RT/E/PS/00018 Iss 2; Dec 01
This product specification states the Directorate’s requirements for 750V rated DC switchgear assemblies for traction substations and track
paralleling huts. The product specification states requirements for overall performance and technical details including construction and testing.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/PS/ELP/00021 Product Specification for Standby Diesel Generators for Signalling Supplies Replaces
Issue 2; Oct 05 RT/E/PS/00021 Iss 1; Oct 01
This product specification states the minimum requirements for diesel generating sets installed as fixed installations in order to provide standby
power supplies for signalling equipment on Network Rail’s operational infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/00022 400V 3-phase AC Shore Supply Equipment for use in non Electrified Areas Replaces
Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/PS/00022 Iss 1; Apr 01
This product specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture, testing, installation and commissioning of 400 V, 3 phase, 3 wire, 50
Hz shore supply equipment for use in non electrified areas in depots etc, to provide power supplies for train auxiliaries when the train is stabled and
the on-board auxiliary power supplies are not in service.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/21023 Specification for Rectifier DC Disconnector Switch for DC Traction Substations Replaces
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of 650/750 V rated DC disconnector switches (DCDS) for use in
DC traction substations for fault making connection and off-load disconnection of the rectifier positive output to the main DC busbar.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/21072 Trackside Pantograph Monitoring Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/21072 Iss 1; Nov 97
This specification states the Directorate’s performance requirements for equipment to monitor the dynamic performance of pantographs fitted to
passing trains.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/21101 Track Cable for DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/21101 Iss 1; Mar 98
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture, testing at works and at site, and delivery ex works of track cables for use on
d.c. traction systems to provide, the 650/750 V d.c. supply from traction substations and track paralleling huts to the conductor rails and negative
cable connections and, where appropriate, bonding.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/ELP/27182 Insulating Shroud for Foot of Conductor Rail Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27182 Iss 1; Dec 04
This product specification covers the design, manufacture and testing of a conductor rail shroud for use in conjunction with Network Rail standard
conductor rail systems other than the dc Electrified lines in the Liverpool area.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27184 25kV Rotating Post Type Isolators Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/27184 Iss 1; Dec 04
This Specification is for the design, manufacture and testing, of outdoor overhead line isolators and associated equipment for isolating and
sectioning the 25 kV 50 Hz single phase overhead conductor system.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27185 25kV Power Transformers and Voltage Regulators for Auxiliary Supplies Replaces
25 kV single phase 50 Hz power transformers and associated voltage regulators are used to provide standby supplies from the overhead line to
signalling and other auxiliary equipment.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27187 Product Specification for Fused Isolators Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/27187 Iss 1; Dec 04
The Specification covers the design, manufacture and testing of silicone-rubber covered “primary” live-line insulated poles for use in live-line testing
and earthing on electrified lines.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/PS/ELP/27188 Silicone–Rubber Covered Primary Live Line Insulated Poles Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27188 Iss 1; Dec 04
The Specification covers the design, manufacture and testing of silicone-rubber covered “primary” live-line insulated poles for use in live-line testing
and earthing on electrified lines.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27189 Ancillary Equipment Enclosures for 25kV Structure Mounted Outdoor Replaces
Switchgear Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/S/27189 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification covers the requirements for the design, manufacture and installation of these types of enclosures together with the preparation of
associated drawings, manuals, provision of certain electrical fittings and their installation.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27196 Specification for Outdoor Ancillary Cubicles for 25kV AC Isolation Replaces
Transformers Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/S/27196 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification covers the electrical supply and pilot cables to the isolating transformers, from outdoor ancillary cubicles, installation and
commissioning of outdoor ancillary cubicles and the electrical equipment housed within the cubicle. This specification includes the design,
manufacture, erection, factory & site testing/commissioning and for the supply and installation testing/commissioning of the cubicle and electrical
installation.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/ELP/27219 750V DC Track Voltage Relays Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/27219 Iss 1; Dec 04
This general specification covers the design and manufacture of track voltage relay systems, based on solid state technology, for use on 750V dc
third rail electrification systems. The system specified in this document are to be used for indicating the state of energisation of a track section and
to trip the associated dc circuit breakers in the event of a fault that creates low voltage conditions.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/ELP/27220 Paired Core Compound Filled Supervisory Cable Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27220 Iss 1; Dec 04
This specification details the requirements for paired core compound filled supervisory cables for modem based supervisory systems operating in
the VF range 300 to 3000 Hz.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/ELP/27236 25kVAC Single Phase Switchgear and Ancillary Equipment Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces
RT/SEL/04 Iss 1; Oct 00
This product specification states the requirements for indoor and outdoor switchgear and ancillary equipment for 25 kVac switching stations.
Price Band: D
Level 1
NR/L1/ELP/27000 Asset Management Policy for Electrical Power Assets Compliance Replaces
This asset management policy for Electrical Power assets has been written to demonstrate how these assets will be managed to meet the
requirements of Network Rail’s corporate objectives and the Network Rail asset management policy.
Price Band: D
Level 2
NR/L2/ELP/21015 Maintenance of Negative Traction Cables and Bonding Compliance Replaces

for DC Conductor Rail Systems Issue 3; Jun 15 06/06/16 NR/SP/ELP/21015
Iss 2; Apr 06
This specification defines the minimum planned periodic maintenance that shall be carried out on negative traction cables and bonding on d.c.
electrified lines.
The frequency has been changed to allow E&PMEs to extend the frequency of the inspections in certain cases. A ten yearly functionally check has
also been added.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/ELP/21048 Maintenance of positive conductor rail and traction cables Compliance Replaces
for DC conductor rail systems. Issue 1; Jun 15 06/06/16 New at Issue 96
Allow E&PMEs to extend the frequency of the inspections in certain cases to more then 12 months and to reduce it where there is impact on the
asset condition.
It also includes the need to check the conductor rail drawings at a 10 year frequency on site. Conductor rail heating has been included.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/ELP/21087 Risk Based Maintenance for Overhead Line Assets Compliance Replaces
Issue 6; Mar 15 31/03/16 NR/L2/ELP/21087
Iss 5; Mar 11
This specification describes the process that must be followed in order to apply a risk based maintenance analysis to Overhead Line Equipment.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/ELP/21120 E&P Records Management Process Issue 1 Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

New at Issue 68
This document describes the management of new and altered Electrification and Plant Business Critical records for which the Network Records
Group are custodians
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/24011 Booster Transformer Outages Issue 3; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

NR/SP/ELP/24011
Iss 2; Dec 05
This specification defines the process for managing the outages of booster transformers on Network Rail’s 25 kV a.c., 50 Hz electrified lines. It
details the actions required to be taken. Further and more detailed information on booster transformer outages can be found in the Network Rail
guidance notes NR/GN/ELP/24015
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/24013 Notification of Energisation of New AC and DC Electrified Compliance Replaces

Lines Issue 4; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/SP/ELP/24013
Iss 3; Apr 06
This procedure states the requirements for the design and the display of posters, the publication of notices and the provision of advice concerning
the energisation of new, or extensions to ac and dc electrified lines and distribution equipment forming part of the traction distribution system.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/27009 Overhead Line Equipment Campaign Changes Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 11 03/03/12 RT/E/C/27009 Iss 1
(Formerly withdrawn)
This standard is a catalogue of all approved campaign changes which apply to overhead line equipment (OLE) installed on the Network Rail
infrastructure. It enables improved OLE asset performance by achieving a clear understanding of the extent of the risk of the overhead contact
system (OCS) failing.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix C for availability and pricing
NR/L2/ELP/27032 Management of incidents involving damage to the OLE Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 15 01/06/16 NR/GN/ELP/00003
This is a new mandated standard based on the previous guidance note and Route best practice when responding to OLE incidents. It has been
produced in response to the learning points from the Margaretting dewirement incident.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/ELP/27212 Maintenance of Mark I Overhead Line Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/ELP/27212
Iss 2; Apr 06
This specification details the maintenance tolerances for mark i design overhead line equipment and shows the background information and method
of formulation.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/ELP/27213 Maintenance of Mark IIIa Overhead Line Equipment Compliance Replaces

Iss 2; Apr 06
This specification details the maintenance tolerances for mark iiia design overhead line equipment and shows the background information and
method of formulation.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/ELP/27214 Maintenance of Mark IIIb Overhead Line Equipment Compliance Replaces

Iss 2; Apr 06
This specification details the maintenance tolerances for mark iiib design overhead line equipment and shows the background information and
method of formulation.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/ELP/27229 Specification for Remote Control Equipment for Electrical Compliance Replaces
Distribution Systems Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L2/ELP/27229
Iss 1; Oct 05
This specification states the directorate’s minimum requirements for remote control equipment (also known as supervisory control and data
acquisition, SCADA equipment) and systems for remote monitoring and control to electric traction power supply equipment on ac and dc traction
systems from Electrical Control Rooms.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/ELP/27238 Maintenance Specification for Fixed Plant Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 7; Jul 14 01/11/14 NR/L2/ELP/27238
Iss 6; Sep 11
This Network Rail standard specifies the general requirements and specific tasks to be performed upon on Network Rail’s mechanical and electrical
fixed plant.
Price Band: C This is a modular standard, please see Appendix C for availability and pricing
NR/L2/ELP/27239 Maintenance Specification for Electrification Distribution Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/ELP/27239
Iss 1; Oct 05
This specification states the Directorate’s general requirements that apply to all maintenance undertaken on Network Rail’s electrical and plant
equipment.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/ELP/27307 Management of Reports for Safety Related Events Applicable Compliance Replaces
to Electrification and Plant Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/ELP/27307
Iss E1; Apr 06
This specification describes the reporting requirements for every safety related event involving electrification and plant assets or safety systems that
‘fail unsafe’. An event may be characterised as a failure or incident or both and will be assigned a hazard index calculated from a combination of
failure rating, incident rating, and location ratings, with an adjustment factor to be applied where fatalities or injuries have occurred.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/27311 Engineering Assurance Requirements for Design and Compliance Replaces

Implementation of Electrical Power Engineering Infrastructure 03/09/11 NR/SP/ELP/27311
Projects Issue 4; Jun 11 Iss 3; Jun 10
The purpose of this standard is to control the risk to Network Rail’s infrastructure and railway operations that may arise as a result of any changes to
electrical power assets by mandating an engineering assurance process.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/27320 Fixed Plant Equipment Reporting Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L2/ELP/27320
Iss 1; Jun 07
This specification details the information required to be reported on Network Rail’s fixed plant equipment.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/ELP/27400 Specification for 25-0-25kV Traction Autotransformers Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Sep 11 03/12/11 NR/L2/ELP/27400 1; Sep 09
This product specification states the requirements for use on the 25-025 kV electrification system.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/ELP/27401 Configuration management and change to protection and Compliance Replaces

control systems Issue 1; Dec 09 05/06/10 New at Issue 74
This standard states the requirement for the management of hardware and software configuration of electrical fault protection and control devices.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/27402 Specification for protection and control devices for electrical Compliance Replaces
systems Issue 1; Dec 09 05/06/10 NR/SP/ELP/21035
Iss 2; Dec 05
This specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and type testing of protection and control devices.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/ELP/27411 Product Specification for Polymeric Insulators for Top- Compliance Replaces
Contact Conductor Rails Issue 1; Mar 12 03/06/12 New at Issue 83
This specification defines technical and performance requirements for polymeric insulators for support of conductor rails for third and fourth rail
electrified lines on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/27500 Production of Isolation Diagrams, Isolation Instructions, Compliance Replaces

Comprehensive Track Diagrams and Operations Diagrams 05/06/10 New at Issue 75
Issue 1; Mar 10
The purpose of this standard is to standardise the content and format of Isolation Diagrams, Electrical Isolation Instructions, Comprehensive Track
Diagrams (CTDs) and Operations Diagrams.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/40045 Electric Point Heating Issue 6; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/SP/ELP/40045
Iss 5; Dec 05
This Specification states the minimum requirements for the components and systems comprising the electric point heating installations for use on
Network Rail infrastructure
Price Band: E
NR/L2/ELP/40068 Principal Supply Point (DNO + DG) Specification Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 07 06/10/07
This specification describes the requirements for a ‘DNO and DG’ (Distribution Network Operator and Diesel Generator set) based principal supply
points.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ELP/40069 Specification for Railway Pumping Installations Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 07 06/10/07
This Network Rail standard specifies the fundamental requirements for all railway pumping installations on Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/ELP/00110 Maintenance of Electrification, Plant, Signalling and Compliance Replaces

Telecommunications Equipment, Incorporating Asbestos 26/08/08 RT/E/WI/00110
Materials or Components Issue 2; Jun 08 Iss E1; May 04
This Work Instruction supplements existing maintenance instructions with asbestos related requirements for electrification, plant, signalling and
telecommunications equipment incorporating asbestos materials or components to ensure compliance with current legislation.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/ELP/21067 Instructions for Making out Issuing and Cancelling High Compliance Replaces
Voltage Permits to Work, Sanctions for Test and Circuit State 03/12/11 NR/L3/ELP/21067
Certificates Issue 5; Dec 11 Iss 4; Jun 11
This Level 3 Standard gives instructions for the making out, issuing and cancelling of Permits-to-Work, Sanctions-for-Test and Circuit State
Certificates for work on high voltage equipment as detailed in Section 2. It forms part of a set of Network Rail Standards which govern safe working
on or near all its electrical equipment, distribution systems and traction supply systems.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/ELP/22001 Procedure and competence requirements for persons Compliance Replaces

undertaking works in the vicinity of high voltage cables 26/08/08 New Document
Issue 1; Aug 08
This standard is to confirm works undertaken in the vicinity of High Voltage cables are conducted in a manner which minimises risk to persons,
cables and the environment.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27077 Single to Three Phase Converter Installations Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27077
Iss 2; Feb 06
This document describes the periodic maintenance requirements for all Single to Three Phase Converter installations associated with Signalling
Supplies.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27078 Routine Inspection and Maintenance of Diesel and Electrically Compliance Replaces
Driven Compressed air Installations Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27078
Iss 2; Feb 06
This document describes the periodic maintenance requirements for all diesel and electrically driven compressed air installations associated with
signalling supplies.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27115 Arrangements for Isolation of the Conductor Rail for Preplanned Compliance Replaces
Possessions of the Line Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27115
Iss 2; Feb 06
These instructions are additional to the requirements of the DC Electrified Lines Instructions, NR/WI/ELP/3091. They specify the actions and
documentation required for Isolations in connection with T3 possessions.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/ELP/27122 Loss of High Voltage Supply to, or the Tripping of, a High Compliance Replaces
Voltage Circuit Breaker for no Known Reason in a Substation 26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27122
Building Containing Metal Clad Switchgear With Bitumastic Iss 2; Apr 06
Compound Filled Busbar Chambers Issue 3; Jun 08
This instruction applies to switchgear operating at 11kV and above. If the High Voltage (HV) supply is lost or a HV circuit breaker operates for no
known reason in a building equipped with metal clad switchgear with bitumastic compound filled busbar chambers and staff are present at that
location, the following instructions shall be carried out. A list of substations where this instruction is applicable shall be produced within each territory
and made available in the appropriate electrical control room instructions.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/ELP/27134 Reporting of Electric Track Equipment Defects Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
NR/WI/ELP/27134
Iss 2; Feb 06
This work instruction details the procedures to be adopted for reporting defects found during inspections of electric track equipment.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/ELP/27135 Recording Method for DC Safe Setting Calculations Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27135
Iss 2; Apr 06
This work instruction defines the responsibilities of the Area Electrification and Plant (E&P) Engineer for maintaining the up to date records of all
previously calculated d.c. section “safe” settings and carrying out all future d.c. section “safe” setting calculations.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/ELP/27218 Preparation or Modification of Comprehensive Track Diagrams Compliance Replaces

Iss 2; Apr 06
This standard is to provide a basis for the preparation or modification of comprehensive track diagrams. It shall apply to all comprehensive track
diagrams issued as from the date of this document. Each diagram completed to this standard shall be endorsed, “Drawn to NR/SP/ELP/27218”. Any
diagrams without this endorsement may contain dual standards for an interim period.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27232 Work Instruction for Defect Reporting Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/WI/ELP/27232
Iss 1; Dec 05
This instruction details the procedure to be adopted for written reporting of defects found on:
a) Substation plant, remote control and protection equipment using the standard defect report form TPS/P/155/1; and,
b) HV and pilot/supervisory cables and associated equipment using a standard tick box report form TPS/P/154/1.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/ELP/27237 Overhead Line Work Instructions Issue 9; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces

31/01/16 NR/L3/ELP/27237
Iss 8; Dec 14
The OLE work instructions are provided to establish the approved standard methods for overhead line work.
The index has been updated due to the addition of 12 new or modified work instructions to incorporate the new components and the series 2 OLE
design range. The detailed changes are shown in the attached table and in the official briefing presentation.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/ELP/27240 Distribution Work Instructions Issue 5; Sep 09 Compliance Replaces

05/12/2009 Iss 4; Jun 08
This instruction supports electrical distribution activities. The handbook is divided into modules and each covers a particular work activity and
equipment type New modules NR/DIST C19a and NR/DIST C19b specify the procedure for assessment of distribution equipment.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/ELP/27240/MODC19a AC Distribution Asset Condition Assessment Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Oct 07 22/10/07 New at Issue 66
This document is a specific module of NR/WI/ELP/27240 to conduct a pilot scheme. This document specifies the procedure to be followed so that
AC distribution assets in the pilot areas undergo condition assessments in a correct and consistent manner in accordance with the methodology
specified.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27240/MODC19b DC Distribution Asset Condition Assessment Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Oct 07 22/10/07 New at Issue 66
This document is a specific module of NR/WI/ELP/27240 to conduct a pilot scheme. This document specifies the procedure to be followed so that
DC distribution assets in the pilot areas undergo condition assessments in a correct and consistent manner in accordance with the methodology
specified.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/ELP/27241 Fixed Plant Work Instructions Issue 4; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/ELP/27241
Iss 3; Aug 08
This specification details the particular actions to be undertaken during maintenance activities performed on Network Rail’s fixed plant equipment.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/ELP/27250 Conductor rail equipment working instructions. Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 15 06/06/16 NR/GN/ELP/27309
Iss 3
New standard contains modules for carrying out tasks on the conductor rail and associated equipment and negative bonding. Updates the
requirements for installing, inspecting and maintaining conductor rail, negative bonding and associated equipment.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/ELP/27404 Management of Request for Extended DC Feeding Compliance Replaces

Arrangements Issue 1; Dec 09 05/06/10 New at Issue 74
The purpose of this procedure is to define the method to be followed on receipt of a request for extended d.c. feeding.
Price Band: Phone This document is in A5 format
NR/L3/ELP/27406 Engineering Deliverable Requirements for Electrical Power Compliance Replaces

Asset Design Issue 2; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/L3/ELP/27406
Iss 1; Jun 11
The purpose of this specification is to provide the requirements for the engineering deliverables required to support the stages of assurance defined
in NR/L2/ELP/27311
Price Band: C This is a modular standard, please see Appendix C for availability and pricing
NR/L3/ELP/27600 Index of Standard Electrical Power Forms Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
This standard provides the index and version control to the Standard Electrical Power Forms
Price Band: B
Work Instructions
NR/WI/ELP/3091 DC Electrified Lines Working Instructions Issue E2; Dec 06 Replaces

NR/WI/ELP/3091 Iss 1; Oct 06
The purpose of this work instruction is to set out the requirements to ensure that persons working on or near to 3rd rail dc electrified lines carry out
their duties without risk of danger to themselves or other persons.
Price Band: E
NR/WI/ELP/27051 Working Instructions for DC Electrified Lines in the Liverpool Compliance Replaces
Area Issue 4; Jun 07 02/06/07 NR/WI/ELP/27051
Iss 3, Jun 06
This document contains the working instructions for the dc electrified lines in the Liverpool area.
Price Band: F
NR/WI/ELP/27052 Working Instructions for DC Electrified Lines on the Northern Compliance Replaces
City Line Issue 4; Jun 07 02/06/07 NR/WI/ELP/27052
Iss E3; Apr 06
This document contains the working instructions for the dc electrified lines on the Northern City line.
Price Band: E
NR/WI/ELP/27096 Work Instruction for Production of Mean and Peak Current Compliance Replaces
Profiles for 25kV AC Electrification Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/27096 Iss 1; Dec 04
This instruction sets out the methods followed when producing mean and peak current profiles for the 25 kV ac, 50 Hz overhead line electrification
system.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/ELP/27114 Work Instruction for Carrying out Testing on all Electrified Replaces
Lines Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/WI/27114 Iss 1; Dec 04
This instruction sets out the requirements for carrying out testing of electrification systems and equipment.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/WI/ELP/27116 Standard for Replacement Components to be Used on Electrification Replaces

Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/WI/27116 Iss 1; Dec 04
This instruction defines the requirements of replacement components to be used on electrification equipment.
Price Band: B
NR/WI/ELP/27127 Work Instruction for Network Rail/euro Tunnel Electrical Interface at Replaces
Folkestone Operating and Maintenance Procedures Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/WI/27127 Iss 1; Dec 04
This instruction sets out the electrical operating and maintenance procedures for work on the overhead catenary system, permanent way and
distribution equipment at the interface between Network Rail and Eurotunnel at Folkestone.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/ELP/27140 Application of Short Circuiting Straps for Conductor Rail Isolations Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/P/27140 Iss 1; Dec 04
This work instruction specifies the actions necessary for the application of and removal of short circuiting straps as required by Instruction 31 of the
D.C. Electrified Lines Instructions (ELI) GO/RT3091.
Price Band: B
NR/WI/ELP/27171 Issue, Storage, Routine Inspection and Testing of Rubber Gloves Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/WI/27171 Iss 1; Dec 04
This work instruction covers the issue, storage, inspection and testing of all rubber insulating gloves used for electrical purposes.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/ELP/27173 Application of a BR Standard Short Circuiting Bar in an Emergency Replaces

Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/WI/27173 Iss 1; Dec 04
This work instruction gives details of the short circuiting bars provided for use in an emergency to isolate the current to the dc third rail system, also
the DC fourth rail systems between Richmond and Gunnersbury or Wimbledon and East Putney, in certain defined circumstances. Price Band: C
NR/WI/ELP/27231 Work Instruction for the Operation of 11kV Supplies at Slade Green Depot, Replaces
Ashford IECC and Victoria Station Issue 1; Dec 05
This instruction covers the working arrangements for the above named sites and should be read in conjunction with the appropriate drawings.
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/00109 Machine Switch out in Conjunction with the Trial of on Track Maintenance Replaces
Machines Issue E1; Feb 04
The purpose of this document is to provide instruction for the use of on track maintenance machines with integral short-circuiting devices, in
association with a machine switch out.
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/00112 Isolation and Earthing Instructions for Cauldwell Depot TSC Issue E1; Sept 04 Replaces
These instructions apply specifically to Cauldwell Depot TSC for the isolation and earthing of Cauldwell Depot TSC complete including
interconnector cable BE/CL and outgoing feeder cable CL/635.
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/27124 Testing of all Direct Telephone Circuits Issue 1; Dec 04 Replaces

TPS/O/452
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/27129 Frimley Reversible Line – Alternative Track Feeding Arrangements Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 04 TPS/O/803
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/WI/27130 Local Operation Instruction – Weymouth Station Alternative Track Feeding Replaces
Arrangements Issue 1; Dec 04 TPS/O/805
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/27222 Profile Gauging of Steel Conductor Rail Issue 1; Dec 04 Replaces

TPS/MC/203
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/00004 AC Electrified Lines Earthing and Bonding Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/G/00004 Iss 1; Aug 00
This guidance note is intended to help explain Network Rail’s requirements for earthing and bonding when installing plant and equipment on 25kV
ac electrified lines.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/ELP/00011 Guidance Note for Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Equipment Replaces
Issue 3; Oct 05 RT/E/G/00011 Iss 2; Aug 02
These guidance notes are intended to advise Network Rail staff about the principal considerations regarding the application of Uninterruptible Power
Supplies (UPS) for railway infrastructure. This document is aimed at UPS systems with a rating of 20kVA upwards for signalling installations
however much of the guidance is applicable to smaller units and other installations.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/00015 Guidance Note for Signalling Power Supply Design Issue 4; Feb 07 Replaces
NR/GN/ELP/00015
Iss 3; Oct 05
This guidance note provides advice to Network Rail engineers, principal contractors and designers about the process required to design a signalling
power supply for railway Infrastructure. The principles contained within this guide should be applied to any signalling supply installation.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/ELP/24015 Guidance for the Technical Management of Booster Transformer Outages Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/G/24015 Iss 1; Feb 02
These guidance notes support the Network Rail Company procedure for managing the outages of booster transformers on 25kV ac 50 Hz electrified
lines and assist the Zone Electrification and Plant Engineer in assessing the actions required to be taken in the event of booster transformer
outage(s).
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27006 Calculation of Protection Settings for DC Track Feeders Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/C/27006 Iss 1; Oct 98
This document sets out approved procedures and data for the calculation of protection settings for track feeders on dc electrified routes. It is
designed to present best available practice in order to meet the requirements of Network Rail Business Process Standard RT/E/S/21051.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/ELP/27010 Guidance for Compatibility Between Electric Trains and Electrification Systems Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/C/27010 Iss 1; Nov 97
This code of practice is for guidance when considering the evaluation process detailed in Railway Group Standard, GM/RT1000 – Compatibility
between electric trains and electrification systems.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/ELP/27019 Design and Installation of Composite Aluminium/stainless Steel Conductor Replaces

Rail and Associated Equipment on DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/C/27019 Iss 1; Mar 98
This guidance note states the best practice for the design, manufacture, installation and testing of aluminium/stainless steel composite conductor rail
and associated equipment on Network Rail dc electrified lines. This document is to be read in conjunction with the electric track equipment drawings
and NR/SP/ELP/21104 ‘Design and installation of electric track equipment for dc electrified lines’.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27020 Design and Installation of Steel Conductor Rail and Associated Equipment for Replaces
DC Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/C/27020 Iss 1; Mar 98
This guidance note states the best practice for the design and installation of steel conductor rail and associated electric track equipment on Network
Rail dc electrified lines including those which are designated ‘standard current’ and ‘high current’. This document is to be read in conjunction with
the electric track equipment drawings and NR/SP/ELP/21104 ‘Design and installation of electric track equipment for dc electrified lines’.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27022 Design and Installation of Negative Bonding and Associated Equipment on DC Replaces
Electrified Lines Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/C/27022 Iss 1 Mar 98
This specification states the best practice for the design, manufacture, installation and testing of negative bonding and associated equipment on
Network Rail dc electrified lines including those which are designated ‘standard current’ and those designated ‘high current’. This document is to be
read in conjunction with the electric track equipment drawings and NR/SP/ELP/21104 ‘Design and installation of electric track equipment for dc
electrified lines’
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27036 Guidance for Electric Cable Installations Associated With Plant and Machinery Replaces
in B.R. Underground and Other Specified Locations Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/C/27036 Iss 1; Dec 04
The objective of this document is to give guidance to plant and machinery and BES engineers who are responsible for the design and installation of
cable systems in BR underground and other specified locations.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27039 Wind Loading on Overhead Line Equipment and Structures Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces
RT/E/C/27039 Iss 1; Dec 04
RT/E/C/27039 has been re-issued as a SAF3 Business Process Document NR/GN/ELP/27039.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27040 Overhead Electrified Lines – Passage of High Vehicles or Loads, or Those With Replaces
Large Overhangs, over Accommodation and Occupation Level Crossings RT/E/C/27040 Iss 1; Dec 04
Issue 2; Feb 06
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27041 Winching Overhead Line Conductors Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces

RT/E/C/27041 Iss 1; Dec 04
This guidance note describes the conditions under which the winching of overhead line conductors may be carried out, the method of operation to
be used, and the equipment approved for the purpose.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/ELP/27043 Protection Standards and Methods of Calculation for 25kV AC Electrified Lines Replaces
Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/C/27043 Iss 1; Dec 04
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27088 Layout of Overhead Line Equipment Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces

RT/E/WI/27088 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document is for use by both railway and contractor’s staff when producing overhead line equipment layouts. It supplements the approved
design drawings and explains the principles to be followed in applying them, so that overhead line equipment designs will be the simplest and most
economical in form and in layout, consistent with safety and the required standard of performance.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/ELP/27138 DC Electrified Track, Electrical Protection Arrangements for Work on or Near Replaces
Conductor Rails Issue 2; Feb 06 RT/E/WI/27138 Iss 1; Dec 04
RT/E/WI/27138 has been re-issued as a SAF3 Business Process Document NR/GN/ELP/27138. This guidance note details the electrical protection
arrangements when working on or near the conductor rail.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/ELP/27186 The Installation of Switching Station Slab Foundation Bases Issue 2; Feb 06 Replaces
RT/E/S/27186 Iss 1; Dec 04
This guidance note describes the method of installation of concrete slab bases for switching stations.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27198 Identification of Bonds on all Electrified Lines Except the Southern Areas of Replaces
Network Rail Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/27198 Iss 1; Dec 04
This document assists all staff patrolling the track who are required to report the location and identity of bond cables which they regard as being
damaged or defective. Reports of damaged and defective bonding must be reported to the E.C.O. by patrolling staff.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27230 Guidance Note for new and Upgraded Lifts Issue 1; Oct 05 Replaces
This guidance note offers additional information that will enable those wishing to specify new, or upgrade existing lifts, to identify and evaluate the
most cost effective options and tenders.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27233 Characteristics of Railway Electrification Traction Power Supplies Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 05 Replaces
This document describes the electrification traction power systems forming part of the Network Rail’s railway infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/ELP/27235 Guidance for the Design, Specification and Maintenance of Hydraulic Systems Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 05
This guidance note has been prepared to control the design and maintenance of hydraulic fluid power systems.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27244 Guidance for Signalling Power Supplies Issue 1; Aug 06 Replaces

This document supports NR/SP/ELP/27243: Specification for signalling power supplies. This document provides guidance on the requirements of its
counterpart standard.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27246 Data Held in the Overhead Line Master Index (OLEMI) Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces
This guidance note contains the full list of Network Rail approved design drawings defined as OLEMI together with details of how to access them.
Price Band: Phone
NR/GN/ELP/27247 Guidance for Electrical Installations on Rail Premises (Including Plugs, Replaces
Sockets, Trailing Leads and Appliances) Issue 1; Dec 05
This document provides guidance on the requirements to be adopted for electrical installations on railway premises (including plugs, sockets, trailing
leads and associated appliances). It should be used in conjunction with the current edition of the BS 7671 (I.E.E. Regulations for Electrical
Installations) and any other relevant Regulations and Legislation.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27310 Management of Signalling Power Supplies Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces

This document provides guidance on the responsibilities associated with the management of signalling power supplies. The document ensures that
members of the engineering function understand their responsibilities within the current organisation.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/ELP/27312 Impedances of 25kV AC Overhead Lines for Classic System Issue 1; Dec 06 Replaces
This guidance note contains information on the impedances of the 25 kV ac overhead lines and related items, for use by electrical design engineers
who calculate line voltage drops or the settings of the feeder protection relays.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/ELP/27313 Management of Building Services Issue 1; Dec 06 Replaces

This document provides guidance on the responsibilities associated with the management of building services. The document ensures that
members of the engineering function understand their responsibilities within the current organisation.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27315 Management of Power Supplies to Telecomms Equipment Issue 1; Aug 07 Replaces

This document provides guidance on the responsibilities associated with the management of telecomms power supplies. The document ensures
that members of the engineering function understand their responsibilities within the current organisation
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27318 Insulation Monitoring of 650V Earth-Free (IT System) Power Cables Replaces
Issue 1; Apr 07
The guidance note applies to trackside signalling power supplies 650 V power cables and their associated insulation monitoring equipment. TN
systems are not considered.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27319 Fixed Plant Standards Maps Issue 2; Aug 07 Replaces

NR/GN/ELP/27139
Iss 1; Jun 07
The purpose of this guidance note is to provide information on the standards which apply to different areas within fixed plant. The guidance is
provided in the form of maps for individual topic areas.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/ELP/27407 Guidance on Taking Possession of Withdrawable DC Circuit Breakers Replaces

Issue 1; Mar 11 New at Issue 79
This Guidance Note will provide all areas where DC circuit breakers are used with access to the best practise procedure for taking and clearing
possession of withdrawable DC circuit breakers under routine maintenance
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/27003 Identification of Component Failures in 25kV Overhead Line Equipment Replaces

Issue 2; Feb 1998 RT/E/C/27003 Iss 1; Oct 96
This code of practice offers assistance in identification of the generic cause of overhead line equipment component failure.
Price Band: E
RT/E/C/45002 The Installation of Electric Point Heating Issue 4; Jun 2003 Replaces
RT/E/C/45002 Iss 3; Oct 01
This document states the best practice for the design, layout, installation and commissioning requirements of generic types of electric point heating
systems.
Price Band: D
RT/E/G/27225 Guidance Manual for Stations and Depots – Equipment Maintenance Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 05 RT/E/S/40002 – 04, 07, 08, 10,
11, 13, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 23,
26, 27, 32, 33, 36, 44
This guidance manual describes maintenance practices, including minimum maintenance attention, for station and depot plant and equipment, and
is to be read in conjunction with the relevant contract documentation.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SIN/111 Lever Modification Upgrade to Arthur Flury Single Rod Compliance Replaces
Neutral Sections Issue 1; Nov 10 31/01/12 New at Issue 78
There have been a number of recent pan damage incidents associated with the introduction of Arthur Flury single rod neutral sections in high speed
lines. This has resulted in an update to the design and associated product approval of this component.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/113 Special Inspection of Bonding at Bridges, Tunnels and Other Compliance Replaces
Overline Structures Issue 1; Dec 11 05/02/12 New at Issue 82
This Special Inspection Notice applies to the electrical bonding at all bridges, tunnels and other overline structures to check that:
• all exposed metal is properly bonded and
• all bridges, tunnels and other overline structures constructed of masonry, concrete
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/114 Identification of Electrical Distribution Switchgear with Compliance Replaces

Dependent Manual Operating Mechanisms 05/04/14 New at Issue 82
Issue 1; Dec 11
It is suspected that a number of electrical distribution switchgear items with dependent manual operation remain on the Network Rail distribution
system.
The intention of this SIN is to identify all switchgear fitted with a dependent manual operating mechanism to support a parallel Letter of Instruction
which applies a ban on the live operation of this switchgear. At the same time, a list of such switchgear will be made which will assist in its
replacement programme.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/117 Special Inspection of Arthur Flury Skidless Single Rod Compliance Replaces
Neutral Sections Issue 1; Jan 13 31/03/13 New at Issue 88
This Special Inspection Notice applies to Arthur Flury (AF) single rod skidless neutral sections installed in overhead line equipment. It is issued
because of safety concerns and requires Maintenance Delivery Units:
• to check the neutral section contact wire splices
• to identify the neutral section serial numbers so that the design type of the neutral section can be established
• to record the the neutral section serial numbers in Ellipse and to
• plan the replacement of Yellow Label neutral sections in high speed lines
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/119 Survey of Signalling Functional Supply Points Sites to Compliance Replaces

Identify Sites that may Require Additional Electrical Safety 05/07/14 NR/SIN/119 Iss 1; Apr 13
Provisions Issue 2; Jul 13
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice is to gather information, at signalling power system FSPs on the presence of
• System earthing
• Equipotential bonding
• Exposed conductors
• Older types of switchgear that can be opened without the use of a tool
to enable an informed decision on the scale of any remedial work required.
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/122 Inspection of Siemens 8DA Switchgear for Partial Discharge Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jul 13 05/10/13 New at Issue 89
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice is to gather information on the levels of partial discharge on the busbar connections of Siemens 8DA
SF6 switchgear. This includes single phase units operating at 25 kV ac and three phase units operating at 33 kV ac.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/127 Inspection, Identification, Removal or Modification of Compliance Replaces

Compensation Weights Issue 1; Mar 14 13/10/14 New at Issue 92
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice is to ascertain the total number and locations of compensation weights on the OLE Infrastructure.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SIN/135 Special Inspection, of UK1 Equipment Contact Wire Knuckles Compliance Replaces
This Special Inspection Notice applies to contact wire knuckles installed in UK1 equipment, or UK1 type knuckles where they may have been
installed in other marks of equipment. It is issued because of safety concerns and requires Maintenance Delivery Units:
• To check the along-track position of knuckles in relation to adjacent registration arms.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.7 ENGINEERING DESIGN TECHNOLOGY

No standards currently published
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.8 ENVIRONMENT
4.8 ENVIRONMENT
Company Standards
NR/CS/ENV/001 Environment Management Standard Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces

This standard sets out the process which Network Rail shall use to manage the environmental risks associated with its operations.
Price Band: B
4.8 ENVIRONMENT
NR/SP/ENV/001 Corporate Environment Manual Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces

This document shall define the Environmental Management System (EMS) framework used to implement Network Rail’s environment policy. It sets
the environment management standard for Network Rail Functions and is supported by procedures that assist with the management of the
company’s key environmental risks.
Price Band: C
RT/D/P/003 Noise and Vibration Complaints Issue 2; Apr 04 Replaces

RT/D/P/003 Iss 1; Jul 94
This procedure describes how complaints arising from noise and vibration, and how the handling of legal action under the Environmental Protection
Act 1990, the Control of Pollution Act 1974 and common law noise nuisance actions should be dealt with.
Price Band: C
RT/LS/P/007 Project Management and the Environment Issue 2; Apr 04 Replaces

RT/LS/P/007 Iss 1; Jun 97
This procedure describes the process that shall be followed to ensure that environmental issues are properly managed as part of the project
management process. It requires the environment to be addressed at the remit stage and for an appraisal to be carried out at the feasibility stage
and updated at specified times. A management plan to an appropriate level shall be developed and maintained to deal with the identified issues.
Price Band: D
Level 2
NR/L2/ENV/015 Contract Requirements Environment Issue 6; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L2/ENV/015
(RT/LS/S/015) Iss 5; Apr 04
Designers, Suppliers and Contractors need to meet this Standard in order to demonstrate compliance with Network Rail’s Sustainability Policy and
to assist Network Rail in meeting its environmental commitments, including our support of the Waste Resource Action Programme (WRAP) Halving
Waste to Landfill Construction Commitment.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/ENV/050 Environmental Performance Indicators Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to describe how data is collected and collated as Environmental Performance Indicators (PIs) and brought together
to feed into the Environmental Sustainability Index which is part of the Company’s Key Performance Indicator (KPI) Programme. The standard also
aims to outline the roles & responsibilities around environmental data collection and collation.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/ENV/044 Track Maintenance, Renewal or Alteration – Used Ballast Compliance Replaces

Handling 03/12/11 NR/L3/ENV/044
Issue 3; Sep 11 (RT/LS/P/044) Iss 2; Apr 04
This document sets out a standardised approach and uniform procedures to be used in planning and execution of engineering work which involves
the removal of used railway ballast and used railway infrastructure material.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.8 ENVIRONMENT
NR/GN/ENV/004 Waste Management Manual Issue 1; Jun 06 Replaces

This Manual provides a toolkit to help Network Rail comply with waste legislation and to outline best practice for waste management.
• It clearly outlines obligations under UK law.
• It gives details on managing specific waste streams.
Price Band: E
RT/E/G/00007 Generic Environmental Management for Light Maintenance Depots Replaces

Issue 2; Apr 04 RT/E/G/00007 Iss 1; Apr 01
This guidance note is intended for use by Network Rail and its tenants at Light Maintenance Depots, to provide generic general advice on
environmental management. It is not intended to be exhaustive nor does it constitute part of the Depot Access conditions or any other lease
condition.
Price Band: D
RT/LS/G/00022 Construction Noise Mitigation Through Section 61 Consent Process Replaces

Issue 2; Apr 04 RT/LS/G/00022 Iss 1A, Jul 03
The purpose of this guidance document is to provide an overview of how the risks from construction noise can be mitigated by obtaining consent
under Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act, 1974 (COPA) and in particular the benefits of this approach and a recommended course of action
for securing a Section 61 consent.
Price Band: E
RT/LS/G/00023 Best Practicable Means: Control of Noise and Vibration From Construction Replaces
Operations Issue 2; Apr 04 RT/LS/G/00023 Iss 2; Apr 03
The purpose of this environmental guidance note is to provide a reference for Network Rail managers and contractors wishing to implement best
practicable means (BPM) in controlling noise and vibration on construction sites.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.9 ERGONOMICS
4.9 ERGONOMICS
NR/SP/ERG/00005 Signalling Centre Desks Issue 1; Apr 07 Compliance Replaces
07/04/07
Signalling centre desks are an important component in ensuring that signalling staff can perform their required tasks efficiently and safely. The desk
supports access to the VDU-based Signalling Control System (VSCS) and to a variety of telecommunication and information systems. The purpose
of this product specification is to ensure that desks for VSCS and for related equipment support safe and efficient signalling operations for the
duration of their design life.
Price Band: E
4.9 ERGONOMICS
RT/E/S/24017 Control Room Design Specification, Process and Guidance Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Apr 04 RT/E/S/24017 Iss 1; Apr 03
This standard, recognises the industries increased awareness of the implication of ergonomics on the effective, safe and reliable performance
delivery. This draws on the ISO Standard, but sets specific requirements appropriate to the railway environment using recent research findings.
Price Band: E
Level 2
NR/L2/ERG/003 Management of Fatigue: Control of Working Hours for Staff Compliance Replaces
Undertaking Safety Critical Work Issue 5; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/SP/ERG/003 Iss 4; Apr 06
The purpose of this standard is to reduce the risks to health and safety that are associated with working patterns, shift work and excessive working
hours.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/ERG/24020 Engineering Assurance Requirements for Ergonomics Compliance Replaces

Within Design and Development Projects Issue 3; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/SP/ERG/24020
(RT/E/P/24020) Iss 2; Apr 04
The purpose of this standard is to support the structured application of ergonomics in the development or modification of railway infrastructure and
supporting systems.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.10 FIRE SAFETY POLICY

Level 1
NR/L1/FIR/100 Fire Safety Policy Issue 6; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/CS/FIR/100 Iss 5; Oct 06
The Company Fire Safety Policy mandates requirements applicable to the control of risks arising from fire to the safety of Network Rail workforce,
contractors, customers, assets and business activity
Price Band: B
Level 3
NR/L3/FIR/101 Fire Safety – Managed Stations Issue 7; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/101 Iss 6; Aug 06
This standard sets the minimum standard required to meet the requirements of Fire Safety Policy NR/L1/FIR/100.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/FIR/102 Fire Safety – Operational Estate Issue 7; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 RT/GN/FIR/102 Iss 6; Aug 06
Price Band: D
NR/L3/FIR/103 Fire Safety – Offices and Competency and Training Delivery Compliance Replaces
Centres Issue 5; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/103 Iss 4; Aug 06
Price Band: C
NR/L3/FIR/105 Fire Safety – Property: Business Space, Freight & Compliance Replaces
Miscellaneous Portfolios Issue 4; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/105 Iss 3; Aug 06
This standard provides guidance to all staff with responsibility for the management of fire safety within the Business Space, Freight & Miscellaneous
portfolios (“the Portfolio”). The standard sets out guidance for implementation of the fire safety policy deliverables contained within the Fire Safety
Policy NR/L1/FIR/100.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/FIR/106 Fire Safety – Maintenance Issue 2; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/106 Iss 1; Aug 06
This standard sets the minimum standard required within Maintenance to meet the requirements of Fire Safety Policy NR/L1/FIR/100.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/FIR/107 Fire Safety – Fire Risk Assessment Issue 3; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/107 Iss 2; Aug 06
This Standard details the procedure to be taken by the Person Responsible for Fire Safety (PRFS) when undertaking fire risk assessments within
Network Rail premises.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/FIR/108 Fire Safety – Fire Extinguishers Issue 3; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/108 Iss 2; Aug 06
This standard provides information on fire extinguishers to all staff with the responsibility for the management of fire safety. The document sets out
requirements for implementation of the fire safety policy deliverables contained within the NR/L1/FIR/100 Fire Safety Policy.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/FIR/109 Fire Safety – Fire Log Book Issue 3; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/GN/FIR/109 Iss 2; Aug 06
The fire logbook is used to record details of fire safety training, inspections, maintenance and incidents etc. as required by fire safety legislation and
regulations.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.11 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

Level 1
NR/L1/INF/02232 Information Security Policy Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to set Network Rail’s policy and priorities for Information Security. Information Security supports Network Rail’s
objectives by protecting the information it requires to achieve these. Network Rail has legal and regulatory obligations relating to Information
Security
Price Band: B
Level 2
NR/L2/INF/02018 Specification for the Management of Safety Related Compliance Replaces

Infrastructure Records Issue 6; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L2/INF/02018
Iss 5; Aug 08
Specification for the production and alteration of safety related records.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INF/02202 Records Management of Health and Safety Files Compliance Replaces

Issue 5; Jun 11 03/12/11 NR/L2/INF/02202
Iss 4; Sep 09
This standard specifies the records management requirements for the management of Health and Safety (H&S) files. It is intended that this
specification is compliant with the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (CDM Regulations).
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INF/02203 Controlled Publications - Issue and Receipt Issue 2; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
03/03/12 NR/CS/INF/02203
Iss 1; Jun 06
This document mandates the minimum requirement for the management of the process for issuing a publication and any associated updates when
acknowledgement of receipt by the recipient is required.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/INF/02220 Document and Records Management Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail Standard specifies requirements to fulfil the Document Management Policy and the Records Management Policy
Price Band: C
NR/L2/INF/02223 Information Security Classification Issue 2; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

05/06/10 Iss 1; Dec 09
This standard provides a framework to protect sensitive information from unauthorised disclosure through the introduction of Information Security
Classifications and the formal ownership of information within Network Rail. A Classification scheme and associated Controls Framework allows
appropriate controls to be applied to information according to the classification. Data Communities provide a structure of clear ownership and the
responsibility to classify the information and govern the correct application of controls.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/INF/02230 Corporate Archive Policy Issue 2; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces

31/12/15 Iss 1; Sep 10
To provide a policy which establishes the remit under which the Network Rail Corporate Archive will be managed.
Updated in line with recommendations made as part of our Archives Accreditation Award, with Network Rail's reclassification and to reflect our
obligations under the Freedom of Information Act, 2000.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/INF/02234 Information Security - Acceptable Use of Information and Compliance Replaces

Information Systems Issue 2; Mar 12 02/06/12 NR/L2/INF/02233
Iss 1; Dec 09
NR/L2/INF/02234
Iss 1; Dec 09
Network Rail relies upon the confidentiality, integrity and availability of Network Rail information. Safety, community relationships or commercial
interests could be impacted if Network Rail’s information or information systems are compromised or unavailable when required.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INF/02237 Electronic Signatures Issue 1; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

The intent of this standard is to allow the use of electronic signature solutions within Network Rail that are practical, secure and that balance risk and
cost and provides a framework for regulating the use of electronic signatures.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/INF/02204 Controlled Publications - Process and Accountabilities Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/L2/INF/02204 Iss 2; Jun 08
This standard provides a process to demonstrate that recipients have been issued with, received and acknowledged Controlled Publications.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INF/02221 Document Creation and Approval Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail Standard is part of a suite of standards published to support the Document Policy and the Records Management Policy
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INF/02222 Metadata for Documents and Records Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces
This Network Rail standard specifies the corporate Network Rail core metadata for documents and records.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INF/02223 Information Security Classification Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail standard specifies how Network Rail’s information is classified and managed. It is part of a suite of standards published to support
the Document Management Policy and the Records Management Policy
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INF/02224 Sharing Framework for Information Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail standard specifies the process by which access to information is controlled and managed.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INF/02225 Records Management Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail standard specifies the minimum required process for managing Network Rail corporate records.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/INF/02226 Corporate Records Retention Schedule Issue 2; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

05/03/11 NR/L3/INF/0226 Iss 1; Mar 09
Implementation of a Corporate Records Retention Schedule will allow Network Rail to:
- retain records for no longer than necessary
- implement a consistent approach across Network Rail
- promote the prompt and auditable disposal of records when they are no longer required
- to be compliant with legislation and regulation relevant to the business of Network Rail including in relation to personal data the Data Protection Act
and its principles – see Network Rail’s Data Protection Policy
- protect Network Rail’s rights and interests and those of its employees, customers, suppliers and the general public affected by its operations.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/INF/02231 Disposal of Records Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

To provide a standard approach to the disposal of records no longer required by Network Rail in line with the Corporate Records Retention
Schedule.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/INF/02236 Scanning of Documentation Issue 2; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

02/06/12 NR/L3/INF/02236
Iss 1; Mar 10
Large quantities of Network Rail’s records collection remain, as they were created, in hard copy. This is particularly the case with Engineering
documentation such as drawings. These drawings are progressively being scanned to enable the image to be loaded and viewed on electronic
systems such as CCMS and eB.
This standard provides a process to enable any future scanning activity to be carried out consistently and according to corporately-agreed
principles.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/INF/AK0025 Asset Data Maintenance Reference Data Change Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/INF/AK0025
Iss 1; Oct 05
This document describes the process to be followed when changing selected reference data held in Network Rail asset information systems.
Price Band: C
Standard Functional Procedures
NR/PRC/INF/02205 Processes for the Supply of Deed Centre Services Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 06
The purpose of this standard deed centre procedure is to define processes for the supply of services provided by the National Deed Centre,
Gillingham.
Price Band: D
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/INF/00850 Controlled Publications - Document Control Handbook Issue 4; Mar 11 Replaces

NR/GN/INF/00850
Iss 3; Dec 09
The purpose of this document is to update the Document Control Handbook to include latest information and publish the handbook as a Network
Rail “Guidance Note”
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.12 INFRASTUCTURE MAINTENANCE

Level 2
NR/L2/MTC/006 Maintenance and Contents of the National Hazard Directory Compliance Replaces
Issue 6; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/L2/MTC/006
Iss 5; Jun 08
This specification provides the minimum content of the National Hazard Directory and stipulates the management arrangements, data maintenance
and hazard notification process so that contractors and others can be supplied with current details of hazards at site-specific locations.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/MTC/088 Responsibility for Maintenance of Changed Assets Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/D/P/088
Iss 2; May 04
This Procedure sets out the requirements for ensuring that new assets and existing assets undergoing change or that are affected by project works
are maintained safely and effectively at all times that they are in operational use, whether the works to them are complete or not, and that the
responsibilities for maintenance of such assets are clearly identified.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/MTC/02020 Ellipse for Network Rail Work Management Issue 7; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/SP/INF/02020
Iss 5; Oct 05
This standard mandates the use of Ellipse and its associated processes and procedures.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/MTC/II0218 Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring Compliance Replaces

Process Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 New at Issue 77
Historically, a number of Remote Condition Monitoring systems and approaches have been implemented on a local basis resulting in a nonstandard
approach to equipment, systems and processes. In December 2009, the Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring Strategy was signed
off. This has been put in place because of a need for a standard approach to Remote Condition Monitoring going forward. In future, all Remote
Condition Monitoring implementations will comply with the strategy, and with these associated Standards.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/MTC/MG0042 The Reporting and Review of Maintenance Compliance Compliance Replaces

Indicators Issue 4; Mar 10 05/06/10 NR/L2/MTC/MG0042
Iss 3; Jun 09
This document defines the process for the reporting of Maintenance Compliance Indicators (MCIs).
Price Band: B
Level 3
NR/L3/MTC/089 Asset Management Plan Issue 1; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

(NR/L3/EBM/089 Asset Management Plan Issue 1; Jun 09) 05/09/09 NR/L3/EBM/089 -
Renumbered
This document specifies the process to be followed and the forms to be used to produce an Asset Management Plan (AMP) that meets the
requirements of NR/L2/EBM/088 Arrangements for maintenance of new and changed assets.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EN0098 Leaks and Spills Incident Response Issue 4; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L3/MTC/EN0098
Iss 3; Jun 08
The purpose of this procedure is to detail how leaks and spillages are managed, thereby reducing risk of pollution to sensitive environmental
receptors. The procedure acts in accordance with Network Rail’s operational agreement with the environment agency. The procedure does not deal
with the handling and course of action upon encountering protected flora/fauna, which can be found in NR/L2/MTC/EN0099 “Protected sites and
species management.”
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/EN0099 Protected Sites and Species Management Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EN0099
Iss 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this procedure is to define operational requirements to ensure compliance with legislation and to prevent damage to both protected
sites and species. This document complements Network Rail’s biodiversity action plan that provides practical guidance on good management
practices that maintain biodiversity.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EN0100 Waste Management Issue 3; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

01/09/12 NR/L3/MTC/EN0100
Iss 2; Jun 08
Almost all Maintenance activities produce some form of waste, which needs to be identified, stored, transported and disposed of according to
specific legislation.
This standard provides a means of compliance with waste legislation for England, Scotland and Wales.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/MTC/EN0101 Managing Discharges to Sewers and Controlled Waters Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L3/MTC/EN0101
Iss 2; Jun 08
Works within Infrastructure Maintenance create a risk of contamination to sewer and controlled waters. Infrastructure Maintenance has a
responsibility to manage discharges produced as a result of maintenance works.
This standard provides a means of compliance with:
• environmental legislation for England, Wales and Scotland;
• NR/L3/MTC/EN0225, Network Rail’s Environmental Management System.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EN0102 Graffiti, Litter and Fly-tipping Management Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EN0102
Iss 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance on how graffiti, litter and fly-tipping issues shall be managed to ensure compliance with
relevant legislation.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EN0103 Noise and Vibration Management from Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Activities Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EN0103
Iss 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this procedure is to define the maintenance business units responsibilities with regard to addressing noise and vibration nuisance
from maintenance activities and ensure compliance with legislation and standards.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EN0104 Chemical and Oil Management Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EN0104
Iss 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this procedure is to define requirements to ensure compliance with legislation and to prevent damage to the environment from
stored chemicals and oils.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EN0105 Pest Management Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EN0105
Issue 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this procedure is to outline the management mechanisms for the types of pests commonly encountered on Network Rail land by the
maintenance function.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/EN0225 Environment Management System for Infrastructure Compliance Replaces

Maintenance Issue 1; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L3/MTC/EN0123
Issue 2; Jun 08
The purpose of this standard is to outline how to comply with Network Rail’s Environment Management System as specified in NR/SP/ ENV/001
Corporate Environment Manual and also meets the requirements of BS EN ISO 14001: 2004 Environmental Management Systems – Requirements
with guidance for use.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/MTC/EP0036 Preventive Maintenance of Operational Plant, 25kV Compliance Replaces

Distribution, ETE and ETM Assets Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0036
Iss 1; Dec 05
The purpose of this document is to define the roles and responsibilities in the planning of routine maintenance activities of operational plant, 25kV
distribution, Electric Track Equipment (ETE) and Electric Track Maintenance (ETM) assets to fit in with the national planning process and timescales
in accordance with NR/SP/MTC/0056 “Specification for: Work and possession planning for the railway infrastructure (meetings management pack)”.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0037 Review and Commit Planned Work Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0037
Iss 1; Dec 06
This procedure describes the process of obtaining the outline work plan from Ellipse, reviewing the outline plan and confirming what tasks are to be
carried out during the week under review.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0038 Do Maintenance Task Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0038
Iss 1; Dec 06
The purpose of this document is to describe what must be done by any person carrying out a maintenance task on any of Network Rail’s operational
electrification and plant assets.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0039 Urgent Corrective Maintenance of E&P Assets Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0039
Iss 1; Feb 07
The purpose of this document is to define the process for urgent corrective maintenance of Network Rail electrification & plant assets.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0140 Procedure for Creating a Technical Query Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0140
Iss 1; Jul 06
The purpose of this document is to describe the procedure for managing the creation and response of technical queries.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0141 3 Phase High Voltage Outage Management Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0141
Issue 1; Apr 07
The purpose of this document is to define the roles and responsibilities in the planning and execution of maintenance activities on 3 phase high
voltage electrical equipment to ensure supplies are maintained to the operational railway whilst traction power equipment is removed from service,
and to enable Network Rail’s contractual obligations to its electricity suppliers to be met.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0143 Inspection and Maintenance of OLE Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/EP0143
Iss 1; Dec 05
The purpose of this document is to define the roles and responsibilities in the planning of routine inspection and maintenance activities of Overhead
Line Equipment assets to fit in with the national planning process and timescales as described in NR/SP/MTC/0056 “Specification for: Work and
possession planning for the railway infrastructure (meetings management pack).”
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/EP0152 Working on or Adjacent to Conductor Rail Issue 5; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces

01/03/14 NR/L3/MTC/EP0152
Iss 4; Mar 10
This standard details the process for planning safe access for Infrastructure Maintenance staff and / or contractors working on or adjacent to
conductor rail(s).
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0184 The Removal and Reporting of OLE Defects by the OCR Compliance Replaces
Team Issue 1; Jun 08 26/08/08 New at Issue 68
This document details the procedure to be followed to make sure that in any Overhead Conditions Renewals (OCR) work areas, the OCR team
have full visibility of all associated high level OLE defects in the Ellipse maintenance job bank and where any defects are removed from the line, that
these defects area recorded and formally closed out.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0185 OCR Incident Support for LNW Route E&P Engineers Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 08 26/08/08 New at issue 68
This document details London North Western Route’s strategy to deliver level 3 and 4 incident support by the OCR team to incidents involving OHL
equipment
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0187 The Collection and Recording of E&P Condition Data Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/EP0187
Iss 1; Sep 07
This document details the procedure to be followed to ensure that electrification and plant assets undergo condition assessments at the correct
frequency and in accordance with the methodology specified in work instructions NR/L3/ELP/27237, NR/L3/ELP/27240 and NR/L3/ELP/27241.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0189 Overhead Condition Renewals (OCR) - Allocation Design Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 08 26/08/08 New at issue 68
The purpose of this document is to detail the extent of design activities undertaken by the OCR team and the design control procedures employed
by the team in association with these activities.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0196 Management and Control of Projects by the OCR Team Compliance Replaces
The purpose of this procedure is to detail the systems and processes utilised for the management and control of renewal projects delivered by the
Overhead Condition Renewals (OCR) team.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/EP0203 Control and Amendment of Electrification Isolation Compliance Replaces

Documentation Issue 2; Mar 11 04/06/11 NR/L3/MTC/EP0203
Iss 1; Jun 08
This procedure describes how isolation diagrams and instructions are produced, amended, controlled and distributed.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/EP0232 OCR Team Materials Process Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

This document details the procedure to be followed to make sure that correct materials are made available for specific worksites
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/II0219 Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring Compliance Replaces

Manual Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 New at Issue 77
This Network Rail standard with its modules comprise the Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring standard.
Price Band: A This is a modular standard, please see Appendix E for availability and pricing
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/MG0012 Infrastructure Maintenance Briefing Process Issue 4; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/MTC/MG0012
Iss 3; Aug 08
The purpose of this standard is to describe the communication process for the briefing of general, safety and technical information to:
a) staff employed in Network Rail’s Infrastructure Maintenance Organisation; and
b) Infrastructure Maintenance contractors.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0020 Management of Amey 3rd Line HABD Support Contract Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/MG0020
Iss 1; Feb 06
This document is to ensure that the Amey 3rd line HABD support contract is reviewed both commercially and technically within the year.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0021 Corrective Maintenance (Faulting) of Operational Telecoms Compliance Replaces

Assets Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/MG0021
Iss 1; Oct 05
The purpose of this document is to define the process for corrective maintenance of Network Rail operational telecoms assets. It applies to all
maintenance technical disciplines.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0043 Audit Protocol Preparation Within Maintenance Organisation Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/L3/MTC/MG0043
Iss 2; Jun 08
NR/L3/MTC/MG0044
Iss 2; Jun 08
NR/L3/MTC/MG0045
Iss 2; Jun 08
The procedure establishes arrangements for managing the biennial audits of the Maintenance Delivery Units which are part of Network Rail’s
National Core Audit Programme.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0063 Procedure for the Requisitioning of Railway Spares Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 08 02/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/MG0063
Iss 1; Apr 06
This procedure details the processes to be followed when requisitioning railway spares and consumables via the Exel Integrator system.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0082 Managing Claims Within Maintenance Organisation Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 08 02/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/MG0082
Iss 1; Jun 06
To ensure when damage to the infrastructure is caused by a third party, the incurred cost of remedial work, plant and materials is recorded and
collated so that claims can be processed by Network Rail for re-imbursement. Third party incidents are identified from the Integrated Fault Control
(IFC) log.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/MG0164 Exploiting New Technology Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

02/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/MG0164
Iss 1; Jun 07
This procedure sets out the process and controls for the introduction of new technology into the Maintenance Function within Network Rail, including
sponsorship, research and development.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/MG0173 Monitoring of Spoken Safety Communications Compliance Replaces

This procedure supports the Network Rail level 2 standard on the Management of Spoken Safety Communications and defines the process within
Network Rail Infrastructure Maintenance for monitoring and assessment of spoken safety critical communications by staff possessing current
Sentinel competencies of a level above basic Personal Track Safety (PTS).
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0176 Ellipse Work Management Handbook Issue 4; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/2010 NR/L3/MTC/MG0176
Iss 3; Aug 08
The purpose of this handbook is three fold:
1. to define and mandate business rules for the use of Ellipse and provide a standardised approach within Infrastructure Maintenance.
2. to detail how Ellipse will be used to effectively manage work in Infrastructure Maintenance, list the meetings that take place and the
Ellipse reports to be run prior to and used within the meetings.
3. to detail how Key Performance Indicators (KPI) and compliance indicators are used to manage the business. This includes checking
the Ellipse
data quality and demonstrating compliance of the railway infrastructure with the requirements of Network Rail standards
Price Band: A This is a modular standard, please see Appendix E for further details on availability and pricing
NR/L3/MTC/MG0180 Production of Compliance Indicator Reports Issue 2; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

05/09/09 NR/L3/MTC/MG0180
Iss1; Sep07
NR/L3/MTC/MG0181
Iss1; Sep07
NR/L3/MTC/MG0182
Iss1; Sep07
This work instruction details how the Track Compliance Report is produced on, at least, a Period basis. It covers population of the report at Delivery
Unit level and review at Delivery Unit and Route Level.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0183 Maintenance Timesheet process Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/MG0183
Issue 1; Mar 08
The purpose of this procedure is to improve the quality and consistency in timesheet reporting provided by frontline Maintenance staff in support of
the Productivity Framework. It does this by identifying who is responsible for the various stages during the submission and processing of timesheets
and when they need to do this by
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/MG0194 Management of 3rd Party Complaints Issue 3; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

02/06/12 NR/L3/MTC/MG0194
Iss 2; Mar 10
The purpose of this standard is to set out how Infrastructure Maintenance (IM) consistently manage 3rd party issues
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0197 Power Supply Outage Management Issue 2; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

02/06/12 NR/L3/MTC/MG0197
Iss 1; Sep 11
The purpose of this Network Rail standard is to specify the key activities within the power outage management process.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0208 Project Interface Management Issue 1; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

This document describes the procedure for managing critical and scarce resource, identifying works which import a level of possession overrun risk
and how this risk is mitigated or controlled to prevent or reduce their impact.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/MG0210 Management of Maintenance Work Within a Worksite to Compliance Replaces

Prevent a Possession Overrun Issue 2; Sep 10 04/12/10 NR/L3/MTC/MG0210
Iss 1; Dec 09
This document describes the procedure for identifying works which import a level of risk and how this risk is mitigated or controlled to prevent or
reduce the impact of a possession overrun.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/MTC/MG0213 Index of Standard Maintenance Forms Issue 8; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

03/03/12 NR/L3/MTC/MG0213
Iss 7; Dec 11
This standard provides the index and version control to the Standard Maintenance Forms
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0214 Critical Asset – Repeat Failure Escalation Process Compliance Replaces

This procedure mandates an escalating process for managing the repeat failure of critical assets. It supplements the existing discipline specific fault
response processes already in existence.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 Infrastructure Maintenance Engineering Management Plan Compliance Replaces

for Projects Issue 1; Dec 10 05/03/11 New at Issue 78
This document specifies how Infrastructure Maintenance comply with NR/L2/INI/02009 Engineering Management for Projects. It shall be read in
conjunction with NR/L2/INI/02009
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 Network Operations non-operations staff management Compliance Replaces

self assurance procedure Issue 3; Jun 15 05/09/15 NR/L3/MTC/MG0221
Iss 2; Jun 12
This procedure is to mandate the arrangements and set out the framework of self-assurance in the Infrastructure Maintenance function.
Updated to:
1. reflect organisational changes since it was last published;
2. incorporate Works Delivery and Network Operations Delivery Services;
3. amend the processes to be consistent with the devolved organisation;
4. reference additional standard maintenance forms published since the standard was last updated; and
5. permit customisation of forms and materials used based on risk and local circumstances and management processes.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/MG0224 Infrastructure Maintenance Process for the Management Compliance Replaces

of Fatigue and Control of Working Hours for Employees 03/09/11 NR/L3/ERG/004 Iss 1; Mar 09
Undertaking Safety Critical Work Issue 1; Jun 11 NR/L3/ERG/07 Iss 1; Dec 10
This standard defines the requirements for managing fatigue and working hours for Infrastructure Maintenance employees, and those employed
under contract by Infrastructure Maintenance, who undertake safety critical work. Its purpose is to reduce the risks to health and safety that are
associated with working patterns, shift work and excessive working hours.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/MTC/MG0230 Infrastructure Maintenance Restructure – Competency Matrix Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L3/MTC/TE0230 Iss 1
(Not formally issued)
The procedure requires Line Managers to review the master competency matrix and create a bespoke ‘section competency profile’ for each of the
roles within their section. This shall be based on the requirements of master competency matrix, company standards and business needs. The
section competency profile shall be used to denote the required competencies against which each post holder may be assessed.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/PL0067 Highways Interface Planning in Infrastructure Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 09 07/03/09 NR/L3/MTC/PL0067
Iss 2; Jun 08
This procedure defines the process for complying with highways legislation for maintenance work that occupies or closes publicly maintained
highways.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/PL0095 Planning of Overhead Line Condition Renewals Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/PL0095
Iss 1; Jun 08
The purpose of this document is to standardise the process, roles and responsibilities for the planning of Overhead Line Condition Renewals (OCR)
activities on Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/PL0151 Works Planning Using PossMan Issue 3; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

05/09/09 NR/L3/MTC/PL0151
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard maintenance procedure describes the national process for planning of work requiring track access on the railway using the PossMan
software tool. In this document, ‘track access’ refers to possessions that affect the running of booked services. PossMan allows Infrastructure
Maintenance to plan the work within access and secure the required resources. PossMan gives users accurate possession-related data with the
minimum of manual intervention.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/PL0159 Short-term Works Planning in Infrastructure Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 09 05/09/09 NR/L3/MTC/PL0159
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard maintenance procedure describes the national process for short-term planning of maintenance work on the railway infrastructure and
details individual responsibilities from the issuing of the Confirmed Period Possession Plan to the completion and closure of the work.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/PL0160 Medium-term works planning in Infrastructure Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 09 05/09/09 NR/L3/MTC/PL0160
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard maintenance procedure describes the national process for medium-term planning of maintenance work on the railway infrastructure
and details individual responsibilities from the briefing of the Annual Integrated Work Plan to the Infrastructure Maintenance Delivery Unit at QT-38
to the issue of the quarterly plan on or beforeT-26
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/PL0175 Maintenance Planning Handbook Issue 4; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/MTC/PL0175
Iss 3; Jun 09
This document with its modules comprises issue four of the Maintenance Planning Handbook The handbook is a collection of planning introduction,
work instructions and guidance notes, some of which existed in previous forms as Network Rail Standard Operating Procedures, Standard
Maintenance Procedures or as part of the New Maintenance Programme (NMP) manual. The handbook establishes consistent national planning
rules and guidance for Infrastructure Maintenance. Issue 4 has been updated to reflect the Phase 2B/C reorganisation of Infrastructure Maintenance
Price Band: C This is a modular standard, please see Appendix E for availability and pricing
NR/L3/MTC/PL0211 Planning of Engineering Access & NDS-Supplied Resource Compliance Replaces

for Infrastructure Maintenance Delivery Units Issue 1; Jun 09 05/09/09 NR/L3/TRK/3220 Iss 3; Aug 08
This standard defines how Infrastructure Maintenance Delivery Units apply, negotiate, confirm and change requests for the Planning of Engineering
Access & NDS-Supplied Resource in accordance with NDS standard NR/L2/NDS/202.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 Communicating with the Public Issue 1; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

This document details the process and requirements for public communication associated with infrastructure work that may cause public enquiries
or complaints. Work that can cause a nuisance to the public in the immediate vicinity of the work or access points include:
• High Visual Impact e.g. fencing erection, structure erection, depot alterations, vegetation removal
• High Nuisance e.g. noise, light, heavy plant movement
• High Environmental Impact e.g. vegetation removal, permanent lighting
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Risk Control Manual Issue 8; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces

06/06/15 NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216
Iss 7; Dec 14
This standard provides the index and version control of Risk Control Sheets for General Activities, General Hazards, Small Plant, Mobile Plant, Live
Working and Functional activities (Track/Signalling/etc) within Maintenance.
Each Risk Control Sheet provides in a consistent format (described in NR/L3/MTC/SE0116, Work Activity Risk Management) a summary of the key
hazards and controls identified within a standard Work Activity Risk Assessment. They standardise safe working arrangements across Network
Rail’s Maintenance function.
Task risk control sheet updated: GA25
The RCS format is the preferred means to communicate risk controls to work teams
Price Band: Phone Please see Appendix E for details of specific Risk Control Sheets
NR/L3/MTC/SE0089 New Starters Mentoring (Passport Scheme) Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0089
Iss 1; May 06
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that the Maintenance function:
• fully understands the implications of new employees’ perception of risk.
• understands and manages the needs of new employees.
• correctly incorporates new employees into the workforce, allowing them the time and variety of work to increase their experience levels.
• identifies inability within a new or transferred member of staff to comply with the requirements of company and Railway Group requirements
in an environment which exposes them to the minimum of risk.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0090 Health & Safety Notice Boards Issue 3; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces
04/09/10 NR/L3/MTC/SE0090
Iss 2; Jun 08
This document details the minimum requirements for Health & Safety Notice Boards and offers a standardised approach to the content of Health
and Safety Notice Boards. The document aims to provide a consistency of approach to the presentation of Health and Safety information to Network
Rail Maintenance staff
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0091 Worksafe Review Procedure Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0091
Iss 1; Jun 06
This document is to provide maintenance staff, either directly employed by Network Rail or via a third party, with a mechanism to deal with the
review of situations where staff had felt that they or others may have been in serious or imminent danger and have used the Network Rail worksafe
procedure NR/SP/OHS/00112.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/SE0112 Managing Asbestos Risk Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0112
Iss 1; Feb 06
This document sets out the Network Rail procedure for managing asbestos risk during maintenance work. The presence of asbestos-based material
does not in itself constitute a danger. However, it is hazardous when disturbed or damaged and must be treated accordingly. Activities which give
rise to airborne dust, e.g. breaking, sawing, cutting, drilling or machining asbestos products, are most likely to present risks.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/SE0114 Application of the Construction Design and Management Compliance Replaces

Regulations Within Maintenance Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0114
Iss 1; Oct 06
The following gives guidance to Network Rail maintenance management teams on the application of the construction (design & management)
regulations 1994 (CDM regulations) in the railway environment.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0115 Confined spaces – working and entry procedure Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0115
Iss 1; Feb 06
This procedure defines the actions and controls to be applied before entering any Confined Space, to ensure the work can be carried out safely and
without risk of injury or death.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0116 Work Activity Risk Management Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/SE0116
Issue 1; Dec 07
This procedure describes the process by which the Maintenance function will:
• assess new risks for routine and non-routine work activities carried out in Maintenance
• document and make available the findings from those risk assessments to Maintenance employees
• ensure the principles described in NR/SP/OHS/00102 are applied when carrying out Risk Assessments for new tasks in Maintenance
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0117 Planned General Safety Inspections and Site Surveillance Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/L3/MTC/SE0117
Iss 2; Jun 08
This standard defines the process for planning, conducting and reporting planned Site Surveillance and Planned General Safety Inspections in the
Infrastructure Maintenance function to check that formal controls are being implemented and unsafe acts or conditions are identified. The aim is also
to check the management system is effective and to identify changes to be made that will improve and develop the business.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0120 Supply and Maintenance of Personal Protective Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SE0120
Iss 1; Dec 06
The purpose of this document is to describe how Network Rail complies with the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) at Work Regulations, 1992.
The procedure enables managers to ensure that suitable PPE is provided where staff may be exposed to a risk to their health or safety while at
work.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/SE0195 Hand Arm Vibration Management Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

01/12/08 NR/L3/MTC/SE0195
Iss 2; Dec 08
This standards details the process by which Infrastructure Maintenance:
• Assess the risks to Infrastructure Maintenance function employees performing tasks with hand held tools and machines which have the
• potential to cause Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome (HAVS) or carpal tunnel syndrome;
• Identify Infrastructure Maintenance employees affected into the prescribed level of necessary health surveillance;
• Comply with the requirements described in NR/L2/OHS/00113 are applied when carrying out health surveillance with Infrastructure
Maintenance.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE206 Introduction And Management of Lookout Operated Warning Compliance Replaces

System (LOWS) Equipment Issue 1; Mar 09 06/06/09 New at Issue 71
The purpose of this procedure is to detail the arrangements to manage the safe, consistent introduction and management of Lookout Operated
Warning Sytems (LOWS) equipment into operational use on Network Rail infrastructure by Maintenance Delivery Units and other Network Rail
delivery functions.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/MTC/SE207 Use of Lookout Operated Warning System (LOWS) Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 1; Mar 09 06/06/09 New at Issue 71
The purpose of this work instruction is to detail the consistent set up and operation of Lookout Operated Warning System (LOWS) equipment in use
on the infrastructure
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/SE0212 Management of Contractors Issue 2; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

02/06/12 NR/L3/MTC/SE0212
Iss 1; Sep 09
The purpose of this standard is to describe the controls to be applied in the safety management of Contractors undertaking work for the Network
Operations (Maintenance) function in order to manage the imported safety risk.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/MTC/SE0220 Working Safely at Height Manual Issue 1; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the processes to be followed within Network Rail Infrastructure Maintenance to enable employees who carry out work at
heights to do so safely, and within the requirements of the Network Rail Policy NR/L2/OHS/022.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/SG0019 Failure Escalation of Servo Type Hot Axle Bearing Detector Compliance Replaces
(HABD) Equipment Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0019
Iss 1; Feb 06
This document covers the failure escalation process for failures of HABD equipment on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/MTC/TE0066 Inspection and Surveillance of Telecoms Activities Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TE0066
Iss 1; Oct 06
The purpose of this document is to define the process, roles and responsibilities for the inspection and surveillance of operational telecoms activities
as laid out in company standard NR/SP/TEL/30033.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/MTC/WD0234 Operations - Engineering Management Plan for Projects Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Mar 12 02/06/12 New st Issue 83
This document is the Engineering Management Plan (EMP) for Infrastructure Maintenance, Network Operations. It complies with NR/L2/ INI/02009
Engineering Management for Projects.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/MTC/00011 Stock Rail Bolt Torque Application Issue 1; Dec 05 Replaces

This guidance note concentrates primarily on stock rail bolts specifically. The principles for effective torque application can also however be adopted
for some other switch and crossing bolts.
Price Band: B
RT/LS/G/00009 Preparation of Maintenance Strategies to Line Procedure RT/D/P/088 Replaces

Issue 1; Feb 01
This guidance note designed to assist project managers and asset managers/infrastructure contracts managers to develop project maintenance
strategies as required by line procedure RT/D/P/088 “Responsibility for maintenance of changed assets” such that they address all matters required
to ensure the safe introduction of changed assets into operational use.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.13 INTEGRATED RISK

Level 2
NR/L2/RSK/00001 Integrated Risk Management Issue 5; Mar 12 Restricted document Replaces

NR/L2/RSK/00001
Iss 4; Dec 09
This standard describes Network Rail’s integrated risk management process.
For Network Rail use only
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.14 INVESTMENT PROJECTS

Standard Functional Procedures
NR/PRC/MPI/CP0037 Use of Work Activity Risk Assessments in a Safe System of Work (P&E) Replaces
Issue 1; Jul 06
NR/SP/OHS/008 “Contract requirements – safety”, requires the use of Safe System of Work (SSOW) by all contractors undertaking physical work on
behalf of Network Rail. No similar requirement exists for Network Rail staff carrying out work activities for the Projects and Engineering Directorate.
This Standard Project Procedure describes how work activities are assessed in line with NR/SP/OHS/00102 “Work Activity Risk Assessment”
(WARA) and how the resulting control measures from WARA are to be used when setting up an SSOW.
Price Band: C
NR/PRC/MPI/PP01 Project Start-up Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces
01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used when starting-up a new P3e project for introduction into the Workbank
Plan.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP02 Workbank Planning Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used when developing the Asset Workbank Plan.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP03.1 Authorise the Plan Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used to manage a project during handover from Workbank Planning to receiving
O.P authority.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP03.2 Manage the Plan Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used to manage a project plan throughout authorised work phases and during
non-authorised phase development.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP04 Project Close-out Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used to formally close a project within P3e.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP07 Resource Planning Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This process spans the project lifecycle from Project Start-Up through Project Closeout from a resource planning perspective. It describes the
activity undertaken to assign, optimise, and update resourced plans. The objective from this process is to ensure effective resource capacity
planning within Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/PRC/MPI/PP09 Manage Change Issue 1; Oct 06 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
This document describes the process and procedures that shall be used when managing changes within the P3e project plan.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/PRC/MPI/ST0029 Signalling Scheme Plan Number Controls Issue 2; Apr 06 Compliance Replaces
New; Issue 1 not released.
This document is designed to provide a clear guide to the process for allocation of signalling scheme plan numbers to be adopted in respect of all
schemes that make alterations or otherwise impact on the functionality of signalling installations on Network Rail Controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/PRC/MPI/TK0022 Critical Rail Temperature (CRT) Management Plan Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 05
The purpose of this document is to define procedures that are to be followed for the identification, recording and management of sites requiring CRT
management by MP&I track Renewals. This procedure does not have precedence over the requirements of RT/CE/S/011.
Price Band: C
Level 1
NR/L1/INI/EDT/CP0090 Policy for Engineering Design Technology (EDT) Compliance Replaces

Network Rail’s policy is to use Engineering Design Technology (EDT) to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the engineering design and
construction of the railway infrastructure. This requires suitable processes and tools to be available and adequately supported and engineering
information to be managed.
This standard specifies the principles and cross-organisational responsibilities, involved in the supply and management of EDT.
Price Band: B
NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/100 Governance for Railway Investment Projects (GRIP) Compliance Replaces

– Policy Issue 3; Jun 14 07/12/14 NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/100
Iss 2; Mar 12
“Governance for Railway Investment Projects” (GRIP) describes how Network Rail manages and controls projects that enhance or renew the
national rail network.
Price Band: C
NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/102 GRIP for Programmes Issue 1; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces

This Standard introduces a common governance framework for the delivery of infrastructure programmes in Network Rail. This Standard applies to
all new programmes subsequent to September 2015.
Price Band: Phone
Level 2
NR/L2/INI/02009 Engineering Management for Projects Issue 5; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L2/INI/02009 Iss 4; Dec 09
The purpose of this standard is to describe the processes and roles and responsibilities of staff responsible for the management of the technical and
engineering requirements of projects for and on behalf of Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INI/CP0043 Management of Third Party Works on Network Rail Compliance Replaces

Infrastructure Issue 3; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/SP/OHS/043 Iss 2; Feb 05
(RT/LS/P/043)
This Standard sets out the requirements to be followed when external bodies (often referred to as “Third Parties”) wish to specify, manage and/or
deliver infrastructure projects upon Network Rail’s managed infrastructure. The provisions of this standard are to mandate equivalent controls and
processes are applied to the safety management of infrastructure projects when undertaken by Third Parties.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INI/CP0061 Access Through Land Belonging to an Outside Party Compliance Replaces

This Standard is applicable to all Infrastructure Investment disciplines and should be adhered to when an outside party has been identified as having
an interest in the delivery of any project. The standard identifies how the delivery team will manage outside interests, what is required from the
delivery team during the life cycle of the project and finally where and when the standard must be used.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/INI/CP0062 Infrastructure Investment - Project / Programme Management Compliance Replaces

System Manual Issue 1; Mar 09 06/06/09 New at Issue 71
The purpose of this document is to define the minimum requirements of a Management System Manual. The intent of a Project / Programme
Management System Manual is to provide guidance on how an Infrastructure Investment Project or Programme deploy legislative, company or
locally produced requirements in support of the delivery of their scope of works.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/INI/CP0070 Principal Contractor Licensing Scheme Issue 4; Jun 14 Compliance Replaces

07/12/14 NR/L2/INI/CP0070
Iss 3; Dec 11
NR/L3/INI/CP0073
Iss 2; Dec 11
The purpose of this standard is to define the rules and compulsory mechanisms for compliance with the Principal Contractor Licensing (PCL)
Scheme.
The Industry Minimum Requirements Module (IMR) validates that the relevant management systems are in place to comply with legislation and rail
industry requirements.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INI/CP0075 Procedure for the Entry into Operational Service of Railway Compliance Replaces
Infrastructure Issue 1; Mar 11 04/06/11 New at Issue 79
This procedure demonstrates how Network Rail as Infrastructure Manager, undertakes Entry Into Operational Service (EIS) of new or altered
Railway Infrastructure. This is achieved by the demonstration that the assets provided, whether new, temporary or legacy assets, are suitable,
sufficient and correctly configured to provide for the safe functional operational requirements of the Railway Infrastructure.
This procedure provides the requirements for a project to plan in advance of EIS activities starting, how new or altered Railway Infrastructure shall
be Entered into Operational Service. The requirements for EIS are also described, including the relationship with discipline specific EIS standards
and the roles and responsibilities of people involved with the process.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/INI/EDT/CP0091 Specification for Computer Aided Design Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to specify requirements relating to the production of all Computer Aided Design files for models and drawings
representing railway infrastructure and property.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/INI/PG114 Implementation of the Network Rail Project Control Cycle Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Jun 13 02/06/12 NR/L2/INI/PG114 Iss 2; Jun 10
This standard forms part of the suite of documents comprising the Planning and Programme Controls standard. The purpose of this document is to
define the minimum mandatory Project Control Cycle (PCC) processes and instructions that can be followed by all programmes and projects within
Network Rail Infrastructure Investment and how compliance with these instructions shall be monitored.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Level 3
NR/L3/INI/CI0029 Project Procedure for Land Negotiations (Temporary and Compliance Replaces
Permanent) Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MPI/CI0029
Iss 1; Sep 05
The objective of the revised approach is to provide a consistent, cost effective and transparent approach to dealing with property negotiations. This
SPP sets out the procedures to be adopted in negotiations on future land deals, recognising that, wherever possible, it will be Network Rail’s
preference to agree reasonable terms through negotiation.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0028 Contract Requirements - Quality Issue 3; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

01/09/12 NR/L3/INI/CP0028
Iss 2; Mar 09
The purpose of this document is to specify the minimum contract requirements for Quality, which are to be addressed by the Contractor.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0036 The Provision of Welfare Facilities Issue 4; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/INI/CP0036
Iss 3; Mar 08
The purpose and intent of this document is to ensure all personnel working on P&E sites are provided with welfare facilities that are clean,
comprehensively maintained and fit for purpose.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0044 Work Package Planning Issue 4; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/INI/CP0044
Iss 3; Jun 08
The purpose of this procedure is to define the contents and acceptance criteria regarding the provision of sufficient information to on site staff to
enable them to manage the risks of the work activity.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0046 The Reporting and Investigation of Accidents and Incidents Compliance Replaces
within Investment Projects and Asset Management Works 03/09/11 NR/L3/INI/CP0046
Delivery Issue 2; Jun 11 Iss 1; Dec 07
This standard outlines the process to be followed to achieve compliance with NR/L2/INV/002 and the supporting standards and guidance note within
the Reporting and Investigation Manual for the reporting and investigation of accidents and incidents occurring during work managed by Network
Rail’s Investment Projects and Asset Management Works Delivery.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0063 Piling Adjacent to the Running Line Issue 1; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces
This document will define the minimum standards which must be adopted for all piling works to be undertaken adjacent to an operational railway. It
is also intended to assist the designers and operational teams of both Network Rail and outside party constructors/developers to understand, at an
early stage, the constraints which may be imposed on the design solution selected.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/INI/CP0064 Delivering Works within Possessions Issue 4; Sep 14 Compliance Replaces

01/03/15 NR/L3/INI/CP0064
Iss 3; Mar 12
To provide Network Rail with the operational readiness framework aimed at reducing and mitigating the risk of possession overruns for projects
delivering works on the rail infrastructure.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/INI/CP0067 Formal Briefing Process Arrangements Within Infrastructure Compliance Replaces

Projects Issue 2; Jun 12 02/06/12 NR/L3/INI/CP0067
Iss 1; Jun 10
The process contained within this standard identifies the formal communication arrangements for the cascade of information within Infrastructure
Projects.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INI/CP0068 Investment Projects Forms Index Issue 2; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L3/INI/CP0068
Iss 1; Jun 11
This standard provides a control mechanism which enables the production and publication of “standalone” forms used to support standards issued
by Investment Projects
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INI/CP0074 Project Advice Note (PAN) Process Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
The purpose of this standard is to provide a mechanism by which formal advice and instructions may be communicated rapidly in a consistent way
within a Programme, an engineering discipline or an engineering team within a Programme.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/CP0077 Signalling Pre-Commissioning Verification Requirements Compliance Replaces

This standard describes the requirements for undertaking pre-commissioning verification prior to commencing a major signalling commissioning.
The standard identifies documentation required to be produced prior to commissioning, details responsibilities for production and associated
timescales which are clearly linked to points in time prior to the commissioning date in order that workload can be prioritised in a timely manner.
This standard is required to be read in conjunction with NR/L3/INI/CP0064 and specifies additional requirements regarding Delivering Work within
Possessions.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/INI/PG115 Planning & Programme Controls Standard Issue 5; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
02/06/12 NR/L3/INI/PG115 Iss 4; Jun 11
This Network Rail standard with its individual modules comprises the Infrastructure Projects and Asset Management (Renewals) Planning and
Programme Controls standard.
This Network Rail standard provides the index and version control for the modules in the Planning and Programme Controls standard.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix D for availability and prices of modules
NR/L3/INI/TK0027 Test and Inspection Plan Issue 2; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MPI/TK0027
Iss 1; Jan 06
This document defines the procedures that must be followed and the documentation that must be used for recording hidden works compliance to
NR Standards, site particular specifications and the contract technical specification, on track renewal sites delivered by the MP&I (Track)
Programme.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INI/TK0040 Reporting of Track Unit Rates (part of the Network Rail Cost Compliance Replaces
Analysis Framework) Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MPI/TK0040
Iss 1; May 06
Unit costs and output measurements are required for:
• Monitoring and reviewing efficiency
• Providing cost data for developing the Business Plan.
• Measuring contractor performance
• Benchmarking contractors and Business Units
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/INI/001 Guidance on the Management of Door to Door Work and Compliance Replaces
Travel Time Issue 1; Dec 08 n/a New at Issue 70
Excessive work and travel time can import risk to the infrastructure and the workforce. This Guidance Note identifies Network Rail’s minimum
expectations with regards to employers discharging their duty of care under the Health & Safety at Work Act 1974 relating to the management of
work and travel time.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.15 NATIONAL DELIVERY SERVICE / NATIONAL SUPPLY CHAIN

Level 2
NR/L2/NDS/202 Principles, Timescales and Functional Responsibilities for Compliance Replaces

Engineering Work, Access and Heavy Resource Planning 02/06/12 NR/L2/NDS/202
Issue 6; Mar 12 Iss 5; Dec 10
This standard describes the principles, key activities, timescales and required work plan information quality applicable to the planning of physical
works, engineering access, and resources to support the delivery of maintenance, renewal and enhancement works on the railway infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/NDS/203 Loading and Securing of Infrastructure Traffic Issue 3; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces
03/03/12 NR/L2/NDS/203 Iss 2; Jun 07
Network Rail produce loading patterns for infrastructure traffic loaded by Network Rail contractors, suppliers and their sub-contractors and carried by
any freight operating company with a relevant Railway Safety Certificate, contracted to Network Rail for that purpose.
These are published in the Loading Manual for Infrastructure Traffic Employees.
Loading patterns for the safe loading and securing of infrastructure traffic are one aspect of the overall requirements for safe train operation.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/NDS/205 Rail Delivery and Recovery Systems Overview Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/NDS/205 Iss 2; Sep 10
The purpose of this Company Standard is to detail to Network Rail staff and applicable support service contractors the responsibilities of delivery
and collection requirements associated with Network Rail rail delivery systems planning timescales.
This Company Standard will also standardise the methodology associated with planning delivery and collection of rail by Network Rail rail delivery
systems. It will mandate planning time scales and responsibilities in the process for the planning of delivery and collection of rail with the Network
Rail rail delivery systems.
Price Band: D
Level 3
NR/L3/NDS/006 NDS Process for the Management of Fatigue and Working Compliance Replaces
Hours for Employees Undertaking Safety Critical Work 03/12/11 NR/L2/ERG/006 Iss 1; Jun 10
Issue 1; Sep 11
This standard defines the requirements for managing fatigue and working hours for National Delivery Service (NDS) employees, and those
employed under contract by NDS, who undertake safety critical work. Its purpose is to reduce the risks to health and safety that are associated with
working patterns, shift work and excessive working hours.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/NDS/047 Train Operations Manual - Contents Issue 21; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces
03/03/12 NR/L3/NDS/047
Iss 20; Dec 11
This Network Rail Standard provides a central reference point of Information, Systems, and Procedural requirements for all Network Rail’s
employees, and contractors/suppliers with responsibilities associated with the operation of Engineering Trains and OTP within a possession of the
line for engineering work on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix F for availability and pricing
NR/L3/NDS/048 Train Operations Manual - Industry Mandatory Section Compliance Replaces

Issue 13; Mar 12 03/03/12 NR/L3/OPS/048/TMMIND
Iss 12; Dec 11
This Network Rail standard provides a central reference point of:
a) Information
b) Systems, and
c) Procedural requirements
for all Network Rail’s contractors/suppliers with responsibilities associated with the operation of Engineering Trains and OTP within a possession of
the line for engineering work on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: E This is a modular standard, please see Appendix F for availability and pricing
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/NDS/302 Planning of Engineering Access & NDS-Supplied Resource Compliance Replaces

for Work Deliverers Issue 5; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L3/NDS/302 Iss 4; Sep 10
Improve clarity and detail of instruction on planning process to NDS Planners.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/NDS/303 T3 Possession of the Line for Engineering Work Delivery Compliance Replaces
Requirements Issue 3; Jun 10 04/09/10 NR/L3/NDS/303 Iss 2; Sep 09
The purpose of this T3 Possession of the line for engineering work delivery requirements project is to amend NR/L3/NDS/303 T3 Possession of the
line for engineering work delivery requirements to define functional, departmental and individual roles and responsibilities in delivering a possession.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/NDS/305 Rail Delivery and Recovery Issue 2; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/10 NR/L3/NDS/305 Iss 1; Sep 10
The purpose of this Company Standard is to detail to Network Rail staff and applicable support service contractors the responsibilities of delivery
and collection requirements associated with Network Rail rail delivery systems planning timescales.
This Company Standard will also standardise the methodology associated with planning the delivery and collection of rail by Network Rail rail
delivery systems. It will mandate planning time scales and responsibilities in the process for the planning of delivery and collection of rail with the
Network Rail rail delivery systems.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/NDS/306 Planned General Safety Inspections Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

This procedure defines the process for planning, conducting and reporting planned health, safety and environmental general inspections in the
National Delivery Service (NDS) department to check that formal controls are being implemented and unsafe acts or conditions are identified. The
aim is also to check the management system is effective and to identify changes to be made that will improve and develop the business
Price Band: C
NR/L3/NDS/307 NDS Waste Management Issue 1; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

This Standard describes the process for using National Delivery Service as a broker for the management of waste in order to comply with Duty of
Care and other waste management requirements including the Network Rail commitment to the WRAP Construction Halving Waste to Landfill
programme.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/NDS/308 The Loading Manual for Infrastructure Traffic Issue 1; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces
The Network Rail Loading Manual for Infrastructure Traffic provides loading patterns to give instructions to employees of Network Rail, its
Contractors and Suppliers who carry out loading, examine, manage or audit loading activities on freight trains that are operated on Network Rail
Controlled Infrastructure for the purpose of renewing or maintaining the infrastructure. The purpose of this manual is to provide in one publication, all
loading patterns applicable to infrastructure traffic.
Price Band: phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix F for availability and pricing
NR/L3/NDS/312 National Delivery Service Forms Index Issue 1; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
This standard provides a control mechanism that enables the production and publication of “standalone” forms used to support standards issued by
the National Delivery Service.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/NSC/311 Engineering and Management Control Arrangements for the Compliance Replaces
National Supply Chain T&RS and OTM Fleet Issue 2; Apr 14 13/04/14 NR/L3/NDS/311 Iss 1; Dec 11
This Network Rail Company Standard defines the minimum engineering and management control arrangements for the National Supply Chain
relating to all maintenance tasks/works for all Traction and Rolling Stock (T&RS), On Track Machines (OTM) and associated equipment where
Network Rail is registered as the Entity in Charge of Maintenance (ECM) on the National Vehicle Register (NVR).
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.16 OPERATIONS & CUSTOMER SERVICES / PRINCIPLES & STANDARDS

4.16.1 OPERATIONS & CUSTOMER SERVICES
Level 2
NR/L2/OCS/002 Driving Cab Passes Issue 6; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

05/03/11 NR/L2/OPS/002 Iss 5; Sep 09
To define the circumstances and arrangements under which Network Rail employees and the employees of its contractors can access the driving
cabs of trains operated on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
To enable Network Rail to meet its cab access control obligations under Department for Transport security instructions and the obligations towards
train operator duty holders who are responsible for the safety critical driving cab environment
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OCS/009 Network Capability Management Procedure Issue 1; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces
This standard sets out requirements for the management of Network Capability, so as to meet the company’s regulatory and commercial obligations
to its stakeholders. It defines procedures for making changes to the capability of the network and highlights that physical changes to the network
shall not be made unless the correct procedure(s), including Network Change, where applicable, have been followed and completed. It also requires
that the published capability of the network is amended concurrently with the completion of any physical change.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OCS/021 Weather – Managing the Operational Risks Issue 5; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces
04/06/11 NR/L2/OCS/021 Iss 4; Mar 11
To mandate how Network Rail will manage the operational risks arising from adverse and extreme weather, including the use of weather forecast
information, to give adequate preparation for such events.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OCS/031 Risk Assessment and Briefing of Timetable Change Compliance Replaces

Issue 9; Sep 14 06/09/14 NR/L2/OCS/031 Iss 8; Mar 11
This standard describes the risk review and briefing of timetable change process.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OCS/041 The Operations Manual Issue 6; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

05/03/11 NR/L2/OCS/041 Iss 5; Feb 07
To mandate the use of the Operations Manual and to describe the processes that shall be used to control the issue, use and amendment of the
content.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OCS/042 Railway Operational Code Implementation, Variation and Compliance Replaces

Review Process Issue 3; Mar 11 05/03/11 NR/L2/OCS/042 Iss 2; Dec 08
This specification describes the sections of the Railway Operational Code, how reviews will be conducted and the arrangements and processes for
dealing with variations.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OCS/050 Route Crime Risk Management Issue 1; Mar 08 Compliance Replaces

01/06/08 NR/SP/RSC/01401 Iss 5
This specification sets out the high level requirements for Network Rail’s management, monitoring, risk assessment and mitigation/reduction of
route crime activity. It is set within the context of the wider management of railway crime and so contains frequent references to railway crime
matters.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OCS/060 Customer requirements for the Provision of Train Running Compliance Replaces
Information on Stations Issue 1; Dec 08 01/12/08 New at Issue 70
This standard provides customers at the railway station with a consistency as to the provision of information screens. The standard describes the
type of screen (in terms of the content shown) and the location of each type of screen. This is provided for each type of station based on the station
size standard A - F classification and applies to new and enhancement systems, as well as renewals where sufficient funding is available.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/OCS/070 Major Infrastructure Changes – the Provision of Staff Briefing Compliance Replaces
Material to Train Operators Issue 4; Mar 11 05/03/11 NR/SP/OPS/070 Iss 3; Jun 06
To define the process by which Network Rail ensures that suitable and sufficient briefing materials are supplied to Train Operators to ensure a safe
transition following significant infrastructure changes. Infrastructure Projects shall have adequate procedures in place to ensure compliance with the
requirements of this procedure. This will normally be covered by the ‘Guide to Railway Investment Projects’.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OCS/085 Permissive Platform Working Issue 4; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

05/03/11 NR/L2/OPS/084 Iss 3; Mar 10
The purpose of this standard is to define the requirements to control the risk of train collisions when signalled in accordance with the permissive
working arrangements.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OCS/095 High Risk Sites for Wrong Side Track Circuit Failures Compliance Replaces
in Leaf Fall Areas and for Low Rail Adhesion 01/08/15 NR/L2/OPS/095 Iss 3; Mar 11
Issue 4; Jun 15
To consistently identify any location which may be classified as a ‘high risk’ site in respect of being likely to suffer wrong side track circuit failures
under leaf fall contamination conditions on Network Rail Managed Infrastructure, and to define a structured process to alter the status of such
locations.
The standards change mitigates the risk of operational staff not working to aligned procedures.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OCS/098 Management of Short-term Network Change Issue 2; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

06/06/09 NR/L2/OCS/098 Iss 1; Dec 07
This document advises local managers of a change in procedure covering network capability whereby a reduced level of maintenance can be
applied to sections of route commensurate with a reduced capability or temporary cessation of traffic. This arrangement shall be formalised through
a revised Maintenance Regime Agreement and shall be conditional upon the satisfactory conclusion of Network Change consultation, including the
arrangements for re-instatement.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OCS/250 Network Rail National Emergency Plan Issue 5; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L2/OCS/250 Iss 4; Mar 10
This document is activated from the date of issue. It describes the arrangements in place to provide an effective response to accidents, incidents
and other emergencies on or affecting Network Rail controlled infrastructure across Great Britain. It describes the responsibilities of Network Rail,
and it also outlines the responsibilities of passenger / freight operating companies and other interfacing organisations in relation to this plan. It is
intended to implement the requirements of the Railway Group and Network Rail Company Standards and other applicable codes and legislation
Price Band: E
Level 3
NR/L3/OCS/006 Monitoring & Liaison with Train & Station Operators Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Sep 08 26/06/08 New at Issue 69
The procedure specifies the responsibilities and arrangements for monitoring and liaising with train operators in support of Network Rail’s rights
and obligations under the Railways and Other Guided Transport (Safety) Regulations 2006
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/OCS/041 Operations Manual - Contents and Responsibilities Matrix Compliance Replaces

Issue 35; Jun 15 06/06/15 NR/L3/OCS/041
Iss 34; Dec 14
The Operations Manual provides mandatory procedures applicable to employees in the Network Operations function. Its purpose is to provide a
unified suite of procedures for managers with operational responsibilities throughout the function.
UPDATED: 2.10 – Security and Storage of Detonators
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/OCS/043 National Control Instructions - Contents & Matrix Compliance Replaces

Issue 18; Mar 15 01/12/12 NR/L3/OCS/043
Iss 17; Dec 12
These instructions provide the standards and the processes for a consistent application of Control Instructions across all Network Rail Control
Offices and align procedures with the ATOC Good Practice Guide and Control Centres’ business process manual to facilitate common documents at
all ICC or Co-located controls.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular Standard, please see Appendix G for availability and pricing
NR/L3/OCS/044 Managed Station Manual – Contents, Procedures Compliance Replaces

and Responsibilities Matrix Issue 12; Jun 15 05/09/15 NR/L3/OCS/044
Iss 11; Jun 12
The Managed Stations Manual provides mandatory procedures applicable to employees and the contractors working for the Operations and
Customer Service functions. Its purpose is to provide a unified suite of procedures for managers with the Managed Stations responsibilities
throughout the function.
UPDATED: MS-07 – Control of Work on Managed Stations, MS-07 Appendices A-H – Control of Work on Managed Stations
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix G for availability and pricing
NR/L3/OCS/084 Line Clear Arrangements Following Engineering Works Compliance Replaces

in Axle Counter areas – Line Clear Verification Process 03/12/11 NR/L3/OCS/084 Iss 2; Sep 11
(Formerly NR/L3/OPS/084) Issue 3; Dec 11
This standard defines the requirements for the application of the LCV process on axle counter areas on Network Rail infrastructure. This LCV
process shall be adopted on all lines where train detection is achieved by axle counters, unless safety validation achieved through Network Rail
Acceptance Panel or System Review Panel determines that an LCV process is not required.
The LCV process is based on the principle of a diverse means of proving the line clear and safe following engineering works and is designed to
align as closely as possible with established methods of working.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/OCS/111 Weekly Operating Notice - Format and Content Issue 3; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces
05/03/11 NR/L3/OPS/111 Iss 2; Mar 10
The purpose of the standard is to mandate how Network Rail shall manage the content and production of the Weekly Operating Notice (WON) to
give consistency.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.16.2 OPERATIONS PRINCIPLES & STANDARDS

Company Standards
NR/CS/OPS/200 Network Rail Security Manual (formerly RT/LS/P/200) Issue 2; Apr 05 Replaces
RT/LS/P/020 Iss E1; Aug 04
The purpose of this standard is to mandate the use of the Network Rail security manual and to describe the processes that shall be used to control
the issue, use and amendment of the content.
Price Band: C
NR/CS/OPS/250 Emergency Response Manual (formerly RT/LS/P/250) Issue 2; Apr 05 Replaces

This purpose of this standard is to mandate the use of the Network Rail Emergency Response Manual and to describe the processes that shall be
used to control the issue, use and amendment of the content.
Price Band: C
Level 1
NR/L1/OPS/010 Signals Passed at Danger and Signal Reversions Compliance Replaces

Issue 12; Mar 10 06/03/10 Iss 11; Aug 08
The purpose of Signals Passed At Danger and Signal Reversions, is in accordance with the requirements applicable to an Infrastructure Manager in
Railway Group Standard GO/RT3252, to provide a consistent and structured process for the immediate actions required in dealing with a Category
A, B, C or D SPAD, gathering evidence following a SPAD incident and subsequent management of SPAD issues within Network Rail and in
conjunction with Railway Undertakings. Signal reversions not resulting in Category B SPADs are also covered. Signals Passed At Danger and
Signal Reversions shall be supplemented by detailed functional procedures.
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/OPS/015 Working of Passenger Trains Over Non-Passenger Lines Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 08 01/12/08 GO/RT3201
The purpose of this Company Standard is to detail the arrangements to be put in place by Network Rail Routes for safe working of passenger trains
over non-passenger lines.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OPS/033 Radio Communications for the Control Of Trains (Including Compliance Replaces
On Track Machines and On- Track Plant) in Possessions 06/06/09 NR/L2/OPS/033 Iss 1; Dec 08
Issue 2; Mar 09
This protocol describes the arrangement that shall be in place for radio communication between drivers, On Track Plant (OTP) operators and those
in control of train movement within an Engineering Supervisor’s worksite when specified as an output of the work planning process that radios are
to be used.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OPS/034 Management of Rule Book Change Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

This Standard details the arrangements to be applied for the Management of Rule Book change and provides a framework for:-
• The review by Network Rail of its proposed changes and additions to the Rule Book prior to validation at the RSSB Traffic Operations
Management Standards Committee. This process is to measure:-
• The outputs from the above create an agreed cross business recommendation as to the effect of the proposal from a functional, business
and financial perspective.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OPS/035 Dissemination of Urgent Operating Advice Issue 4; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L2/OPS/035 Iss 3; Apr 07
This documents how Network Rail shall initiate or receive urgent operating advices and how these shall be distributed.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/OPS/037 Management of Spoken Safety Communication Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 07 01/12/07 RT/LS/P/037 Iss 1; Oct 01
This document details Network Rail’s arrangements for the management of spoken safety communications.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OPS/060 The Management of Heat Related Emergency Restrictions of Compliance Replaces

Speed Resulting from High Air Temperatures Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/OPS/060 Iss 2; Aug 08
The purpose of this document is to set the procedure for the management of heat related Emergency Speed Restrictions (ESR) resulting from a
forecast of Hot Weather. The purpose of the standard is to maintain operational safety yet reduce the performance impact of unnecessary heat
related blanket ESR. the procedure supports NR/CS/OPS/021.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OPS/100 Provision, Risk Assessment and Review of Level Crossings Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Jun 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/OPS/100 Iss 1; Dec 06
This document sets out the requirements that must be complied with for Network Rail to have a robust and consistent process for determining the
safety requirements for new level crossings, and the risk assessment and management processes that shall apply to both new and existing level
crossings.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OPS/101 Temporary Vehicular Level Crossings and Temporary Compliance Replaces

Increased use of Existing Level Crossings Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/OPS/101 Iss 2; Jun 08
The purpose of this standard is to set out the protection requirements and safety precautions applicable to the provision of temporary vehicular level
crossings and temporary special use of existing private vehicular crossings. It sets out the process for authorisation of the temporary use and of the
protection arrangements.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OPS/110 Requirements for the Weekly Operating Notice, Periodical Compliance Replaces
Operating Notice and Local Operating Instructions (incl. 01/06/08 NR/L3/OPS/110
Sectional Appendix) Issue 2; Jun 08 Iss E1; Jun 07
This document mandates requirements for the production of information related to engineering work, alterations to track and signalling
arrangements, and Local Operating Instructions.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OPS/104 Planning and Control of Steam Locomotive Operation Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Oct 07 06/10/07 RT/D/S/009 Iss 3
RT/D/C/087 Iss 1
This standard has been created to enable Network Rail functions to correctly plan for steam locomotive/train operation on Network Rail Managed
Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/OPS/009 Track Circuit Operating Device (T-COD) Identification of Compliance Replaces

Locations for use Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/LS/P/009 Iss 2; Apr 99
The purpose of Track Circuit Operating Device (T-COD) identification of locations for use is to specify the issues to be considered by Network Rail
Routes when determining where T-COD may be applied in order to comply with the Rule Book.
Price Band: B
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/OPS/005 Control and Testing with Rolling Stock Using Special Operating Instructions Replaces
Issue 2; Jun 09 RT/LS/C/005 Iss 1; Aug 02
This document provides guidance for controlling, so far as is reasonably practicable, the hazards and risks arising from the testing using rolling
stock without taking an absolute possession of the line in accordance with the Rule Book Module T3.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.17 RAIL MOUNTED VEHICLE & PLANT

RT/E/S/40017 Core Maintenance Specification for Powered Scrubber/ Sweeper Replaces

Issue 1; Feb 1996
This is a generalised maintenance specification for powered scrubbers/sweepers.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/40020 Core Maintenance Specification for Portable/mobile Plant Issue 1; Feb 1996 Replaces
This is a generalised maintenance specification for portable/mobile plant.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/40028 Core Maintenance Specification for Traversers Issue 1; Feb 1996 Replaces
This is a generalised maintenance specification for traversers.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/40031 Core Maintenance Specification for Wheeldrops Issue 1; Feb 1996 Replaces
This is a generalised maintenance specification for wheeldrops.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/40063 Assessment and Acceptance of Work Equipment Issue 1; Oct 00 Replaces

This specification sets out the requirements for acceptance of work equipment intended for use on Network Rail’s infrastructure. It provides for self-
assessment by contractors who have an accepted railway safety case and for generic acceptance by a Network Rail approved acceptance body.
Price Band: B
RT/E/PS/00016 Lineside Hot Axle Bearing Detectors Issue 1; Oct 02 Replaces

This product specification states the technical requirements for hot axle bearing detector systems to be installed on Network Rail’s operational
infrastructure. Their purpose is to observe the rolling stock and identify and provide warning of an overheating axle bearing.
Price Band: C
Level 1
NR/L1/RMVP/0001 Network Rail’s Plant and Traction and Rolling Stock (T&RS) Compliance Replaces
Policy Issue 3; Jun 12 02/06/12 NR/L1/RMVP/0001
Iss 2; Jun 11
This policy identifies the minimum engineering requirements for all technical and engineering activities related to Plant and Traction and Rolling
Stock (T&RS) assets where Network Rail has an engineering responsibility.
Price Band: D
Level 2
NR/L2/RMVP/0087 Management of Portable and Transportable Plant Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/L3/RVE/0187
(RT/E/P/40064) Iss 1; Oct 00
This standard controls the processes for the management of portable and transportable plant when used on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/RMVP/0090 Management of Maintenance for Traction and Rolling Stock, Compliance Replaces
On Track Machines and On Track Plant Issue 3; Jun 12 02/06/12 NR/L2/RMVP/0090
Iss 2; Sep 11
This Standard defines the engineering and management control requirements for the maintenance of all Traction and Rolling Stock (T&RS), On
Track Machines (OTM) and On Track Plant (OTP) and associated equipment owned by Network Rail for use on Network Rail Managed
Infrastructure
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RMVP/0131 Design and Installation of Fuelling, Lubrication Oil and Compliance Replaces
Coolant Storage and Delivery Systems Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This standard defines the technical requirement for the Design and Installation of Fuelling, Lub oil and Coolant Storage and Delivery Systems to
ensure the equipment achieves its intended design life and maintains the required levels of availability and reliability.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RMVP/0139 Design and Installation of Traversers Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the technical requirements for the Design and Installation of Traversers to ensure the equipment achieves its intended design
life and maintains the required levels of availability and reliability.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RMVP/0140 Design and Installation of Turntables Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the technical requirements for the Design and installation of Turntables to ensure the equipment achieves its intended design
life and maintains the required levels of availability and reliability.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RMVP/0142 Refurbishment of Underfloor Wheel Lathes Issue 1; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the technical requirements for undertaking refurbishment of fixed underfloor wheel lathes to ensure the equipment achieves
its intended design life and maintains the required levels of availability and reliability.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RMVP/0172 Management of the Control and Calibration of Inspection, Compliance Replaces

Measuring and Test Equipment Issue 2; Sep 11 03/12/11 NR/L2/RMVP/0172
Iss 1; Mar 11
This standard provides for the control and calibration of inspection, measuring and test equipment (IMTE) and specific tools. Examples of IMTE and
specific tools are:
• Track level gauges
• Signalling measuring instruments
• Electrification & Plant height and stagger gauges
• Torque wrenches
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RMVP/0198 Construction and Maintenance of On-track Plant Access Compliance Replaces

Points Issue 2; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/RMVP/0198
Iss 1; Dec 09
This standard specifies:
a) the process for identifying, selecting and approving of OTP access points on Network Rail managed Infrastructure;
b) access point construction for OTP;
c) access route construction from the Network Rail boundary to OTP access points;
d) inspection frequencies and the maintenance requirements for OTP access points;
e) the requirements and management of a register of OTP access points which shall be maintained in Ellipse;
f) the requirements for negotiating access through third party managed infrastructure.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/PLANT/0200 Infrastructure Plant Manual Issue 6; May 14 Compliance Replaces

01/08/14 NR/PLANT/0200 Iss 5; Mar 13
This manual details requirements and guidance when using plant for the installation, renewal and maintenance of Network Rail’s Managed
Infrastructure.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix G for futher details on availability and pricing
NR/L2/RMVP/0205 Handling New or Serviceable Rail with Road-Rail Excavator Compliance Replaces
Cranes in Rail Mode (Including Thimbling) Issue 1; Jun 11 03/09/11 New at Issue 80
This standard details the requirements for planning all lifting operations, including tandem lifting, undertaken on Network Rail managed
infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RMVP/0207 Management Process for On/Off and Cross Tracking of Compliance Replaces
On-track Plant Issue 2; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/RMVP/0207
Iss 1; Dec 09
This Standard defines the process for the safe on, off and cross tracking” of On-track plant (OTP).
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RMVP/0210 Standard for Railway Safety Critical Maintenance Elements Compliance Replaces
of Small Plant and Equipment Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This Standard is applicable to Portable/Transportable Infrastructure Plant and Equipment conforming to Rail Industry Standard RIS-1701-PLT.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/0212 Safety Related Defect Reporting and Performance Monitoring Compliance Replaces
for OTP Issue 1; Mar 11 04/06/11 New at Issue 79
This standard details the process to report and assess safety related defects occurring on on-track plant that is permitted to operate on Network Rail
managed infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/0213 Specification for Maintenance, Operation and Testing of Compliance Replaces

Track Jacks Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This standard details the requirements for the maintenance, thorough examinations and testing required for Track Jacks used on Network Rail
managed Infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/0215 Load lifting points on Road-Rail Excavator Cranes Compliance Replaces

This standard provides guidance to Network Rail personnel, manufacturers, converters, owners and users of road rail excavator cranes being used
for lifting operations on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/0220 Work Restraint Anchor Points on Mobile Elevating Working Compliance Replaces
Platforms (MEWPs) Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This Specification details the requirements for work restraint anchor points on road rail MEWPs to be used on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/0221 Safe Use of Quick Hitches Issue 1; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

This Standard identifies the types of quick hitches as categorised by the HSE, details the safety issues and provides safe systems of work related to
the use of quick hitches for use on Network Rail managed infrastructure.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/RMVP/0223 Thorough Examination of Demountable MEWP and Lifting Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 1; Mar 11 04/06/11 New at Issue 79
This Standard details the requirements for examining MEWPs and lifting equipment in accordance with legislation when attaching to the base
vehicles. These arrangements are intended to maintain the integrity of the LOLER “Thorough Examination” process.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/RMVP/1332 Wheelset and Axle Bearing Manual Issue 3; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
02/06/12 NR/L2/RMVP/1332
Iss 2; Mar 10
The Wheelset and Axle Bearing Manual describes the engineering policies and process by which Network Rail demonstrates how the safety of
wheelsets fitted to railvehicles owned by Network Rail will be managed.
Price Band: F
NR/L2/RVE/0001 Design, Acquisition and Engineering Change of Rail Vehicles Compliance Replaces
and On-track Plant Issue 2; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/RVE/0001 Iss 1; Dec 10
This company standard describes the engineering technical requirements for design, acquisition and engineering change management processes
for rail vehicles owned by Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/0002 Maintenance, Operation and Use of Rail Vehicles and Ontrack Compliance Replaces
Plant Issue 1; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L1/RVE/0002 Iss 2; Jan 09
This company standard describes the engineering technical requirements for maintenance, operation and use for rail vehicles and OTP owned by
Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/0003 Assurance, Performance and Monitoring of Rail Vehicles Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L1/RVE/0003 Iss 2; Jan 09
This company standard describes the engineering technical requirements for the assurance, performance and monitoring of Rail Vehicles and OTP
owned by Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/0130 Design and Installation of Carriage Washing Machines Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the technical requirements for carriage washing machines and shall be referenced when compiling project remits and
technical workscopes for renewal and enhancement schemes.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RVE/0132 Design and Installation of Cranes Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

This specification defines the technical requirements to be considered when procuring new fixed cranes. This document shall be referenced when
producing project remits and technical workscopes for the installation of cranes. It all also defines the information to be supplied to crane
manufacturers when undertaking the procurement.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/0133 Design and Installation of Underfloor Wheel Lathes Compliance Replaces

This specification lays down the technical requirements for the design and installation of underfloor wheel lathes used for the reprofiling of wheelsets
whether attached to the rolling stock or individually. The standard shall be referenced whilst compiling project remits and technical workscopes for
underfloor wheel lathe projects
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/RVE/0134 Shunting Vehicles for use with Underfloor Wheel Lathe Compliance Replaces
Facilities Issue 1; Dec 08 01/03/09 New at Issue 70
This standard defines the technical requirements for battery operated shunting vehicles whether they be permanently mounted on the rail or road/
rail vehicles. The shunting vehicles are to be used solely for the haulage of rolling stock over fixed underfloor wheel lathes and are a replacement for
capstan winch systems that have been used historically.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RVE/0135 Mobile Wheel Reprofiling Machines Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

This standard details the technical requirements for mobile wheel reprofiling machines and shall be referenced when compiling project remits and
technical workscopes for the procurement of mobile wheel lathes. Mobile wheel lathes will be used as an alternative resource for tyre turning at
Light Maintenance Depots whilst fixed underfloor wheel lathes are undergoing major overhaul or renewal.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RVE/0136 Vehicle Lifting Jacks Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

To define the technical requirements for electrically operated screw driven lifting jacks used to lift rail vehicles. This standard shall be referenced
whilst compiling project remits and technical workscopes for the procurement of new rail vehicle lifting jacks.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/01327 Depot Facilities Issue 1; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

This Company Standard defines the minimum engineering requirements for facilities used for the servicing and maintenance of rail vehicles which
are owned, hired or leased by Network Rail, where Network Rail has engineering responsibility.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/RVE/1350 Control of Rail Vehicle Testing Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the requirement for the planning and control of risks during on-track testing involving any vehicle from Network Rail fleet of rail
vehicles, or any rail vehicle on behalf of other Railway Undertakings excluding routine testing which does not require a physical change to the
vehicle, or is deemed part of the normal operational or maintenance regime of the vehicle.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/RMVP/0201 Calibration Work Instruction Manual Issue 2; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L3/RMVP/0201
Iss 1; Mar 11
This standard provides the index and version control of Calibration Work Instructions for the internal calibration and comparison checking of
Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment (IMTE).
Price Band: B This is a modular standard, please see Appendix G for futher details on availability and pricing
NR/L3/RVE/0167 On Site Management of on Track Plant Issue 1; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/ME0007
This Level 3 procedure meets the requirements of the Train Operations Manual.
This Procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities for the control on site of On Track Plant (OTP).
Price Band: D
NR/L3/RVE/0168 Initial Response to Incidents Involving On-Track Plant Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Aug 08` 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/ME0168
This procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities and operational control measures for the initial management ‘in possession’
incidents involving On Track Plant (OTP) on the Network Rail infrastructure.
Final authority for incident management and any associated arrangements remains with Network Rail Route Control.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/RVE/0169 Monitoring of On Track Plant Operations Issue 1; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/ME0169
This Level 3 procedure meets the requirements of TM/C 06 and TM/C 04.
This procedure describes how Infrastructure Maintenance undertakes unobtrusive and special monitoring of its OTP Operations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/RVE/0187 Management of Small Plant Issue 1; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/ME0087
This procedure will standardise the management of Network Rail owned and hired in small plant within the Infrastructure Maintenance Function.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/RVE/0193 Management of Network Rail Owned and Maintained OTP Compliance Replaces
and Attachments Issue 1; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/ME0193
This procedure sets out the requirements to be in place to manage the maintenance of Network Rail owned assets by Network Rail Infrastructure
Maintenance (IM) staff through a controlled maintenance programme in accordance with the certificated maintenance plans for the individual asset.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/RVE/1006 Technical Audit Procedure for Rail Vehicle Engineering Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 07 30/06/08 NR/OP/TM/R14 Iss 3:
TM/E010 Iss 1; TM/E030 Iss1;
TM/E050 Iss1; TM/E060 Iss1;
TM/E150 Iss1
This procedure defines the Rail Vehicle Engineering technical audit and engineering assessment process and gives guidance on the general
principles for the planning and management of these audits and assessments. This procedure supports the Network Rail corporate assurance
framework requirements specified in NR/SP/ASR/036 and Rail Vehicle Engineering standard NR/L1/RVE/0003.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/27031 External Carriage Washing Machines, Guidelines of Design with Liquid Replaces
Concentrates Issue1; Dec 04
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/27035 Depot Protection Equipment List (formerly CP-PM-023) Issue 1; Dec 04 Replaces
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/65000 Assessment and Supply of Vehicle/track Interface Parameters Issue 1; Jun 03 Replaces
This Code of Practice states the current best practice for a system consideration of the effects of modifying or introducing equipment to the railway.
This document is intended as guidance only for Network Rail commercial and infrastructure design staff.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.18 SAFETY & COMPLIANCE

4.18.1 Accident Investigation
Level 2
NR/L2/INV/002 Accident and Incident Reporting and Investigation Compliance Replaces

Issue 13; Dec 11 03/03/12 NR/L2/INV/002 Iss 12; Sep 10
The purpose of this Network Rail standard is to mandate the use of the Reporting and Investigation Manual:
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/INV/0208 Summarised Investigation Reports Issue 2; Sep 09 Compliance Replaces

05/12/09 Issue 1; Aug 08
To define the process to be used within Network Rail for producing summarised reports of investigations into safety events.
The aim of producing a summarised investigation report is to provide a report that:
a) targets a specific audience(s);
b) contains an adequate, but not excessive, level of detail;
c) presents the key issues in a way that can easily be comprehended;
d) identifies any important trends.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/INV/3001 Reporting and Investigation Manual Issue 4; Mar 15 Compliance Replaces

07/03/15 NR/L3/INV/3001 Iss 3; Dec 14
The purpose of this Network Rail standard is To specify the requirements and guidance for the reporting and investigation of accidents and
incidents.
Price Band: B. This standard is available as a series of modules, see below for details of availability and pricing
NR/L3/INV/3001/ Title Issue Publication Date Price
RIM101 General Requirements for Reporting Accidents, Incidents and Occupational Ill Health 3 March 2015 D
RIM102 Reporting of Accidents, Incidents and Occupational Ill Health to SMIS 1 December 2011 C
RIM106 Communicating With Outside Parties on Accidents and Incidents 1 December 2011 A
RIM110 Irregular Working – Reporting and Risk Ranking 1 December 2011 C
RIM113 Statutory Reporting of Accidents, Incidents and Occupational Ill Health 1 December 2011 D
RIM114 Advising Safety Representatives of Accidents and Incidents 1 December 2011 B
RIM115 Network Rail and National Safety Authority (ORR) Interface and Liaison Arrangements 3 December 2012 B
RIM116 Reporting of and Responding to Enforcement Action 3 December 2012 D
RIM117 Management of Recommendations from ORR Inspection Plan Reports 1 December 2011 C
RIM201 Deciding the Lead Organisation and Level of Investigation 2 December 2014 C
RIM202 External Agency Investigations 1 December 2011 C
RIM205 Network Rail Led Investigations 2 December 2014 D
RIM206 Investigations Led by Other Railway Group Members 1 December 2011 B
RIM301 Tracking of Investigations, Recommendations and Local Actions 1 December 2011 C
RIM302 Management of Recommendations and Local Actions 1 December 2011 D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.18.2 Assurance
Specifications (Including Procedures)
NR/SP/ASR/036 Network Rail Assurance Framework Issue 4; April 07 Compliance Replaces

07/04/07 Issue 3; Apr 05
The Network Rail assurance framework aims to provide the Board and management groups with confidence in the levels of compliance with
Network Rail’s Health & Safety Management System, formal company standards, procedures, legislation, and contractual requirements. This
Specification sets out to clearly and concisely explain the different levels of audit and the self assurance processes within Network Rail, and how to
plan, carry out and review these effectively.
Price Band: C
4.18.3 Health & Safety Systems

Company Standards
RT/LS/P/034 Safety Procedure Manuals Issue 3; Jun 05 Replaces

RT/LS/P/034 Iss 2; Nov 05
This standard establishes the framework and control processes for, and mandates the use of, safety procedure manuals.
Price Band: B
Level 2
NR/L2/HSS/020 Safety Validation of Organisation Change & Safety Management System Replaces
Change Issue 9; Mar 09 RT/LS/P/020 Iss 8; Jun 05
This standard is designed to provide assurance that proposals for change to Network Rail’s organisation and any consequential changes to Network
Rail’s Health & Safety Management System are reviewed, so that prior to implementation of the change:
• any health and safety risks associated with the change are identified, assessed and controlled so far as is reasonably practicable;
• non-substantial changes to Network Rail’s Health & Safety Management System are identified and revisions made; and
• substantial changes to Network Rail’s Health & Safety Management System are identified and accepted by the Office of Rail Regulation.
Price Band: C
4.18.4 Occupational Health & Safety

Company Standards
NR/CS/OHS/002 Policy on Working Safely Issue 1; Feb 07 Compliance Replaces

07/04/07
The purpose of this standard is to set out Network Rail’s policy and related implementation arrangements to ensure that employees and contractors
work safely.
Price Band: B
NR/CS/OHS/005 Personal Security Issue 1; Aug 06 Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to set out Network Rail’s policy and related implementation arrangements to control risks to the personal security of
employees whilst at work.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/OHS/501 Track Warning Systems Issue 1; Aug 05 Replaces

The purpose of this document is to mandate the requirements for the safe use of Track Warning Systems on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: F
NR/SP/OHS/00102 Work Activity Risk Assessment Issue 4; Aug 06 Replaces

Iss 3; Jun 05
This document details the principal process by which Network Rail: assesses risks associated with the work activities carried out by Network Rail
employees; documents and makes available the findings of those assessments; delivers compliance with the Management of Health and Safety at
Work Regulations 99; and ensures NR/GN/RSC/00401 “Managing Safety Risk” is applied in a consistent manner to work activity risk assessments.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/OHS/00114 Specialist Risk Assessment - Hand Arm Vibration Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Aug 06 07/04/07
This document details the process by which Network Rail will undertake specialist risk assessments for hand-arm vibration in support of
NR/SP/OHS/00102, “Work activity risk assessment”; and ensure risk assessment is undertaken in compliance with the Control of vibration at work
regulations 05 for hand-arm vibration.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/OHS/00122 Specialist Risk Assessment - Workplace Noise Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Aug 06 07/04/07
This document details the process by which Network Rail will:-
• undertake specialist risk assessments for workplace noise in support of NR/SP/OHS/00102, “Work activity risk assessment”; and
• ensure risk assessment is undertaken in compliance with the Control of noise at work regulations 05.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/069 Lineside Facilities For Personal Safety Issue 2; Feb 05 Replaces

RT/CE/S/069 Iss 1; Dec 98
This specification has two purposes:
• to set out the design, construction and maintenance requirements for facilities providing access onto, along and across the track for persons
whose duties require them to be on or near the line;
• to give the criteria for the provision of these facilities, in terms of linespeed and number of tracks.
Price Band: C
Level 1
NR/L1/OHS/051 Drugs and Alcohol Policy Issue 5; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L1/OHS/051 Iss 4; Aug 08
The purpose of this standard is to set out Network Rail’s policy and related implementation arrangements to control the risks of employees and
contractors working for or on behalf of Network Rail being unfit through drugs or alcohol at work
Responds to Railway Group Standard GE/RT8070 “Alcohol and Drugs”.
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/OHS/005 “High Street” Environment & Conditions for Work Outside Compliance Replaces
Network Rail Managed Infrastructure Issue 7: Sep 10 04/12/10 RT/LS/P/005 Iss 5: Apr 05
(Iss 6 withdrawn, unpublished)
The purpose of this standard is to specify the requirements for the segregation of work activities on, or adjacent to, Network Rail Managed
Infrastructure (NRMI) from railway operations. This allows work to take place without the necessity to apply the specific control measures associated
with the operational railway (i.e. in a “High Street” environment), but in doing so requires other controls and a controlled environment.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/018 Supplier Requirements for the Approval of Medical Compliance Replaces

Assessments & Drug & Alcohol Screening & Certification 03/12/11 NR/L2/OHS/018 Iss 4; Aug 08
Issue 5; Sep 11
This document details the minimum requirements for suppliers to administer Medical Assessments and Drugs and Alcohol screening to allow for
registration as an Approved Network Rail Supplier. It also details the required certification.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OHS/019 Safety of People Working on or Near the Line Issue 8; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces
04/12/10 NR/L2/OHS/019 Iss 7; Aug 08
NR/L3/MTC/PL0094 Issue 4
The purpose of this standard is to control the risks to personnel from train movements by requiring effective planning of on track activities and
establishing a hierarchy of protection and warning methods. To specify the requirements for establishing and publishing details of green zone
availability and prohibitions on red zone working.
To support the requirements of the Rule Book by requiring effective safe systems of work to mitigate the risk of people being struck by trains
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/OHS/020 Track Visitor Permits Issue 5; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

01/12/08 RT/LS/S/020 Iss 4; Feb 05
To set out the revised arrangements for the issue and control of Track Visitor Permits (TVPs) issued in accordance with Network Rail Company
Specification NR/SP/CTM/021 for people without Personal Track Safety (PTS) certification.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OHS/021 Personal Protective Equipment and Workwear Issue 3; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces
06/06/09 NR/L2/OHS/021 Iss 2; Jun 08
The Standard specifies the minimum levels of requirement for Personal Protective Equipment and work wear that is to be worn when working on
Network Rail Controlled Infrastructure
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OHS/022 Working Safely at Height Issue 1; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

This standard defines the processes to be followed within Network Rail to enable employees who design, plan, manage and carry out work at
heights to do so safely, and within the requirements of the relevant legislation.
This standard adopts a risk-based approach to working at height activities in line with the principles of the legislation and industry best practice.
Under this approach measures taken to protect the safety of persons are proportionate to the risks involved.
The procedure also requires designers of equipment and structures, that may require work at height during their construction, operation,
maintenance or demolition, who are evaluating the hazards and risks within their designs to apply the principle of “Safety by Design” as enshrined in
the Construction Design and Management Regulations 2007.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OHS/0047 Application of the Construction (Design and Management) Compliance Replaces

Regulations to Network Rail Construction Projects 06/06/15 NR/L2/OHS/0047
Issue 6; Jun 15 Iss 5; Jun 14
The purpose of this standard is to detail the process to be implemented by Network Rail to discharge its duties under the Construction (Design and
Management) Regulations.
Updates made to bring the document inline with the chnages introduced by the CDM Regulations 2015. Introduction of Section 11: CDM
Management Procedures which makes it explicit that the director of each business unit (route, function, major programme or region) is accountable
for the CDM management procedures in that area.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/050 Sentinel Scheme Rules Issue 4; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 RT/LS/P/050 Iss 3; Jun 05
To specify the rules and procedures for the management of the Sentinel Scheme.
To specify the roles and responsibilities of the companies and individuals who manage the Scheme, work within the Scheme or hold competences
within the scope of the Scheme
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OHS/00103 Specialist Risk Assessment COSHH Issue 3; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

06/06/09 NR/SP/OHS/00103
Iss 2; Jun 05
This Level 2 standard specifies requirements for Network Rail employees working with or exposed to Substances Hazardous to Health.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/00107 Management Procedure - Display Screen Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 10 05/06/10 NR/SP/OHS/00107
Iss 2; Jun 05
This management procedure describes the process for implementing the requirements of the Health & Safety (Display Screen Equipment)
Regulations 1992 as amended by the Health & Safety (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2002, and reducing the risk to the health of our
employees.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/OHS/00110 First Aid at Work Issue 5; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

05/06/10 NR/L2/OHS/00110
Iss 4; Aug 08
This standard sets out the corporate arrangements for the provision of first aid in the workplace in accordance with the relevant legislation. The level
of first aid provision is risk based and is defined by the number of Network Rail employees in the workplace or worksite and the level of health and
safety risk posed by the work activities undertaken.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/00112 Worksafe Procedure Issue 2; Dec 09 Compliance Replaces

05/12/09 NR/SP/OHS/00112
Iss 1; Jun 06
This document details the process by which Network Rail provides a method for employees to deal with immediate safety problems. It is designed to
give employees confidence that if they question the safety of working systems their views will be given serious consideration by the organisation and
they will not face recriminations. It requires work stops and the system is changed, if potential or imminent serious risk of accident or incident arises.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/OHS/00113 Health Screening and Surveillance for Hand Arm Vibration Compliance Replaces
Issue 4; Mar 10 05/06/10 NR/L2/OHS/00113
Iss 3; Aug 08
The purpose of this document is to describe the system of health screening and health surveillance for employees and prospective employees of
Network Rail whose health may be at risk due to exposure to hand arm vibration (HAV). The system of health surveillance is in response to the
requirements of the Control of Vibration at Work Regulations 2005. Implementation of the standard will enable Network Rail to comply with its legal
obligations under the regulations and meet its duty of care to those with an existing condition or likely to acquire such a condition if no action is
taken.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OHS/00117 Specialist Risk Assessment – New and Expectant Mothers Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Mar 10 05/06/10 NR/SP/OHS/00117
Iss 1; Jun 06
This procedure defines the process for identifying hazards and assessing risks at work that may affect the health and safety of new and expectant
mothers and their child (ren). Working conditions normally considered acceptable may no longer be so during pregnancy and while breastfeeding.
This procedure is in response to the requirements of Regulation 16 of the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999.
Implementation of the standard will enable Network Rail to comply with its legal obligations under the regulations and meet its duty of care for new
and expectant mothers.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/OHS/00118 Random Testing for Drugs and Alcohol Issue 4; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L2/OHS/00118
Iss 3; Aug 08
This document sets out the arrangements for random drugs and alcohol testing for Network Rail employees and contractors, in support of Network
Rails’ drug and alcohol policy.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/00119 ‘For Cause’ Testing for Drugs and Alcohol Issue 4; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L2/OHS/00119
Iss 3; Aug 08
This document sets out the arrangements for ‘‘for cause’’ drugs and alcohol testing in support of Network Rails Drugs and Alcohol Policy.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/00120 Pre-employment, Pre-appointment & Periodic Testing for Compliance Replaces

Drugs & Alcohol Issue 4; Sep 11 03/12/11 NR/L2/OHS/00120
Iss 3; Aug 08
This document sets out the arrangements for pre-employment, preappointment and periodic medical testing for drugs and alcohol in support of
Network Rail’s drug and alcohol policy.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/OHS/00123 Health Screening and Health Surveillance for Noise Induced Compliance Replaces
Hearing Loss Issue 1; Mar 08 01/03/09
The document describes the system of health screening and health surveillance for employees and prospective employees of Network Rail whose
health may be at risk due to exposure to noise at work.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/00124 Competence Specific Medical Fitness Requirements Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Dec 09 06/03/10 NR/L2/OHS/00124
Iss 1; Dec 08
This document defines the competence specific medical fitness requirements for employees and contractors working on Network Rail managed
infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/OHS/133 Code of Practice for Planning and Delivering Safe Work Compliance Replaces
(PDSW) Issue 1; Mar 15 07/03/15 New at Issue 95
Planning & Delivering Safe Work (PDSW) has been designed to:
• standardise the process of undertaking work on Network Rail infrastructure
• manage and reduce the risks of injury and/or fatality through clarification of safety responsibilities and accountabilities
• mandate communication activities such that appropriate levels of understanding of risks and safety controls are maintained
• mitigate the risks of injury and/or fatality through comprehensive risk assessment and implementation of standardised safety controls
• improve the competence of individuals.
Price Band: D
Level 3
NR/L3/OHS/00125 Specialist Risk Assessment - COSHH for Functions other Compliance Replaces
than Maintenance, Operations and Customer Services and 06/06/09 New at Issue 71
the National Delivery Service (NDS) Issue 1; Mar 08
This Network Rail standard facilitates a consistent approach to the requirements contained within the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
Regulations 2002 (COSHH) and NR/L2/OHS/00103 Occupational Health and Safety Manual – Specialist Risk Assessment – Hazardous
Substances/products, across all Network Rail sites.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/OHS/MTC/0150 Specialist Risk Assessment - COSHH for Infrastructure Compliance Replaces

Maintenance Issue 3; Mar 09 07/03/09 NR/L2/MTC/SE0150
Iss 2; Jun 08
This procedure defines the process for the management of hazardous substances/products within Network Rail Maintenance using the sypol
COSHH management system. The use of this COSHH compliance software helps ensure compliance with the Control of Substances Hazardous to
Health (COSHH) Regulations 2002.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/OHS/NDS/301 Specialist Risk Assessment - COSHH For NDS Compliance Replaces

This company standard defines the process for the management of hazardous substances and products within the National Delivery Service (NDS)
utilising the Sypol COSHH Management System.
Price Band: C
Guidance Notes
NR/GN/OHS/0047 Guidance for Assessment of Construction (Design and Management Replaces

Regulation Competencies Issue 1; Mar 15 New at Issue 95
This guidance note explains the process for both the assessment and appointment of candidates who undertake the role of a Construction Design
Management (CDM) Representative on Network Rail Construction Projects. Assessing the competency should assist the Line Manager / Assessor
in appointing the ideal candidate to a Network Rail Construction Project. It defines the process that should be implemented to confirm that people
who fulfil this role are competent to perform the work.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/OHS/00150 Infection Control Guidance Issue 3; Mar 09 Replaces

NR/GN/OHS/00150
Iss 2; Aug 06
This guidance provides information on the identification, assessment and control of potential risk of infections at work and those that employees may
bring into the workplace. In addition, it details the support available to staff who are accidentally exposed to blood borne infections through needle
stick injury or body splash incidents. The application of this guidance assists Network Rail to meet its legal compliance, as well as demonstrating its
commitment to the health, safety and welfare of its employees.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.19 SIGNAL ENGINEERING

NR/SP/SIG/02023 Requirements for TASS Infrastructure – System Design Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces
RT/E/S/02023 Iss 1; Dec 03
This specification defines the design requirements for the Tilt Authorisation and Speed Supervision (TASS) system developed to deliver the principal
requirements of Railway Group standards GE/RT8012 “Controlling the speed of tilting trains through curves” and GE/RT8019 “Tilting trains:
controlling tilt systems to maintain clearances’.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/SIG/02024 Requirements for TASS Infrastructure – Installation, Test and Maintenance Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/S/0204 Iss 1; Dec 03
This specification defines the installation, test and maintenance requirements for the track-based equipment associated with the Tilt Authorisation
and Speed Supervision (TASS) system developed to deliver the principal requirements of Railway Group standards GE/RT8012 “Controlling the
speed of tilting trains through curves” and GE/RT8019 “Tilting trains: controlling tilt systems to maintain clearances”.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/10040 IECC Applications Manual Contents Issue 8; Dec 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/10040 Iss 7; Dec 04
This specification authorises the use of the Integrated Electronic Control Centre (IECC) applications manual for the design and maintenance of
signalling schemes employing IECC equipment on Network Rail infrastructure. It lists all the documents contained within the IECC Applications
Manual which are current and approved for use. It also provides a history of the upgrades to the IECC since April 94.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/11130 Requirements for the Provision of SPAD Alarms at Signalling Control Centres Replaces
Issue 2; Oct 06 RT/E/S/11130 Iss 1; Dec 02
This specification defines the operational and technical requirements for the provision of SPAD alarms at signalling control centres. The objective is
to present a consistent approach that reflects best practice and to ensure that human factors considerations are properly addressed.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/SIG/19253 Westinghouse Signals Style 63 Point Machine (Sigwen 002) Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Jun 06 02/06/07 RT/E/C/19253 Iss 2; Feb 99
This standard advises Network Rail’s suppliers who manufacture, repair or service Westinghouse Signals style 63 point machines of processes that
need to be adopted/amended before the equipment is released for re-use on Network Rail’s infrastructure. This information is supplementary to
manufacture, repair or servicing standards.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/SIG/19809 Point Operating Equipment Issue E1; Apr 07 Compliance Replaces

07/04/07
The purpose of this specification is to define the Network Rail preferred options and generic requirements regarding point operating equipment
choice when operating points with the following nomenclature: • NR60 • RT60 • 113A/UIC-54
Price Band: C
NR/SP/SIG/19812 Cross Track Cable Management Issue 1; Feb 07 Compliance Replaces

01/04/07
The purpose of this specification is to provide details of the requirements for cross track cable management.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/50002 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compliance with Single Rail Reed Track Replaces
Circuits on the AC Railway Issue 2; Feb 07 NR/GN/SIG/5002 Iss 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with “RT” type single rail track circuits on the ac railway on
Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/SIG/50003 Methodology for the Demonstration of Electrical Compatibility with Double Rail Replaces
Reed Track Circuits on the DC Railway Issue 2; Feb 07 NR/GN/SIG/5003 Iss 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate electrical compatibility with “RT” type double rail reed track circuits on the
dc electrified railway on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/50004 Methodology for the Demonstration of Electrical Compatibility with DC (ACimmune) Replaces
Track Circuits Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/C/5004 Iss 1; Apr 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with ac immune dc track circuits on the ac railway on
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/50006 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with 50Hz Double Rail Replaces
Track Circuits Issue 1; Apr 06
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology for the demonstration of electromagnetic compatibility of rolling stock with 50 Hz double
rail track circuits installed on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/SIG/50011 Methodology for the Demonstration of Electrical Compatibility with Axle Replaces
Counters Issue 1; Apr 06
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology for the demonstration of electromagnetic compatibility of rolling stock with Axle Counters
installed on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: E
NR/SP/SIG/50012 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with TPWS Trackside Replaces
Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/C/50012 Iss 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS) trackside
equipment on the AC and DC railways on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/SIG/50015 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with Reed FDM Systems Replaces
on the AC and DC Railways Issue 2; Feb 07 RT/E/C/50015 Iss 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with reed FDM systems installed on the AC and DC
electrified railway on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/D/S/006 Retro-reflective Temporary Speed Equipment Issue 1; Mar 96 Replaces

This specification defines the appearance of temporary speed restriction retro-reflective equipment, the minimum technical requirements to achieve
safety and safe interworking, and positioning of equipment clear of trains.
Price Band: C
RT/E/P/10024 Signaller’s Operating Guide for the use of the IECC Signalling Workstation Replaces
Issue 4; Aug 04 RT/E/P/10024 Iss 3; Aug 03
This document is the signaller’s operating guide for the Integrated Electronic Control Centre (IECC).
Price Band: E
RT/E/P/10025 IECC Timetable Processor Edit Facilities User Guide Issue 3; Dec 01 Replaces
RT/E/P/10025 Iss 2; Feb 99
This procedure provides instructions for the use of the IECC Timetable Processor User Edit Facilities.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/S/02026 Requirements for the Provision and Management of TASS Infrastructure Data Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 05
This specification gives information to those engaged in preparing, maintaining and managing TASS infrastructure data. The details provided set out
the method by which TASS infrastructure data needs to be structured in order to meet the requirements of RT/E/S/02023. TASS system
requirements are detailed in the three documents referenced in section 3.
Price Band: E
RT/E/S/10029 Operation and Maintenance of Non-intrusive Earth Leakage Test Adapter for Replaces
Reed FDM Systems Produced to Specification EDS 01/96 MOD State 3
Issue 1; Aug 98
This standard specifies the user and maintenance requirements for the non-intrusive FDM earth leakage adapter. The adapter allows a standard
multimeter to be adapted to allow it to measure the cable resistance to earth of the FDM system. Existing instruments for measuring the resistance
pose the hazard of generating an interfering signal through its power supply and can therefore not be used on a live system.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10060 Vital Signalling Timer Issue 1; Feb 99 Replaces

This document has been prepared to define the performance requirements for a “Vital signalling timer” unit for use in signalling circuitry.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10062 Requirement Specification for Performance of Long Range Colour Light Replaces
Signals Issue 1; Aug 99
This specification is for the performance requirements of long range colour light signals.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10067 VDU Based Signalling Control System Issue 2; Aug 03 Replaces

RT/E/S/10067 Iss 1; May 97
The purpose of this requirement specification is to define the essential and desirable requirements for a VDU based signalling control system for
signalling applications.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10073 Barrier Boom Light Units for Level Crossings Issue 1; Feb 98 Replaces
This performance specification states the requirements for light units used on level crossing barrier booms.
Price Band: B
RT/E/S/10081 Preventative and Corrective Maintenance of Lever Frames Issue 1; Dec 97 Replaces
This specification identifies the requirements for those managing and undertaking signalling maintenance activities on Network Rail infrastructure. It
is particularly concerned with the preventative and corrective maintenance activities applicable to mechanical signalling lever frames in order that
they remain available to perform their intended functions.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10083 Preventative and Corrective Maintenance of Mechanical Signalling Wire Runs Replaces
and Rodding Issue 1; Dec 97
This specification identifies the requirements for those managing and undertaking signalling maintenance activities on Network Rail infrastructure. It
is particularly concerned with the preventative and corrective maintenance activities applicable to mechanical signalling wire runs and rodding in
order that they remain available to perform their intended functions.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10110 Requirement Specification for Performance of Position Light Signals Replaces

Issue 1; Aug 99
This specification is for the performance requirements of position light signals.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/S/10127 Equipment Specification for the Filament Lamp (Type SL35) for use in the Long Replaces
Range Colour Light Signal Issue 1; Apr 99
This document specifies the requirements for SL35 filament lamps used with the Long Range Colour Light Signals.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10131 Requirement Specification for “Signals On” Controls for SSI Schemes Replaces
Issue 2; Aug 03 RT/E/S/10131 Iss 1; Apr 99
The purpose of this specification is to define the requirements for “Signals On” controls for use with Railtrack infrastructure equipped with Solid State
Interlocking (SSI).
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10133 TPWS Signalling Interface Design Requirements Issue 3; Apr 04 Replaces

RT/E/S/10133 Iss 2; Oct 00
This specification details the requirements for the design of the signalling interface associated with the fitment of the Train Protection and Warning
System (TPWS) to Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: F
RT/E/S/10134 TPWS – Track Sub-system Equipment Issue 3; Apr 04 Replaces

RT/E/S/10134 Iss 2; Oct 00
This specification defines the detailed requirements for the track sub-system equipment associated with TPWS.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10135 TPWS – Track Sub-system Works Testing Requirements Issue 3; Apr 04 Replaces
RT/E/S/10135 Iss 2 Oct 00
This Company Specification has been prepared to provide Signal Works Testers with details of the minimum requirements for the testing and
commissioning procedures necessary to validate the intended functionality and to verify the installation of the Train Protection and Warning System
(TPWS).
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10137 TPWS – Selection of Signals and Other Locations for Provision of Track Subsystem Replaces
Issue 3; Apr 04 RTE/S/10137 Iss 2; Oct 00
This Specification describes the process for assessing the requirement to provide Train Protection & Warning System (TPWS) equipment at signals,
speed restrictions and buffer stops as defined in the Railway Safety Regulations 99.
Price Band: E
RT/E/S/10138 TPWS – Transmitter Loop Requirements and Positioning Issue 3; Apr 04 Replaces
RT/E/S/10138 Iss 2; Oct 00
This Specification defines the criteria for the positioning of Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS) transmitter loops and determination of the
need for Overspeed Sensor Systems (OSS).
Price Band: E
RT/E/S/10178 TPWS in Areas Where the Control of Train Movements is by RETB Signalling Replaces
Issue 1; Apr 04
This specification mandates the requirements for installing Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS) in areas where the control of movement of
trains is by Radio Electronic Token Block (RETB).
Price Band: F
RT/E/S/11752 Train Detection Issue 2; Aug 01 Replaces

RT/E/S/11752 Iss 1; Dec 00
RT/E/S/10002
This specification gives the necessary requirements for train detection systems to satisfy the mandatory requirements laid down in GK/RT0011.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/S/14200 Prevention and Mitigation of Overruns – Risk Assessment Tools Issue 1; Apr 03 Replaces
This document is a system specification and contains the tools and techniques to support the Network Rail standard RT/E/P14201, “Prevention, and
mitigation of overrun – risk assessment of signals”. The tools and techniques provide a structured approach to signal overrun, (i.e. “Signal Passed at
Danger” (SPAD)) risk assessment and should be used as part of the process shown in the standard.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/17004 Requirement Specification for a SSI Technician’s Terminal Issue 1; Feb 99 Replaces
This document specifies a Technician’s Terminal (TT) for the Solid State Interlocking system. The system specified may be used as a replacement
terminal for existing SSI schemes (currently using a TT built to the specification BR1960A) or for installation in new schemes.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/17005 SSI Long Line Link Telecommunications Issue 1; Aug 99 Replaces

This specification states Network Rail’s functional requirements for telecommunications systems for use with solid state interlocking long line link
incorporating long distance terminal modules.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/17503 IECC Internal Subsystems Communications Requirements Issue 1; Jun 99 Replaces

This specification mandates the internal subsystems communications requirements for all new and existing IECC schemes.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/17504 IECC Operating Specification for Signalling Control and Indications Purposes Replaces
Issue 3; Dec 03 RT/E/S/17504 Iss 2; Dec 01
This operating specification defines the mandatory requirements for signalling control and indications equipment based on the use of colour visual
display units (VDUs), and which forms a subsystem of the Integrated Electronic Control Centre (IECC). It does not define the requirements for the
PC SPAD Monitor (PSM), which are defined elsewhere.
Price Band: F
NR/PS/SIG/00018 ERSE Mk.4 Product Specification Issue 1; Oct 06 Replaces

This product specification gives the requirements for a device that detects electrical noise from a train whilst it occupies a specific section of track,
and then applies a shunt or disconnection to the track circuit containing that section of track.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/SIG/19802 Train Actuated Disconnector (TAD) Issue 1; Aug 06 Replaces

This product specification gives the requirements for a device that detects electrical noise from a train whilst it occupies a specific section of track,
and then applies a shunt or disconnection to the track circuit containing that section of track.
Price Band: C
RT/E/PS/00002 Adjustable Tie Bar for Rail Clamp Point Lock Issue 1; Dec 99 Replaces
This line specification details the design, functional, physical, interface, performance and safety requirements for an adjustable tie bar used on rail
clamp point locks.
Price Band: C
RT/E/PS/00005 Railway Signalling Cable Issue 1; Apr 00 Replaces

GS/ES0872 Iss 2; Sep 93
This document specifies the manufacturing requirements for railway signalling cables detailed in the scope of this Specification.
Price Band: D
RT/E/PS/00009 Message Handling and Data Transmission Requirements Between Processor Replaces
Based Systems Issue 2; Apr 04 RT/E/PS/00009 Iss 1; May 01
To ensure that Network Rail’s electronic signalling and telecommunications systems can be expected to communicate and interact with each other,
a common protocol and message classification needs to be specified. This document builds on past experience and best practice to ensure future
compatibility.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/PS/00011 Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS) – Failure Indication Unit Replaces
Issue 1; Apr 01
This specification has been prepared to define the requirements for a Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS) failure indication unit that is to
be provided for the reporting of failed TPWS trackside sub-systems within mechanically signalled areas.
Price Band: C
RT/E/PS/00012 Specification for the Preparation and Implementation of Train Describer Replaces
System Parameter Tables Issue 1; Aug 01
This product specification defines the necessary features and information required by a train describer database to ensure a standard format
throughout Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: F
RT/E/PS/00032 TPWS Self Powered Overspeed Sensor (SPOSS) Battery Procurement Replaces
Specification Issue 1; Dec 03
This product specification states the requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of a battery suitable for use in a Train Protection and
Warning System (TPWS) Self Powered Overspeed Sensor System (SPOSS).
Price Band: B
RT/E/PS/00801 Requirement Specification for TDM Systems Issue 3; Feb 05 Replaces

RT/E/PS/00801 Iss 2; Feb 05
The aim of this specification is to define the requirements for a basic bit to bit Time Division Multiplex (TDM) transmission system suitable for use in
a variety of signalling applications on Network Rail.
Price Band: D
RT/E/PS/11755 DC Track Circuits Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for DC track circuits. It includes life-cycle requirements from design, safety and
environmental through to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: E
RT/E/PS/11756 HVI Track Circuits Issue 2; Aug 01 Replaces

RT/E/PS/11756 Iss 1; Dec 00
This company specification states the minimum requirements for Alstom High Voltage Impulse (HVI) track circuits. It includes lifecycle requirements
from design, safety and environmental through to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: E
RT/E/PS/11757 AC Phase-sensitive Track Circuits Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for AC phase sensitive track circuits. It includes lifecycle requirements from design, safety
and environmental to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: F
RT/E/PS/11760 Westinghouse Signals FS2600 Track Circuits Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This Product Specification gives details of best practice in respect of Westinghouse Signals FS2600 track circuits in order to achieve the
requirements of RT/E/S/11752.
Price Band: F
RT/E/PS/11762 Track Circuit Assister Interference Detectors Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for track circuit assister interference detectors. It includes lifecycle requirements from
design, safety and environmental to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: E
RT/E/PS/11763 Reed Type RT Track Circuits Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for Alstom Reed Type RT track circuits. It includes lifecycle requirements from design,
safety and environmental to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/PS/11764 Track Circuit Interrupters Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for track circuit interrupters. It includes lifecycle requirements from design, safety and
environmental to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: C
RT/E/PS/11765 Impedance Bonds Issue 1; Dec 00 Replaces

This line specification states the minimum requirements for impedance bonds. It includes lifecycle requirements from design, safety and
environmental to installation, testing and maintenance.
Price Band: E
RT/E/S/21136 Track Circuit Operating Device Issue 2; Oct 99 Replaces

RT/E/S/21136 Iss 1; Apr 99
This specification states the performance requirements for track circuit operating devices.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10015 Rail Clamp Point Lock Performance Specification for the Microswitch with Replaces
Independent Contacts Issue 1; Feb 98
This standard defines the performance requirements for microswitches with independent contacts used in rail point clamp lock detection circuitry.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10031 Miniature Stop Light Unit Issue 1; Mar 97 Replaces

This document has been prepared to define the detailed requirements for a “Miniature stop light” unit for use on a level crossing.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10041 Requirement Specification for an IECC System Monitor Terminal Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 99
This document specifies the requirements for an IECC System Monitor (ISM) Terminal. This terminal is a replacement for the Lynwood J500 which
is now obsolete and no longer available for purchase.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/10059 Non-intrusive Earth Leakage Test Adapter for Reed FDM Systems
Issue 1; Aug 98
This standard specifies the requirements for the non-intrusive FDM earth leakage adapter. The adapter allows a standard multi-meter to be adapted
to allow it to measure the cable resistance to earth of the FDM system. Existing instruments for measuring the resistance pose the hazard of
generating an interfering signal through its power supply and can therefore not be used on a live system.
Price Band: C
RT/E/S/10065 Requirement Specification for a Barrier Operation Relay for L.C. Barriers Replaces
Issue 1; Feb 99
This specification identifies the requirements for a barrier operation relay (24V dc working) for controlling level crossing barriers.
Price Band: D
RT/SRS/01 Requirement for Powered Point Operating Equipment Issue 2; Dec 01 Replaces
RT/SRS/01 Iss 1; Aug 00
This company specification details the functional, physical, interface, performance and safety requirements for point operating equipment.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Level 2
NR/L2/SIG/10013 Investigation of Signalling Equipment Issue 3; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/10013
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard defines the requirements for authorising the technical investigation of signalling equipment on Network Rail infrastructure or property,
undertaking the investigation, and distributing Investigation Reports.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/10016 Requirements for an Asset Maintenance Process Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/10016
Iss 3; Aug 08
To define the requirements for an asset maintenance process for Network Rail’s infrastructure assets to consistently operate within required safety,
business and technical parameters.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/SIG/10027 Surveillance of Signal Engineering Activities Issue 3; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/10027
Iss 2; Mar 10
This standard sets out the principles and methods for the surveillance of signal engineering activities. This aim will be achieved by; Applying a
regime of staff surveillance thereby checking that the signal engineering competence of those working on the signalling infrastructure are regularly
monitored.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/SIG/10028 Inspection of Signal Engineering Maintenance Assets Compliance Replaces

Issue 6; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/10028
Iss 5; Jun 10
This standard sets out the principles and methods for the inspection of signal engineering maintenance assets by applying a regime of signal
equipment inspection thereby confirming that the signalling infrastructure is fit for purpose and conforms with the conditions of its approval and
design.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/10047 Management of Safety Related Reports for Signalling Compliance Replaces

Failures Issue 15; Jun 12 16/09/12 NR/L2/SIG/10047
Iss 14; Sep 11
This document describes the Network Rail Company arrangements for a unified national system of classification and review of safety related failures
of signalling equipment and services, owned by Network Rail or provided by third parties for railway operational purposes.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/10064 General Instructions to Staff Working on S & T Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L3/SIG/10064
Iss 3; Jun 10
General Instructions to Staff Working on S&T Equipment (NR/GI) are part of NR/L3/SIG/10064 which contains information useful to staff undertaking
preventative and corrective maintenance on signalling equipment
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/SIG/10072 Special Inspection Notices (SINS) Issue 6; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

04/12/09 NR/L2/SIG/10072
Iss 5; Sep 09
This standard specifies a process where defects in infrastructure and equipment that can present a hazard can be identified, and where mitigating
measures and actions can be put in place in a timescale commensurate with the risk to obviate similar defects elsewhere on the network
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/10157 Signal Sighting Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 RT/E/S/10157 Iss 1; Feb 04
This specification details how signal sighting shall be undertaken, so that signals are placed in the best position possible, subject to the constraints
of legal requirements, Railway Group and Network Rail Company standards.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2SIG/10160 Signal Engineering: Implementation of IRSE Licensing Compliance Replaces

Scheme - the Route to Competence Issue 2; Sep 11 03/09/11 RT/E/P/10160 Iss 1; Apr 04
This standard sets out the requirement for the mandatory application of the IRSE Licensing Scheme to Network Rail’s own engineers and
technicians as well as those of its contractors and/or consultants.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/10173 TPWS – Track Sub-system Installation Requirements Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/E/S/10173 Iss 3; Apr 04
This specification has been prepared to define the detailed requirements for installation of the track sub-system equipment associated with the Train
Protection and Warning System (TPWS).
Price Band: F
NR/L2/SIG/10660 Implementation of Signalling Maintenance Specifications Compliance Replaces

Issue 8; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/10660
Iss 7; Aug 08
This specification mandates the use of the ‘Signal Maintenance Specification’ and introduces the series.
Price Band: B
NR/SIG/10661 Signalling Maintenance Task Intervals Issue 13; Sep 14 Compliance Replaces
07/03/15 NR/SIG/10661 Iss 12; Mar 13
This specification defines the maximum and normal intervals currently applicable to signalling maintenance tasks. It includes the assessment criteria
and frequencies of reliability centred maintenance of signalling equipment regimes. It also details the intervals, work instructions and risk
categorisation criteria for Risk Based Maintenance.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/10662 Process for the Implementation of New or Revised Compliance Replaces

Maintenance Regimes Using Reliability Centred Maintenance 04/05/15 NR/L2/SIG/10662
Iss 6; Sep 11
Issue 7; Feb 14
This standard specifies the minimum requirements for the development and implementation of new or revised maintenance regimes developed
using Reliability Centred Maintenance analysis techniques.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/11010 Management of Signalling and Communication Systems Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/11010
Iss 2; Aug 08
The purpose of this standard determines that the managerial responsibility for train control and communications systems is not divided in any way
which increases risk.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/SIG/11107 Silver Migration Issue 4; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

03/12/11 NR/L2/SIG/11107
Iss 3; Dec 11
Silver Migration can lead to wrong side failures. This standard specifies:
a) The required inspection regime
b) Remedial actions to be taken
c) Competence for staff undertaking inspections
The high risk conditions are also described.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/11120 Process for Management of Signal Engineering Technical Compliance Replaces

Instructions and Notice Boards Issue 10; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/E/P/11120 Iss 9; Feb 05
This standard details the process for managing the production of information that is specific to signal engineering and needs to be published quickly
to facilitate safe working and good practice.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIG/11129 Life Management of Signalling Relays, Searchlight and Compliance Replaces

Banner Signals Issue 6; Sep 11 30/09/2014 NR/L2/SIG/11129
Iss 5; Aug 08
This standard details the requirement to control the risks presented by failures of signalling relays and electromechanical searchlight and banner
signal mechanisms. The aim of life management, as it relates to signalling relays, searchlight and banner signals performing safety critical or safety
related functions, is to check that equipment continues to operate within its specified parameters. Relay replacement /servicing shall be considered
as part of the renewals programme as it is a life extension activity. However, some applications will require periodic maintenance servicing of
particular relays to demonstrate safety.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/11201 Signalling Design Handbook Issue 10; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces

05/09/15 NR/L2/SIG/11201
Iss 9; Sep 14
This standard, sets out mandatory requirements and mandates standards for the production of signalling design detail to support:
a) safe development and design of new and altered signalling systems impacting on Network Rail controlled infrastructure;
b) safe interfaces between all parties and systems;
c) design details are prepared and presented clearly, accurately, consistently and unambiguously; and
d) client’s specified requirements are met and the design is fit for purpose
NEW: Module X39 – Overlay Miniature Stop Light arrangements
Price Band: F This is a modular standard, please see Appendix H for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/11213 Signalling Cable Equivalent Sizes Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 RT/E/C/11213 Iss 1; Aug 00
This standard authorises the use of cables to NR/L2/SIG/00005 or GS/ES0872 as alternatives to BR 872 and older imperial sized cables which are
shown on the design record. This is in order to eliminate the need to specially order obsolete types of cable where there is an equivalent in the
current NR/L2/SIG/00005 range.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/SIG/11400 HPSS Handbook Issue 6; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

01/12/12 RT/E/C/11400 Iss 5; Dec 10
This Level 2 standard mandates the application of the sections of the HPSS Handbook which is intended to provide instruction and guidance to
signalling designers, installers, maintainers and trainers on the application of HPSS on Network Rail Infrastructure. Inclusion of documentation
(including those issued by IAD Rail Systems) within this Handbook authorises it for use on Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/11630 BR930 Series Pin Code Allocations and Contact Compliance Replaces
Arrangements Issue 13; Dec 11 04/06/11 NR/L2/SIG/11630
Iss 12; Jun 11
The purpose of this standard is to control the allocation of Pin Codes and Arrangements.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/SIG/11655 Management of Cable & Wire Degradation Issue 3; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L2/SIG/11655
Iss 2; Aug 08
The safety integrity of the signalling system is at risk if cable/wire insulation is allowed to degrade. This standard specifies:
• The requirements for inspections
• The precautions to be taken during inspections
• Constraints to be placed on work where degradation is detected, and
• Action to be taken to remove degraded wiring/installations.
When the insulation degrades, the inner conductor can become exposed and come into contact with other exposed wires and terminals. The risks
are that:
• Contacts are bypassed in a circuit
• Circuits are falsely energised
• Electrical shock, especially when carrying out hand tracing.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIG/11704 Signalling Requirements for the Application Design & Compliance Replaces
Management of Points Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/11704
Iss 2; Jun 10
This standard defines the signalling requirements for the application design and management of points used on Network Rail controlled
infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/11774 Clamp Lock Handbook Issue 3; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 RT/E/C/11774 Iss 2; Feb 03
This Level 2 standard has been updated and mandates the application of the Clamp Lock Handbook. It is intended to provide instruction and
guidance on the application of the Rail Clamp Point Lock on Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/SIG/13251 Signalling Infrastructure Condition Assessment (SICA) Compliance Replaces

Handbook Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/E/P/13251 Iss 2; Feb 05
The purpose of this specification is to define the arrangements for the management of signalling infrastructure condition assessments, undertaking
SICA assessments and using the SICA model.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/14201 Prevention and Mitigation of Overruns – Risk Assessment of Compliance Replaces

Signals Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 RT/E/P/14201 Iss 1; Apr 03
This Level 2 document sets out the process and tools that Network Rail shall use to comply with the Railway Group Standard GI/RT7006,
Prevention and Mitigation of Overruns – Risk Assessment, and its associated Guidance Note GI/GN7606.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/17002 SSI Applications Manual Contents Issue 24; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
01/12/12 NR/L2/SIG/17002
Iss 23; Mar 12
The SSI Applications Manual provides requirements and guidance, to support Solid State Interlocking (SSI) installation onto Network Rail’s
signalling infrastructure.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular standard, please see Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/19608 Level Crossing Asset Inspection and Implementation of Compliance Replaces

Minimum Action Codes Issue 7; May 14 06/09/14 NR/L2/SIG/19608
Iss 6; Jun 11
This document provides Level Crossing Managers (LCMs) and Delivery Unit staff, see RACI in clause 4, with acceptable means of compliance for
the inspection of level crossing assets.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/19609 Requirements for Colour Light Junction Signalling Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Oct 07 01/01/08 BP 5400 Iss 1; Dec 13
With changes in driving techniques and the need for more intensive use of the network, the rules for signalling junctions have changed and
developed. With the object of “one railway, one way” this standard lays down the principles to be followed and states how GK/RT0031 and
GK/RT0032 should be interpreted in the light of various national derogations.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/19803 Signalling Scope of Work for Switch and Crossing Renewal Compliance Replaces
Projects Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/SIG/19803
Iss 1; Dec 06
This Level 2 document provides clarity of what signalling should be included within the track budget for S&C work and ensures a consistent
approach.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIG/19807 Prioritisation of Signal Engineering Equipment Defects Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 10 04/09/10 NR/L2/SIG/19807
Iss 2; Aug 07
This Level 2 document provides uniform guidance for prioritising signal engineering defects (i.e. work arising from signalling maintenance activities
or asset inspection where the task cannot be undertaken at the time it was indentified.)
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30003 Engineering Assurance Arrangements for Signalling Compliance Replaces

Engineering Schemes and Services Issue 1; Jun 11 03/09/11 New at Issue 80
This document describes the engineering assurance processes for changes to Signalling Infrastructure or changes to other parts of the railway
infrastructure which may impact on the continued safe operation of the signalling system.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/30004 CAD Cell Library Issue 2; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces

05/06/10 NR/L2/SIG/30004
Iss 1; Dec 07
This document, in support of Company standard NR/SP/SIG/11201, “Signalling design: production”, defines the symbols, nomenclature and
presentation for use on all CAD signalling circuit diagrams to ensure that the correct information is always conveyed without ambiguity. It specifies
the characteristics of the cells and the process for requesting additions and changes to the library.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/30009 Signalling Principles Handbook Issue 10; Mar 15 Compliance Replaces

06/06/15 NR/L2/SIG/30009
Iss 9; Sep 14
This standard mandates the application of the sections of the Signalling Principles Handbook which is intended to provide instruction and guidance
to signalling designers, testers and operators on the application of signalling principles on Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: C This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/30010 Tracklink 2/HSD2000 Platform Identification Beacon System Compliance Replaces

(PIBS) For Selective Door Operation (SDO) Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
The purpose of this standard is to define Network Rail’s role in the operation of the Platform Identification Beacon System (PIBS) that works in
conjunction with the “base SDO system” on Class 377 Electric Multiple Units, which, in turn, is based on Global Positioning System (GPS)
technology.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30014 Signalling Works Testing Handbook Issue 11; Sep 14 Compliance Replaces
07/03/15 NR/L2/SIG/30014
Iss 10; Dec 12
This Level 2 standard mandates the application of the sections of the Signalling Works Testing Handbook which provides instruction and guidance
to signalling works testers on the mandatory procedures and process controls so that new signalling installations, and alterations to existing
installations, are independently tested in a manner that confirms:
• Compliance with the project Concept Design and Engineering Details, and fitness for purpose before the signalling system is offered for entry
into service.
This handbook also, as far as practicable, specifies consistent procedures and process controls are consistent across Network Rail Infrastructure.
The Signalling Works Testing Handbook has been created to collate together all the documents describing the procedures and process controls for
signal works testing, and to remove the need for signal works testing related Technical Instructions.
Price Band: D This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/30015 Specification for Station, Footpath, Bridleway, and User Compliance Replaces
Worked Level Crossings Issue 1; Mar 10 05/06/10 New at Issue 75
This specification provides the preferred layouts for renewal of crossings as defined in the Scope, and is applicable to new crossings or those assets
that are to be renewed during maintenance works. The standard guides the installer/maintainer on how to position equipment based on regulation
and the latest human factors research.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIG/30017 Requirements for Level Crossings Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L2/SIG/30017
Iss 1; Sep 09
This document mandates the requirements for the design, construction, inspection, maintenance, operation and decommissioning of level crossings.
NR/L2/SIG/30019 Process for Closing or Downgrading Public Level Crossings Compliance Replaces
The purpose of yjis standard is to define the process for public level crossing closure or downgrade through provision of all relevant information and
formal consultation of interested parties. This will enable the provision of an accurate remit for the renewal, closure or reclassification of public level
crossings.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/SIG/30021 Alterations to Authorised Line Speeds Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/03/11 NR/L2/SIG/30021
Iss 1; Aug 08
The purpose of this standard is to set out the process requirements prior to making alterations to Authorised Line Speeds. The aim is to provide a
consistent means of managing such changes so that the risk to passengers, the workforce and public is reduced so far as is reasonably practicable.
It also defines the documentation to be produced and retained of the considerations made and decisions taken in the process.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30027 Product Specification - Plug Couplers for Connection of Compliance Replaces

Cables to Lineside Signalling Equipment Issue 2; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/SIG/30027
Iss 1; Sep 09
This specification has been created to identify a standardised family of accepted plug coupler products that can be selected for use on future
signalling schemes.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/30035 Signalling Scheme Plan Technical Approval Process Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L2/SIG/30035
Iss 2; Sep 11
This Document defines the Review and Sign Off process to be adopted in respect of all Signalling Scheme Plans that make alterations or otherwise
impact on the functionality of signalling installations on Network Rail Managed infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30036 Intelligent Infrastructure Management - Data Logging Compliance Replaces

Specification Issue 1; Jun 09 RT/E/P/11305 Iss 1; Feb 03
RT/E/S/11304 Iss 1; Feb 03
This standard for data logging, which replaces both NR/SP/SIG/11304 and NR/SP/SIG/11305, addresses existing Non-Compliances pending
standards change, and includes the required interface for the Network Rail Data Management System
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30050 Signalling Power Circuit Principles Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

This standard states the requirements on designers, suppliers, installers and testers of functional signalling power supply circuits and equipment.
Additionally it identifies the need for the designer of the functional circuits to agree load requirements and protection arrangements with the designer
of the distribution system.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIG/30060 Product Specification for AzLM Axle Counter Cable Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Mar 12 02/06/12 NR/L2/SIG/30060
Iss 2; Sep 11
The aim of this standard is to clearly define to cable manufacturers the construction and performance requirements for AzLM Axle Counter cable.
Manufacturers should therefore submit evidence intended to demonstrate compliance with this standard when seeking Network Rail Product
Acceptance. It also provides background information to Signalling Designers, Signalling Installers and Signalling Maintainers.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIG/30070 Signalling of Modular Switch and Crossing Renewals Compliance Replaces

This standard details the signalling processes to be followed when planning and implementing a switch and crossing renewal using the
prefabricated, modular techniques.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30080 Axle Counter System – Operational and safety principles Compliance Replaces
NR/SP/SIG/10129
Iss 2; Apr 06
This standard details the operational rules and safety principles for axle counter systems including the methods of reset following failure, provisions
for engineering work and for trains which may fail to count correctly. The standard includes details of the core functionality to enable signallers to
fulfil their responsibilities and identifies the core procedural steps to be enforced by the systems.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/SIG/30081 Axle Counter System Design Principles & Generic Compliance Replaces
Application Rules Issue 1; Sep 09 05/12/09 New at Issue 73
NR/SP/SIG/10129
Iss 2; Apr 06
NR/GN/SIG11900
Iss 1; Apr 06
NR/GN/SIG11901
Iss 1; Apr 06
This standard details Network Rail’s generic application rules for axle counter systems and the fundamental design principles to be adopted. This
standard relates to the physical attributes that the system should have and technical application of various systems.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/SIG/30097/001 Modular Signalling Handbook Issue 3; Jun 14 Compliance Replaces

01/06/14 NR/L2/SIG/30097
Iss 2: Jun 12
This Level 2 standard introduces Modular Signalling and mandates use of module NR/L2/SIG/30097/001 Modular Signalling Handbook when
developing and implementing a Modular Signalling Scheme.
Price Band: D This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/30099 Mechanical Locking Handbook Issue 1; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

01/12/12 NR/L3/SIG/SG0190
Iss 2; Sep 11
The purpose of this Handbook is to consolidate processes and requirements relating to the maintenance and overhaul of mechanical signalling
equipment into one place. These processes and requirements are currently contained in various standards and some requirements have yet to
published in an appropriate document.
Price Band: B This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/SIG/50010 Methodology for the Demonstration of Electrical Compliance Replaces

Compatibility with Train Detection System in use on Non- 26/08/08 NR/L2/SIG/50010
Electrified Lines Issue 2; Aug 08 Iss 1; Dec 07
The methodologies provided in these documents apply to rolling stock manufacturers and infrastructure maintenance project managers, who are
providing the EMC safety case with respective parts of Network Rail controlled infrastructure as part of the acceptance process.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/SIG/50019 Control of the Issue of S & T Keys from Unipart Rail Compliance Replaces
Issue 4; Mar 12 03/03/12 NR/L2/SIG/50019
Iss 3; Sep 10
To explain the agreed process between Network Rail and Unipart Rail for control of S&T key issue.
To control the issue of S&T keys allowing access to operational signalling and telecoms equipment so that only competent people can access sites
and minimise risk to the operational railway.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIGELP/27408 Product Specification for Signalling Power Distribution Compliance Replaces

Cables Issue 6; Jun 15 06/06/16 NR/L2/ELP/27408
Iss 1; Dec 11
This specification defines cable construction and performance requirements for Signalling Power Distribution Cables to be used in Railway
Signalling Systems.
This new standard was developed as part of a new suite of documentation in response to ORR improvement notices with regards to maintenance
and management of 650V Signalling Power Supplies.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIGELP/27409 Product Specification for Functional Supply Points (FSP) Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Jun 15 06/06/15 NR/L2/ELP/27409
Iss 1; Dec 11
This Specification details the requirements for the design, supply, installation and testing of Class I and Class II Functional Supply Point (FSP)
Switchgear Assemblies for use within Signalling Power Distribution systems.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIGELP/27410 Specification for Class II based Signalling Power Compliance Replaces

Distribution Systems Issue 2; Jun 15 06/06/15 NR/L2/ELP/27410
Iss 1; Dec 11
This document specifies the requirements for the design, installation, and testing of Class II Based Signalling Power Distribution Systems on
Network Rail managed Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/SIGELP/27419 Product Specification for Distribution Interface Transformer Compliance Replaces

Assemblies (DITA) for Signalling Power Distribution 06/06/15 New at Issue 96
Systems Issue 1; Jun 15
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/SIGELP/27421 Product Specification - Flexible Conduits for Class II Based Compliance Replaces
Signalling Power Distribution Systems Issue 1, Jun 15 06/06/15 New at Issue 96
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/SIGELP/27422 Product Specification - Cable Glands for use in Class II Compliance Replaces
Based Signalling Power Distribution Systems 06/06/15 New at Issue 96
Issue 1, Jun 15
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/SIGELP/30007 Product Specification for Power Transformers for Signalling Compliance Replaces
Systems Issue 3; Jun 15 06/06/15 NR/L2/SIG/30007
Iss 2; Dec 11
This specification defines the requirements for Signalling Functional Supply Point (FSP) Isolating Transformers. The primary function of this
specification is to clearly define to manufacturers the minimum performance requirements that need to be achieved for Product Acceptance to be
considered. The secondary function of this specification is to provide background information to Electrical Power Designers, Signalling Designers,
Signalling Installers and Signalling Maintainers.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/SIGELP/50000 Working on or near 650V Signalling Power Supplies Compliance Replaces

Issue 1, Jun 15 06/06/16 New at Issue 96
Price Band: Phone
Level 3
NR/L3/SIG/0010 Signal Asset Inspection Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/SIG/0010 Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard provides definitive checklists for staff who undertake signal asset inspections. This is to support engineering standard NR/L2/
SIG/10028 and maintenance procedures NR/L3/SIG/SG0125
Price Band: D
NR/L3/SIG/10046 SINCS (Signalling) For Network Rail Fault Management Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Mar 11 29/05/11 NR/GN/SIG/18301
Iss 2; Aug 08
NR/L3/SIG/SG0165
Iss 2; Aug 07
To provide a consistent method of data entry to SINCS. Records should be
• Accurate
• Auditable
• Cross referenced to other documentation.
Complete and that it addresses both immediate and underlying deficiencies.
This supports Railway Group Standard GE/RT8106 – Management of Safety Related Control, Command and Signalling (CCS) System Failures
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIG/10120 Automated Route Setting Specification Issue 1; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this product specification is to define the system requirements and operating rules for Automatic Route Setting in conjunction with
VDU control systems
Price Band: D
NR/SIG/10663 Signal Maintenance Specifications (SMS) Issue 5; Sep 14 Compliance Replaces

07/03/2015 NR/SIG/10663 Iss 4; Mar 13
This L3 document contains the Network Rail Signal Maintenance Specifications (NR/SMS) that are the default maintenance regime for signalling
assets on Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: D This is a modular document. Please phone for module details, availability and prices
NR/SIG/10665 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment Compliance Replaces

(ROSE) Issue 12; Sep 14 06/12/14 NR/SIG/10665 Iss 11; Dec 13
This document contains the Network Rail ROSE Signal Maintenance Specifications (NR/ROSE) that have been produced as an alternative to the
default maintenance regime for Signalling assets on Network Rail infrastructure.
NR/SIG/11231 Signalling Maintenance Testing Handbook (NR/SMTH) Compliance Replaces

Issue 8; Sep 14 07/03/15 NR/SIG/11231 Iss 7; Mar 13
To provide a mandated maintenance testing regime for the replacement or installation of signalling assets that do not affect the application logic of
the system or the controls of the system that have previously been tested to signal works testing specifications
Price Band: D This is a modular document. Please phone for module details, availability and prices
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/SIG/11303 Signalling Installation Issue 6; Mar 12 Compliance Replaces

03/03/12 NR/L3/SIG/11303
Iss 5; Sep 11
This standard requires that any installation of signalling equipment on Network Rail Managed Infrastructure provides:
• An operationally safe installation of new or altered systems and equipment, with safe interfaces between systems;
• That safe methods of work are adopted, with safe interfaces between all parties involved or affected;
• A correct and consistent interpretation of design detail;
• A neat and tidy appearance;
• Compliance with the client’s specified requirements, so that the installation is dependable, fit for purpose and free from defect;
• Adequate testability; and
• Safe and easy maintenance.
Price Band: E This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L3/SIG/11761 Handbook for EBI Track 200 Style TI21 Audio Frequency Compliance Replaces
Track Circuit Issue 3; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L3/SIG/11761
Iss 2; Dec 10
This Handbook mandates Network Rail best practice in respect of EBI Track 200 Audio frequency track circuit, previously known as TI21, in order to
achieve the requirements of NR/SP/SIG/11752.
NR/L3/SIG/19102 Advanced SSI Go/No-Go Tester Specification Issue 1; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
This document is the Network Rail Specification for a second-generation SSI (Solid State Interlocking) Go/No-Go Tester.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/SIG/19272 Signalling Equipment Workshop Engineering Notice Compliance Replaces

(SIGWEN021) Signalling Relays Issue 5; Jun 11 04/06/11 NR/L3/SIG/19272
Iss 4; Dec 10
This standard has been prepared to advise manufacturers, repair and service agents about problems affecting railway signalling relays used on
Network Rail’s Signalling Infrastructure. The methods and processes used to satisfy the requirements of this standard should be detailed within the
manufacturers and/or service agents documented procedures, as applicable.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/SIG/19808 Hy-Drive Supplementary Point Drive System Issue 3; Aug 14 Compliance Replaces
30/09/14 NR/GN/SIG/19808
Iss 2; Sep 11
The contents of this standard provide information on how to install and set-up Hy-Drive Supplementary Point Drive System when used on Network
Rail controlled Infrastructure.
This standard will produce the relevant guidance and mandatory information to supports the installation and maintenance of the Hy-Drive
Supplementary Point Drive System. Information published within NR/SIN/118 to mitigate the risk of flange contact with the Break-Out Device is
contained within this document.
The Hy-drive Supplementary Point Drive System now has two designs known as MkI and MkII. This Work Instruction explains the key changes that
were introduced in 2014 as part of the MkII design.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/SIG/19810 Signal Engineering Involvement in Civil Engineering Work Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/WI/SIG/19810
Iss E1; Feb 07
This standard is to check that signal engineering resources are coordinated in support of civil and permanent way engineering work for maintenance
and minor renewals.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/SIG/20047 Management of Safety Related Reports for Signalling Compliance Replaces

Failures Appendix Issue 1; Jun 12 16/09/12 New at Issue 84
This document contains the hazard index system and the MCF (Monitored common failures) of safety related failures of signalling equipment and
services, owned by Network Rail or provided by third parties for railway operational purposes.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/SIG/30011 Signalling Equipment Support Specification Issue 1; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

This standard specifies the minimum support levels to be provided under contract for the principal categories of signalling equipment. The service
levels are defined for the required support tasks to ensure consistency across all signalling support contracts.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/SIG/30051 Signalling Functional Power Loads Data Management Compliance Replaces

This document describes the processes that shall be used to capture and update electrical characteristic data related to signalling products for the
signalling functional power loads database. This procedure supports Network Rail standard NR/L2/SIG/30050 and applies to all signalling electrical
products that have product approval certification or have been submitted for approval.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/30071 Specification For Point Interface Location Issue 1; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces
The Point Interface Location is a concept to enable a new point operating equipment to be connected to the existing control location with minimal
alteration to the existing circuitry and power supplies.
This specification describes:-
• the interfaces required for the new point operating equipment,
• the interfaces required for connection to the existing control circuitry (and how those interfaces may be configured) and
• the facilities provided for maintenance.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/30075 Production of Non-Conceptual Signalling Design Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Mar 12 02/06/12 NR/L3/SIG/30075 Iss1; Mar 10
This standard defines an appropriate design production and management process for:-
• Campaign changes,
• Equipment upgrades,
• Emergency works,
• Recovery of redundant trackside assets.
The design may be based on site records rather than source records where appropriate. This standard allows the design to be produced and
checked by competent staff within a maintenance or minor projects organisation.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/SIG/30082 Axle Counter System Handbook Issue 2; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

05/03/11 NR/L3/SIG/30082
Iss 1; Mar 10
This handbook defines requirements and provides guidance to those involved with axle counter systems for use on Network Rail infrastructure. It
has been produced following lessons learnt from a number of applications.
Price Band: Phone This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
NR/L3/SIG/31655 Inspection of Cable & Wire Degradation Issue 1; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
03/12/11 NR/L3/SIG/SG0059
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard describes how an inspection of signalling cabling and wiring is to be undertaken to identify signs of degradation When the insulation
degrades, the inner conductor may become exposed and come into contact with other exposed wires and terminals. The risks are that:
• Contacts are bypassed in a circuit
• Introduction of connections between different circuits The other risk being to staff is of electrical
Price Band: Phone This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix J for availability and prices of modules
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/SIG/MG0110 Imposition and Removal of Emergency and Temporary Speed Compliance Replaces
Restrictions Issue 3; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L3/SIG/MG0110
Iss 2; Aug 08
This procedure details the process for the imposition and subsequent removal of emergency and temporary speed restrictions by maintenance staff
on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0053 Preventative Maintenance of Signalling Assets Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L3/SIG/SG0053
Iss 2; Aug 08
This procedure details the roles and responsibilities in the planning of all routine preventative maintenance activities on signalling assets to fit in with
the national planning process and timescales as detailed in NR/PRC/MTC/PL0056.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0054 Corrective Maintenance of Signalling Assets Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0054
Iss 2; Apr 07
The purpose of this document is to define the process for corrective maintenance of Network Rail signalling assets.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0057 Management of Signal Relay Reservicing Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0057
Iss 1; Jun 07
This procedure details the responsibilities for establishing and maintaining a signal relay reservicing database along with a relay reservicing
programme.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIG/SG0058 Management of Defective Cables Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/SIG/SG0058
Iss 1; Sep 08
The purpose of this procedure is to define the specific responsibilities of maintenance staff for the diversion of working circuits following identification
of one or more faulty cable cores, and the associated testing and monitoring of cables.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIG/SG0065 Management of Disconnections that Affect Signalling Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0065
Iss 1; Jun 07
This procedure details the roles and responsibilities for the disconnection of signalling equipment for preventative or corrective maintenance, minor
renewals, or safety that will or may affect the normal running of trains.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0079 Signalling Responsibilities for S&C Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 10 04/09/10 NR/L3/SIG/SG0079
Iss 2; Aug 08
This document defines the additional signalling procedures for S&C inspection and maintenance over and above that detailed in NR/L3/SIG/
SG0053 (preventative maintenance of signalling assets) and NR/L3/SIG/SG0054 (corrective maintenance of signalling assets).
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0093 Signalling Equipment Affected by Emergency and Temporary Compliance Replaces

Speed Restrictions Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG009
Iss 1; Jun 07
This procedure details the process for situations where the imposition of an emergency or temporary speed restriction will result in existing signalling
warning equipment (e.g. automatic warning systems or automatic train protection) giving contrary or misleading indications to the driver of an
approaching train to that of the warning system associated with the speed restriction.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/SIG/SG0108 Signalling Maintenance Vehicle Stock Check and Compliance Replaces

Replenishment Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0108
Iss 1
This document details the process for routinely checking signalling maintenance rapid response vehicles of all types for minimum spares holding,
and that stock shortages are replenished from local minor stocking points.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0111 Design of Emergency and Temporary Speed Restrictions Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L3/SIG/SG0111
Iss 2; Aug 08
This procedure identifies the process and allocates responsibilities for the design of both emergency and temporary speed restriction that are
requested by maintenance.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0125 Signalling Asset Inspections Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0125
Iss 1; Feb 07
This document details the process to ensure that signalling asset inspections are carried out according to the Network Rail specification
NR/SP/SIG/10028.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0126 Surveillance of Staff Undertaking Signal Maintenance Compliance Replaces

Activities Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0126
Iss 1; Feb 07
This document details the process to ensure that surveillance of signalling staff who undertake preventative or corrective maintenance to signalling
equipment on Network Rail infrastructure is carried out according to the Network Rail specification NR/SP/SIG/10028.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0138 Management of Signalling Wrong Side Failures Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0138
Iss 1; Apr 07
This document details the process to ensure that the investigation, escalation, rectification, and recording of signalling wrong side failures is
undertaken by maintenance according to Network Rail company specifications NR/SP/SIG/10047 and NR/SP/SIG/11231.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0139 Management of Right On Arrival and Repeat Signal Failures Compliance Replaces
Iss 1; Apr 07
This document details the process to ensure that right on arrival and repeated failures are investigated sufficiently to ensure the fundamental cause
of the failure is found and rectified.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0154 Management of Signalling Defects Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0154
Iss 1; Apr 07
This document details the process to ensure signalling defects that have been found during preventative or corrective maintenance and cannot be
corrected at the time of their discovery are entered on the Ellipse system and are managed to conclusion according to the engineering standard
NR/SP/SIG/19807.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIG/SG0155 Management of Isolation, Re-sets & Restoration On Axle Compliance Replaces

Counter Equipment Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0155
` Iss 1; Jun 07
This document details the procedure for the isolation of axle counter equipment from the interlocking for preventative or corrective maintenance
activities along with the re-set and restoration of the equipment back to the interlocking.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/SIG/SG0162 Management of Signalling Maintenance Diagrams Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Jun 07
The purpose of this procedure is to define the methods of control of maintenance diagrams within signalling maintenance. Such controls shall
ensure that the correct issue of diagrams are maintained at the work sites, that amendments are carried out in a controlled manner, and that
obsolete diagrams are removed to avoid inadvertent use.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIG/SG0163 Management of Data from Logging Systems & Event Compliance Replaces
Recorders Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L3/SIG/SG0163
Iss 2; Aug 08
This document details the process of retrieving, checking and storing data from signalling logging systems connected to or part of interlockings,
control systems or control centres. It also covers the process of retrieving, checking and storing data from signalling event recorders that are
permanently or temporarily connected to signalling equipment.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/SIG/SG0166 Management of Operational Signalling Equipment Involved Compliance Replaces

in Wrong Side Failures and Incidents Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/SG0166
Iss 1; Aug 07
This document details the process for the Network Rail signal maintenance function managing operational signalling equipment that has or has
been suspected of causing a wrong side failure or major incident and is required to undergo an independent specialist or technical investigation to
find the fundamental or root cause of the reason for the equipment failing or causing a failure.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/SIGELP/27420 Target Earth Calculation Methodology for Signalling Compliance Replaces

Power Systems Issue 1, Jun 15 06/06/15 New at Issue 96
Price Band: Phone
NR/L3/SIGELP/50001 Working on or near 650V Signalling Power Supplies Compliance Replaces

(Work Instructions Index) Issue 1, Jun 15 06/06/16 New at Issue 96
Price Band: Phone
Work Instructions
NR/WI/SIG/00111 Points General – Supplementary Drives – Mechanical Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Apr 06 01/12/08
This standard gives additional information to supplement and support the information given in RT/E/C/11772, regarding best practice for the
installation and adjustment of mechanically operated supplementary (back) drives.
Price Band: D
RT/E/WI/00100 Risk Based Maintenance – DC Track Circuit Issue 1; Dec 02 Replaces

To detail the maintenance tasks for dc track circuits for the dc track circuit risk based maintenance regime.
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/00102 Network Rail Company Work Instruction Ti21 Track Circuit Risk Based Replaces
Maintenance Issue 3; Aug 04 RT/E/WI/00102 Iss 2; Feb 04
To detail the maintenance tasks for the TI21 track circuit risk based maintenance regime.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/WI/00104 Network Rail Company Work Instruction TPWS Risk Based Maintenance Replaces
Issue 2; Aug 04 RT/E/WI/00104 Iss 1; Dec 03
To detail the maintenance tasks for the TPWS Track Subsystem risk based maintenance regime.
Price Band: D
RT/E/WI/00105 AzLM Axle Counter System Risk Based Maintenance Issue 2; Aug 04 Replaces
To detail the maintenance tasks required for the AzLM Axle counter system risk-based maintenance regime.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/00013 Guidance For Consideration of TPWS During Railway Engineering Activities Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 02
This guidance note gives advice to those engaged in various activities on the treatment of TPWS and the precautions they should take in respect of
TPWS.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/SIG/02022 Requirements for TASS Infrastructure – System Description Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces
RT/E/C/02022 Iss 1; Dec 03
This guidance note describes the Tilt Authorisation And Speed Supervision (TASS) system developed to deliver the principal requirements of
Railway Group standards GE/RT8012 “Controlling the speed of tilting trains through curves” and GE/RT8019 “Tilting trains: controlling tilt systems to
maintain clearances”.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/02025 Guidance for Consideration of TASS Balises During Railway Engineering Replaces
Activities Issue 2; Dec 05 RT/E/G/02025 Iss 1; Dec 03
This guidance note gives advice to those engaged in various engineering activities on the treatment of the TASS system and the precautions they
should take in respect of it.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/SIG/10099 Risk Based Maintenance – Implementation Guidance Issue 2; Aug 08 Replaces

RT/E/C/10099 Iss 1; Dec 02
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance for the implementation of risk based maintenance regimes.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/SIG/10670 ROSE Project – Implementation Guide Issue 2; Mar 11 Replaces

NR/GN/SIG/10670
Iss 1; Sep 08
These guidance notes expand upon the implementation process defined in NR/SP/SIG/10662
Price Band: B
NR/GN/SIG/11725 Alstom SO Hydraulic Supplementary Point Drive System - Signalling Works Replaces
Testing Issue 1; Feb 07
The contents of this document are of relevance to all who are engaged in, or manage Signalling Works Testing on Network Rail controlled
infrastructure that includes Alstom SO Hydraulic Supplementary Point Drive System.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/SIG/14202 Prevention and Mitigation of Overruns – Risk Assessment of Signals Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 RT/E/G/14202 Iss 1; Apr 03
This Guidance Note has been produced to ensure Network Rail complies with RGS GI/RT7006 Prevention and Mitigation of Overuns - Risk
Assessment and to provide guidance to users of Company Procedure NR/L2/SIG/14201 Prevention and Mitigation of Overruns - Risk Assessment
of Signals.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/SIG/17901 SSI Configuration Guide Issue 4; Jun 12 Replaces

RT/E/C/17901 Iss 3; Oct 99
This document is a guide to the permitted configurations of SSI hardware, as in use by Network Rail.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/SIG/17902 SSI Program and Data Problems Issue 5; Mar 09 Replaces

RT/E/C/17902 Iss 4; Dec 04
This Guidance Note describes installed program and site specific data problems that have occurred with Solid State Interlocking (SSI) equipment,
and been notified to Network Rail. The guidance includes a description of the problem, and states where to find information in Standards to prevent
re-occurrence.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/SIG/17903 SSI Hardware Problems Issue 4; Mar 11 Replaces

RT/E/C/17903 Iss 3; Dec 04
This Guidance Note summarises significant SSI hardware problems that have been identified on Network Rail infrastructure as a result of technical
investigation, and the resultant changes made. It supersedes RT/E/C/17903 Issue 3. This information will be useful to those wishing to fully
understand the reasoning behind a particular change to SSI equipment or its application.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/SIG/19002 WRSL – Style 63 Point Machine (SIGTAN 002) Issue 3; Jun 07 Replaces
RT/E/C/19002 Iss 2; Aug 98
This SIGTAN has been prepared to provide advice on significant problems associated with Westinghouse Signals style 63 point machines.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/SIG/19012 SIGTAN012 Cables and Wiring Used for Signalling Systems Issue 4; Aug 08 Replaces
RT/E/C/19012 Iss 3; Feb 01
This Guidance Note provides information relating to cables and wiring insulation, both degradation that has been encountered on Network Rail
Signalling Infrastructure and testing methods. It also contains relevant technical information and the historical background. Some notes on
inspection techniques, alterations to affected wiring and some miscellaneous cable problems are included in the appendices. The purpose of
insulation testing is to detect the deterioration or failure of the insulation of wires, cables and other circuit components. Testing may be by
continuous monitoring or by regular testing depending on the required level of integrity.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/19020 Signalling Relays (SIGTAN020) Issue 7; Sep 11 Replaces

` NR/L3/SIG/19020
Iss 6; Jun 11
This document has been prepared to summarise problems affecting railway signalling relays used on Network Rail’s Signalling Infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/19047 SIGTAN047 Points (General) Issue 3 Aug 08 Replaces

RT/E/C/19047 Iss 2; Dec 02
This code of practice summarises a range of general issues relating to points on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/19053 IECC Technicians Manual Issue 2; Dec 08 Replaces

NR/GN/SIG/19053
Iss 1; Dec 05
This Manual authorises the use of the IECC Technicians Manual for signalling schemes employing Integrated Electronic Control Centre equipment
on Network Rail infrastructure, and lists all documents therein to provide a record of which constituent documents are current and approved for use.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/SIG/19054 SSI Technicians Manual (Parts A, B & C) Issue 2; Dec 09 Replaces

NR/GN/SIG/19054
Iss 1; Dec 05
This document is to provide an updated version of the SSI guidance provided to maintainers, and to eliminate temporary standards such as TIs and
NBs where possible.
Price Band: Phone
NR/GN/SIG/19101 Good Practice Guide - Acic Track Circuit Leaf Fall Detection Unit Replaces
Issue 1; Aug 05
A new standard: to provide guidance on the provision and use of the ACIC track circuit leaf fall detection unit.
Price Band: B
NR/GN/SIG/19800 Bedford - Bletchley: Control and use of VHLC Local Panels Issue 1; Feb 06 Replaces
This document describes the control and operating principles of the Vital Harmon Logic Controller (VHLC) Local Control Panels (LCPs).
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/19801 Sittingbourne - Sheerness: Control and use of VHLC Local Control Panels Replaces
Issue 1; Feb 06
This document describes the control and operating principles of the Vital Harmon Logic Controller (VHLC) Local Control Panels (LCPs).
Price Band: D
NR/GN/SIG/50014 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with Lineside Equipment Replaces
Issue 2; Aug 08 RT/E/G/50014 Iss 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with lineside equipment installed on the ac and dc electrified
railway on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/11711 ERTMS Readiness Issue 1; Jun 03 Replaces

This code of practice details the requirements for the configuration of signalling systems that should be implemented prior to the future introduction
of the ERTMS/ETCS across the Network Rail network. The use of this document will ensure that disruption to the network, costs, risks and rework is
minimised when ERTMS/ETCS is implemented.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/11721 The Verification and Validation of Signalling Interlockings Issue 2; Jun 02 Replaces
RT/E/C/11721 Iss 1; 1 Dec 00
This code of practice, in support of RT/E/S/11221, gives guidance on implementation of control table testing, signal aspect testing and principles
testing.
Price Band: F
RT/E/C/11722 Good Practice Test Certificates and Related Forms Issue 2; Jun 02 Replaces
RT/E/C/11722 Iss 1; Dec 00
This code of practice details the requirements for signalling works test certification.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/11723 Good Practice Check Marking and Recording on Signalling Engineering Replaces
Drawings Issue 2; Aug 02 RT/E/C/11723 Iss 2 Jun 02
This code of practice is produced in support of RT/E/S/11221. It describes a system of testing check marks and recording that will enable a
consistent presentation of such marks and records throughout Network Rail projects.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/C/11724 Signalling Works Test Specifications and Historical Test Value Data Replaces
Issue 1; Jun 02
This code of practice has been produced in support of GK/RT 0209 and company specification RT/E/S/11221. The contents are designed as
examples of test specification content that might be employed to ensure that suitable and sufficient testing has been carried out to infrastructure
products during the process of signalling works testing.
Price Band: E
RT/E/C/11772 Supplementary Point Drives and Detection Issue 1; Apr 01 Replaces

This code of practice contains information which represents current best practice for supplementary point drives and detection developed under
British Rail.
Price Band: E
RT/E/C/11821 Siting Requirements for Lineside Apparatus Housings Issue 1; Aug 00 Replaces
This code of practice defines best practice for the support of, and safe working area around lineside apparatus housings in order to minimise the
risks associated with work on lineside signalling equipment and satisfy Railway Group Standard GK/RT0208, Installation of Signalling and
Operational Telecommunications Equipment, and Line Specification RT/E/S/11303, Requirements for Signalling Installation.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/17904 Risk Analysis of Signalling Relays Issue 1; Aug 04 Replaces

This code of practice defines a process to assess the risks presented by failure of specific applications of signalling control relays. By applying the
process it is possible to determine which relays (if any) may be exempt from routine replacement for a specific interlocking design.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/19008 SIGTAN008 Sangamo/Schlumberger Time Switches Used at Level Crossings Replaces

Issue 2; Oct 00 RT/E/C/19008 Iss 1; Jun 95
An investigation (Technical Investigation Report 94507) into the setting of Sangamo time switches highlighted the lack of information available to
staff relating to the use of these devices. Also, a separate investigation (Technical Investigation Report 94535) into an incident at a level crossing
identified the slow running timer switches, provide advice on their subsequent replacement and to inform staff of the correct application of these
devices.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19010 SIGTAN010 Circuit Controllers Used with BR843 Level Crossing Lifting Replaces
Barriers Issue 1; Jun 96
In 95, Opal Engineering were commissioned to investigate the reliability of circuit controllers used with the BR 843 Standard Mk1 and Mk2 lifting
barriers. The study reported that some re-serviced circuit controllers were not supplied pre-set for installation and recommended that existing stocks
should be examined and any unsuitable circuit controllers withdrawn and not used. This document provides advice on identifying these unsuitable
circuit controllers and also addresses the method for carrying out fine adjustment during installation, when this is made necessary by individual site
conditions.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19014 SIGTAN014 Mechanical Handbook Issue 1; Mar 97 Replaces

This SIGTAN contains a draft copy of the mechanical handbook and is intended as a guidance document only.
Price Band: E
RT/E/C/19015 SIGTAN015 Relay Plugboard Problems Issue 1; Feb 98 Replaces

As a result of an investigation (Technical Investigation report 96626), into the contamination of relay plugboards, this document has been prepared
to give advice on dealing with such contamination. Advice on recognition, contributory factors and preventative measures is also provided.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19016 SIGTAN016 Westinghouse M3 Point Machine Issue 1; Feb 98 Replaces

An investigation (Technical Investigation Report 96508) revealed various Westinghouse M3 point machine problems. This document provides
advice on examining the locking of the main shaft bearing and includes the temporary measures necessary until the point machine can be replaced.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/C/19019 SIGTAN019 Westinghouse Signal Machines Issue 2; Apr 99 Replaces

RT/E/C/19019 Iss 1; Apr 98
Investigations (Technical Investigation Reports 96051 and 98070) into two separate incidents, where signals were stuck in the “off” position due to
jammed signal machines have revealed that on both occasions, some onsite repairs had been carried out and replacement components had been
incorrectly fitted. This document has been prepared to discuss the problems associated with carrying out on-site repairs and recommends that all
repairs (other than those considered to be associated with first line maintenance) and re-servicing are carried out in a controlled workshop
environment by staff who have received specialised craft training.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19023 SIGTAN023 Signal Post Replacement Switches Issue 1; Jun 00 Replaces

This document has been prepared to provide advice on significant problems associated with the signal post replacement Switch.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19024 SIGTAN024 Signalling Control Panels Issue 1; Apr 99 Replaces

This document has been prepared to provide advice on problems affecting equipment/components associated with signalling control panels.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19025 SIGTAN025 Electric Lever Locks and Circuit Controllers Issue 2; Feb 01 Replaces
RT/E/C/19025 Iss 1 Apr 99
This code of practice summarises technical information and advice on problems relating to electric lever locks and circuit controllers that form part of
Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/19026 SIGTAN026 Track Circuit Equipment Issue 1; Dec 99 Replaces

This document has been prepared to provide advice on problems affecting track circuit equipment that forms part of the railway infrastructure
signalling control system.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19030 SIGTAN030 Earth Testing of Bus-bars Issue 1; Oct 00 Replaces

This document has been prepared to provide advice on earth testing of bus-bars.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19032 SIGTAN032 Alignment of Colour Light Signals Issue 1; Oct 00 Replaces

This code of practice details the methods to be used for checking and adjusting the beam alignment of colour light signals, so as to achieve
compliance with Network Rail group standard GK/RT0037 “Signal sighting”, Issue 3.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/19036 SIGTAN036 Test and Measurement Meters Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This document has been prepared to provide advice on significant problems associated with the use of certain models of Fluke® digital multimeters.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19039 SIGTAN039 Signals (General) Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This document summarises a range of general issues relating to signals on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/19040 SIGTAN040 Train Protection Systems Issue 2; Aug 01 Replaces

This code of practice summarises a range of general issues relating to train protection systems on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/19041 SIGTAN041 Battery Cells Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This document summarises a range of general issues relating to cells on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/C/19044 SIGTAN044 Level Crossings Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This code of practice summarises a range of general issues relating to level crossings on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure
Price Band: E
RT/E/C/19045 SIGTAN045 Power Supplies Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This code of practice summarises a range of general issues relating to power supplies on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19046 SIGTAN046 Treadles Issue 1; Feb 01 Replaces

This code of practice summarises a range of general issues relating to treadles on Network Rail’s signalling infrastructure
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19048 SIGTAN048 TPWS Trackside Equipment Issue 1; Apr 03 Replaces

This Code of Practice provides a record of best practice general information relating to the trackside sub-system of the Train Protection and Warning
System (TPWS) used on Network Rail signalling infrastructure, together with relevant technical information
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/19050 SIGTAN050 Western Region Type Barrier Machine Hydraulic Ram – Ram Pin Replaces
Failure Issue 1; Dec 02
This document has been prepared to provide advice on a potential failure mode of level crossing barrier machines manufactured by the former
Western Region. The pins that connect the hydraulic ram to the rear strut of the barrier machine side arms and the bottom fulcrum bracket may not
be compliant with the design specification.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19051 SIGTAN051 GEC FDM Reed Equipment Issue 1; Dec 02 Replaces

The aim of this code of practice is to describe the nature of certain in-service problems that have arisen with GEC reed equipment, the symptoms
manifested, show how they can be avoided and where possible, what remedial action can be taken if these problems are experienced. It also
describes best practice for jointing the transmission line cable used on reed systems.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/19052 SIGTAN052 TPWS in Radio Electronic Token Block (RETB) - Faulting Guidance Replaces
Issue 1; Apr 04
This code of practice provides details of the faulting procedures, or cross-references to other faulting information necessary to locate anomalies in
the operation of the Trackside Radio Control Unit and its associated subsystems, such that a fault can be determined down to the level of a Line
Replaceable Unit.
For further information regarding the Train Protection and Warning System/Radio Electronic Token Block system see RT/E/S/10178.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/19254 SIGWEN003 GEC-GS HW Point Machine Issue 4; Dec 02 Replaces

RT/E/C/19254 Iss 3; Apr 98
This document advises Network Rail’s suppliers who manufacture, repair or service the GEC-GS types HW 1000 and HW 00 point machines of
additional/revised processes to be applied before the equipment is released to the customer. This information is supplementary to manufacturing,
repair or servicing standards.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/19257 SIGWEN006 Smiths Industries Clamp Lock Power Pack Issue 1; Aug 95 Replaces
This document advises Network Rail’s suppliers who manufacture, repair or service the Smiths Industries clamp lock power pack of additional/
revised processes to be applied before the equipment is released to the customer. This information is supplementary to manufacturing, repair or
servicing standards.
Price Band: A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/C/19258 SIGWEN007 BR843 Level Crossing Lifting Barriers Issue 1; Jun 96 Replaces
This document advises Network Rail’s suppliers who manufacture, repair or service BR843 level crossing lifting barriers, including composite
components, of additional/revised processes that need to be applied adopted before the equipment is released to the customer. This information is
supplementary to manufacturing, repair or servicing standards.
Price Band: A
RT/E/C/19259 SIGWEN008 Westinghouse Signal Machines Issue 1; Apr 98 Replaces

This document advises Network Rail’s suppliers who repair or service Westinghouse signal machines of processes that need to be adopted/
amended before the equipment is released for re-use on Network Rail’s infrastructure. This information is supplementary to repair or servicing
standards.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19262 SIGWEN011 BR817 Hydraulic Clamp Lock Power Packs Issue 2; Dec 02 Replaces
This document advises Network Rail’s suppliers who repair or service hydraulic clamp lock power packs to BR817 of processes that need to be
adopted/amended before the equipment is released for re-use on Network Rail’s infrastructure. This information is supplementary to manufacture,
repair or servicing standards.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19265 SIGWEN014 Labelling of Signalling Equipment Issue 1; Jun 03 Replaces

This document advises servicing agents who repair or service signalling equipment of the labelling requirements that should be applied before the
equipment is released for re-use onto Network Rail’s Infrastructure.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/19269 SIGWEN018 GEC FDM Reed Equipment Issue 1; Dec 02 Replaces

The aim of this document is to identify to servicing agents specific additional servicing requirements that are required on GEC FDM reed receiver
amplifiers.
Price Band: B
RT/E/C/50005 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with 50Hz Single Rail Replaces
Track Circuits Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology for the demonstration of electromagnetic compatibility of rolling stock with 50Hz single rail
track circuits installed on Network Rail controlled infrastructure. It is based upon previously accepted safety assessments which were undertaken for
traction and rolling stock thereby allowing them to operate over 50Hz single rail track circuits.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/50007 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with HVI Track Circuits Replaces
Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility of trains with HVI track circuits on the ac and dc railways on
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/50008 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with Replaces

TI 21 Track Circuits Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this procedure is to provide a method for calculating the safe permissible maximum levels of electrical interference that may be
generated by electric trains designed to be used on tracks employing TI 21 track circuits. The procedure lists all of the infrastructure aspects to be
taken into account, characteristics of the TI 21 track circuits and possible failure modes. Worked examples are given for calculating maximum
permissible levels of electrical interference due to traction current, and axle-to-axle voltages.
Price Band: D
RT/E/C/50009 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with FA2600 Track Replaces
Circuits on the DC Railway Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with FS2600 track circuits on Network Rail 750Vdc
electrified railway.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/E/C/50013 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with Interlockings Replaces

Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility with interlocking systems installed on the ac and dc
electrified railway on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: C
RT/E/C/50018 Methodology for the Determination of Interaction with Neighbouring Railways Replaces
Issue 1; Feb 03
The purpose of this code of practice is to provide a methodology to demonstrate compatibility of traction and rolling stock operating on Network Rail
electrified lines with the infrastructure of neighbouring railways & vice versa.
Price Band: D
RT/E/G/00028 General Guidelines on Train Protection and the Provision of Signalling Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 03
These guidelines form a detailed set of methodologies to cover this concept. The development of a significant number of signalling schemes are
presently at that critical position, where much signalling would be built without these provisions, unless they are adopted for projects being
developed and designed now. These principles are already being applied to the west coast main line upgrade and speed enhancement projects.
Price Band: E
NR/SIN/100 Type M & AEI-GS Type Z Relays Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
31/12/10 NR/SIN/100 Iss 1; Oct 07
Two types of relay, which have not been manufactured for some 30 years, are known to exhibit failure conditions which may lead to a wrong side
failure and hence less restrictive outputs of the signalling control system. This SIN defines actions to be taken to remove the affected relays from the
infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/116 Design Deficiency Rectification - Automatic Half Barrier, Compliance Replaces

Miniature Stop Light and Miniature Warning Light Crossings 30/08/15 NR/SIN/116 Iss 2; Apr 13
Issue 3; Jul 13
NR/SIN/116 (1) mandated the examination of all AHB, MSL and MWL crossings for a similar design defect to identify and list sites that require
further investigation.
The purpose of NR/SIN/116 (3) requires that all sites identified as requiring further investigation, are examined by a person competent in the
evaluation of Level Crossing circuits and establish if the failure mode exists under NR/SIN/116 (1).
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/120 Alignment of Dorman LED Long and Medium Range Colour Compliance Replaces
Light Signals Issue 1; Apr 13 30/08/14
To re-align Dorman LED (Light Emitting Diode) signals at high risk from phantom aspects or light swamping of the lit aspect, to minimise the
chances of these problems occurring.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/124 Defective E2S Level Crossing Audible Warning Devices Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jan 14 31/05/15 New at Issue 91
To check the audible warning at all Level Crossings fitted with a E2S Audible Warning Device (AWD) with Another Train Coming (ATC) functionality.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/125 Incorrect Studs Fitted to TY199 Style Circuit Controllers Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Jan 14 31/05/15 New at Issue 91
To carry out inspection for excessive stud protrusion on TY199 circuit controllers produced by Tyer & Co Ltd
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SIN/126 Risk Based Campaign for the Installation of Tubular Compliance Replaces
Stretcher Bars Issue 1; Feb 14 31/08/17 New at Issue 92
This SIN covers the installation of the new tubular stretcher bar in existing switches as part of a programme to reduce risk.
Price Band: D
NR/SIN/128 Stored Barrier Raise Calls on MCB-OD Level Crossings Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; May 14 31/07/14 New at Issue 92
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice is to define remedial actions to be taken following discovery of a wrong side failure mode at certain
manually controlled barrier level crossings with obstacle detection (MCB-OD).
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/132 36W Level Crossing Wig-Wag Units - Conversion to LED Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; July 14 05/06/15 New at Issue 93
This Special Inspection Notice mandates the replacement of 36W tungsten filament Wig-Wags with LED Wig-Wags to provide improved conspicuity.
Price Band: D
NR/SIN/133 Assessment of Level Crossing Closure Times Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; July 14 05/09/14 New at Issue 93
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice (SIN) mandates the process to define the scope for recording and assessing the warning time given to
the users of automatic level crossings.
Price Band: D
NR/SIN/141 AHB Crossings - Independent Treadle and Track Circuit Compliance Replaces
Controls Issue 1; January 15 01/01/15 New at Issue 95
The purpose of this Special Inspection Notice (SIN) is to mandate actions to mitigate maloperation of AHB crossings after controls have been
perturbed, for example by engineering train movements.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.20 SYSTEM ENGINEERING

4.20.1 Engineering Programme Management
Level 1
NR/L1/AMG/1010 Policy on Working Safely in the Vicinity of Buried Services Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; Dec 08 01/03/09 New at issue 70
To set out Network Rail’s policy and related implementation arrangements for employees and contractors to be able to work safely in the vicinity of
buried services.
Price Band: B
Level 2
NR/L2/AMG/1020 Buried Services Data Provision Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

01/03/09 New at issue 70
NR/L2/AMG/028 Iss 4; Jun 08
This standard defines a consistent method for obtaining buried services search information before work is started on site.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/AMG/1030 Working Safely in the Vicinity of Buried Services Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 08 01/03/09 New at issue 70
NR/SP/BUS/011,
NR/L3/INI/CP024,
NR/L3/INI/CP0026,
NR/L3/MTC/SE0113
This standard identifies the process for a consistent method of planning a safe system of work and how to work safely with these assets when on
site.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/AMG/1040 Buried Services Data Feedback Issue 1; Dec 08 Compliance Replaces

01/03/09 New at issue 70
This standard identifies the process for the supply of as-built buried services drawings/plans following completion of ground disturbance work on
Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/AMG/02106 The Provision of Track Category and Traffic Data - Procedure Compliance Replaces
(Formerly – Management of the Effects of Changing Traffic Flows 26/08/08 NR/L2/BUS/02106
on Maintenance) Issue 4; Jun 08 Iss 3; Dec 07
This document defines the process for identifying, evaluating and providing information about track category, planned traffic flows and short-term
changes to traffic. This enables informed decisions to be made about asset stewardship, inspection, maintenance and renewal.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/AMG/02250 Asset Data Management Issue 3; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L2/BUS/02250
Iss 2; Aug 07
This document describes the arrangements and controls which have been established by Network Rail to maintain knowledge of its infrastructure. It
allocates the responsibilities within Network Rail for the management of asset data and mandates the relevant Asset Data Management procedures.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/EBM/088 Arrangements for Maintenance of New and Changed Assets Compliance Replaces
Issue 4; Jun 09 05/09/09 NR/L2/MTC/088
This standard sets out the requirements for introducing new assets or affecting existing assets on Network Rail infrastructure; it is supported by
NR/L3/MTC/089 Asset Management Plan.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/EBM/STP001 Managing Standards Issue 5; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces

03/03/12 NR/L2/EBM/STP001
Iss 4; Jun 09
NR/L3/STP/002 Iss 1; Jun 07
“Network Rail standards” is the generic term for the documents that specify requirements directed towards securing the safe and efficient operation
of the rail infrastructure. They support the overall company assurance system by specifying how Network Rail controls its principal health and safety
risks, and how the organisation complies with Technical Specifications for Interoperability (TSIs), domestic legislation, and Railway Group
standards.
The purpose of this standard is to:
a) provide a structured approach to standards management;
b) outline the principles and business requirements that help establish a consistent, safe and coherent company-wide set of working practices;
c) describe the wider framework of regulation and domestic legislation; and
d) outline the process for emergency change.
Price Band: A (Index only), E (Complete) or as separate modules as shown below
Reference Title Issue Publication date Price

NR/L2/EBM/STP001 Managing Standards 5 3 December 2011 A
NR/L2/EBM/STP001/01 Principles of Standards Management 5 3 December 2011 C
NR/L2/EBM/STP001/02 How to Manage a Standards Change Project 5 3 December 2011 C
NR/L2/EBM/STP001/03 How to Draft Network Rail Standards 2 3 December 2011 C
NR/L2/EBM/STP001/04 How to Manage Deviations to Network Rail and Railway Group Standards 5 3 December 2011 B
NR/L2/HAM/02201 Management of Risk Arising from Deferred Renewals Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Mar 12 02/06/12 NR/L2/AMG/02201
Iss 3; Jun 08
This standard sets out the process to mitigate the risks arising from a re-scheduled prioritised renewal or an incomplete delivery of the scope of a
renewal.
Price Band: B
Level 3
NR/L3/AMG/051 New Product Group Processes Issue 1; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail standard specifies processes that provide assurance to the Network Rail Acceptance Panel that the accountabilities of the New
Product Group are satisfied.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/AMG/00114 Buried Services Data Provision Issue 3; Jun 08 Compliance Replaces

NR/WI/BUS/00114
Iss 2; Sep 06
To specify the process for the supply of buried services information so that:
• A common process is followed throughout Network Rail
• The process can be communicated to those involved in the process and other interested parties
• The roles and responsibilities of the buried services team and interfacing departments are understood
• The validity and limitations of the data supplied are clearly understood
Price Band: C
NR/L3/AMG/02107 Provision of Track Category and Traffic Data - Work Compliance Replaces
Instruction Issue 3; Jun 08 01/12/07 NR/L3/BUS/02107
Iss 2; Dec 07
This standard defines the process for identifying, evaluating and providing information about track category, planned traffic flows and short-term
changes to traffic. This enables informed decisions to be made about asset stewardship, inspection, maintenance and renewal.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/EBM/071 Undertaking Engineering Verification Issue 1; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

This Network Rail standard supports NR/L2/EBM/070. The Engineering Verification process provides a means for Engineering to independently
verify that Network Rail standards and specifications are correctly implemented and that the assets are fit for purpose.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/EBM/AM001 Asset Data Management for Telecoms Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/TEL/AM0001
Iss 1; Jun 06
This document describes the process that shall be used to update data concerning the telecoms infrastructure assets of Network Rail.
Price Band: C
4.20.2 Railway System Engineering

Level 1
NR/L1/RSE/30040 EMC Strategy for Network Rail Issue 1; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
NR/L1/SIG/30040 EMC Strategy for Network Rail New at Issue 69
The purpose of this project is to address Network Rail’s legal obligations under the EMC Directive and set high level EMC compliance statement.
Note: This is a renumbering of NR/L1/SIG/30040 EMC Strategy for Network Rail - to denote change of ownership only
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/RSE/070 Engineering Verification Issue 2; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces

03/03/12 NR/L3/EBM/070 Iss 1
NR/L3/RSE/071 Iss 1
Engineering Verification is a part of Network Rail’s assurance process for confirming that infrastructure assets are fit for purpose.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/RSE/100 Network Rail Acceptance Panel Processes Issue 2; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
02/06/12 NR/L2/RSE/100 Iss 1; Dec 11
Network Rail Acceptance Panel (NRAP) governs a number of Network Rail processes on behalf of the Board.
These processes help Network Rail comply with its statutory responsibilities and Health and Safety Management System for applications to
introduce:
a) new or changed rail vehicles onto Network Rail infrastructure under RIR or ROGS;
b) projects, programmes or activities with the potential to lead to a Change to Network Rail Infrastructure;
c) new or modified products being used as part of Network Rail Infrastructure.
Price Band: B This standard is available as a series of modules, see below for details of availability and pricing
Reference Title Issue Publication Date Price

NR/L2/RSE/100/01 Network Rail Acceptance Panel 1 03 December 2011 C
NR/L2/RSE/100/02 Safety verification 2 02 June 2012 D
NR/L2/RSE/100/03 Compliance with interoperability regulations for infrastructure projects 1 03 December 2011 A
NR/L2/RSE/100/04 New or changed vehicles on Network Rail infrastructure 1 03 December 2011 A
NR/L2/RSE/100/05 Product introduction and change 1 03 December 2011 C
NR/L2/RSE/100/06 How to decide what needs product acceptance via NR/L2/RSE/100/05 2 02 June 2012 C
NR/L2/RSE/100/07 System Review Panels 1 03 December 2011 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/RSE/30041 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Assurance Process Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Jun 12 01/09/12 NR/L2/RSE/30041
Iss 1; Sep 08
This standard specifies how Network Rail manages the risks of asset failure associated with known uncontrolled electromagnetic phenomena. It
supports the Network Rail policy requirements as specified in NR/L1/RSE/30040, Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Strategy for Network Rail,
and its legal obligations under the EMC Regulations (2006).
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.21 TELECOMS ENGINEERING

Company Standards
NR/CS/TEL/30101 Telecoms Assurance and Compliance Issue 1; Feb 06 Replaces

This company standard sets out the process which Network Rail shall use to ensure compliance of telecoms assets with regulations and the
requirements of the service and that staff working on the assets are competent to do so.
Price Band: C
Specifications
NR/SP/TEL/30002 Signal Post Telephone Concentrator Systems Issue 4; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/30002 Iss 3; Dec 01
This document defines the requirements to be met by a signal box telephone concentrator system.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/TEL/30024 Fault Priority and Response Times for Operational Compliance Replaces
Telecommunications Services Issue 4; Dec 06 03/03/07 RT/E/S/30024 Iss 3; Jun 05
This document defines the fault priority and associated response and target corrective action times which shall be applied as a minimum
requirement for Operational Telecommunications Services.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/TEL/30031 Signal Box Telephone Concentrator System Design and Application Replaces
Requirements Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/S/30031 Iss 1; Dec 00
This document defines the minimum requirements to be applied in the design of a signal box concentrator system and in the application of
requirements to meet railway operating rules.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/TEL/30032 Positioning and Labelling of Lineside Telephones Issue 3; Apr 06 Replaces

RT/E/S/30032 Iss 2; Aug 03
This specification defines how the requirements of the Railway Group Standard GE/RT8048 issue 1 - Positioning and Labelling of Lineside
Telephones, are to be applied to Network Rail controlled infrastructure. It revises the emergency issue of RT/E/S/30032 to include retrospective
actions to bring the position of telephones installed since April 02 into compliance and to bring the labelling of all telephones irrespective of age up
to date
Price Band: C
NR/SP/TEL/30035 Telecoms Network Terminating Points Issue 2; Dec 05 Replaces

RT/E/S/30035 Iss 1; Jun 03
This specification defines the boundaries between different parts of the telecoms network. It sets out a clear demarcation of maintenance
responsibilities. In particular, it provides clear direction when failures arise as to what extent a contractor needs to investigate to establish whether
their equipment is working normally.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/TEL/30133 Asset Condition Assessment for Telecommunications Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 1; Apr 07 02/06/07
This specification sets out the methodology by which telecommunication assets are to be assessed to gauge their condition. This provides visibility
by which Network Rail can understand:
• whether the telecoms infrastructure and the use to which it is being put is in accordance with the conditions of its approval and design.
• how the asset condition is performing with regard to its age and environmental conditions.
• how to plan the timely and most cost effective renewal of the asset.
• whether the maintenance regimes are robust enough to deliver the anticipated life expectancy.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SP/TEL/50016 Methodology for the Demonstration of Compatibility with Telecoms Systems Replaces
Issue 3; Apr 06 NR/GN/TEL/50016
Iss 2; Dec 05
The purpose of this document is to provide a methodology to demonstrate electro-magnetic compatibility with operational telecommunications
equipment and systems on the ac and dc electrified railway on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/E/S/11189 Testing Telephones at Level Crossings Issue 3; Jun 05 Replaces

RT/E/S/11189 Iss 2; Aug 01
This instruction details the tests and inspection required for the commissioning of new and altered level crossing installations equipped with a level
crossing telephone system.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/TEL/00014 Telecommunications Optical Fibre Cable Issue 4; Apr 06 Replaces

This document is for use in procuring polyethylene sheathed ZHLS sheathed optical fibre trunk telecommunications cables.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/TEL/00015 Unit Twin Copper Telecommunications Cable Issue 3; Apr 06 Replaces

This document is for use in procurement contracts for polyethylene sheathed and ZHLS sheathed external copper telecommunications cables.
Price Band: D
NR/PS/TEL/00025 Synchronous Digital Hierarchy Multiplexing Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

This product specification states the minimum requirements for synchronous digital hierarchy multiplexing equipment forming part of
telecommunications systems providing services for operational railway and business applications.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/TEL/00026 Primary PCM Multiplex Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

This product specification states the minimum requirements for primary PCM multiplex equipment forming part of telecommunications systems
providing services for operational railway and business applications.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/TEL/00027 Digital Subscriber Line Transmission Equipment Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces

This product specification states the minimum requirements for digital subscriber line transmission equipment forming part of telecommunications
systems providing services for operational railway and business applications.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/TEL/00028 Controlled Climate Trackside Housing for Telecommunications Equipment Replaces

Issue 2; Apr 06 RT/E/PS/00028 Iss 1; Feb 02
This Product Specification states the minimum requirements for Controlled Climate Trackside Housings for Telecommunications Equipment
supporting operational railway and business services.
Price Band: C
NR/PS/TEL/30107 Telecoms Lineside Copper Cable Enclosures Issue 1; Jun 06 Replaces

To specify the core requirements for non-climate controlled, non power fed lineside telecom copper cable enclosures. The primary function of these
enclosures is to accommodate copper cable terminations, and as such the enclosures may be in the form of cabinets or small distribution boxes
mounted on their associated posts.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/PS/TEL/31102 Screening Conductor for the Immunisation of Telecommunications Cables Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 06
A product specification which shall be used when procuring a screening conductor for the immunisation of telecommunications cables on Network
Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: D
Level 1
NR/L1/TEL/30029 Telecoms Installation Issue 4; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces
06/03/10 NR/L1/TEL/30029
Iss 3; Aug 08
This company standard details the process which shall be used for the installation of telecoms assets on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L1/TEL/30092 Telecoms Testing and Commissioning Procedure Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L1/TEL/30092
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard details the procedure for testing and commissioning of telecoms equipment and systems installed on Network Rail controlled
infrastructure. It is supported by a number of business process documents that detail how to comply with this company standard and further
supported by a number of asset specific test requirements.
Price Band: C
NR/L1/TEL/30093 Telecoms Maintenance Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 R/L1/TEL/30093 Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard sets out the process which Network Rail shall use to maintain telecoms assets. It should be read in conjunction with the Telecoms
Engineering Policy NR/L1/TEL/30102.
Price Band: B
NR/L1/TEL/30099 Telecoms Asset Management Issue 4; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 NR/L1/TEL/30099
Iss 3; Aug 08
This standard sets out the process which Network Rail shall use to manage its telecoms assets.
Price Band: C
NR/L1/TEL/30100 Telecoms Design Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 R/L1/TEL/30100 Iss 2; Aug 08
This company standard details the procedure for the design of telecoms equipment and systems on Network Rail controlled infrastructure. It also
details the procedure for the management, control and safety requirements of the design process.
Price Band: D
NR/L1/TEL/30102 Network Rail Asset Management Policy – Telecommunications Compliance Replaces

Engineering Issue 1; Sep 09 05/09/09 New at Issue 73
The purpose of this document is to set the principles of how Telecommunications Assets are to be managed through their life-cycle to meet the
defined output requirements of each Route.
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/TEL/00013 Cable Troughing Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 RT/E/P/S/00013 Iss 2; Jun 05
This document is to provide a performance specification for cable troughing products. The specification recognises that apart from the traditional
reinforced concrete troughing, troughing can be made from a wide range of materials.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30003 Immunity Test Requirements for Lineside Communications Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 3; Jun 09 01/09/09 NR/SP/TEL/30003
Iss 2; Apr 06
This document provides a method for type testing telecommunications equipment and systems to demonstrate the ability of the equipment to
survive the levels of interference on lineside copper cables on AC and DC electrified lines on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30022 Engineering Assurance Arrangements for Communications Compliance Replaces

Engineering Schemes and Services Issue 7; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/TEL/30022
Iss 6; Mar 10
To define procedures for the technical acceptance requirements for changes to the infrastructure to telecommunications schemes and services.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30025 Standby Power Supply Requirements for Operational Compliance Replaces

Telecommunications Equipment Issue 4; Sep 09 05/12/09 NR/SP/TEL/30025
Iss 3; Apr 06
This specification sets out requirements for the provision of a standby power supply to enable Network Rail owned operational telecommunications
equipment to continue to operate for a given period after the loss of the normal or primary power supply source.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30026 Operation and Management of the National Radio Network Compliance Replaces
Issue 5; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30026
Iss 4; Aug 08
The purpose of this document is to describe the Network Rail company policy to support the operation and management of the national radio
network.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30027 Technical Requirements for Legacy Train Radio Compliance Replaces

Communication Issue 5; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30027
Iss 4; Aug 08
This document identifies the technical requirements for legacy analogue radio systems providing two-way speech communication to trains to ensure
their compliance with Railway Group standard GE/RT8080. It does not apply to GSM-R, GSM-P, IVRS or Shunting radio systems. It shall cease to
apply after 1st January 2011 unless the specific restriction in GE/RT8080 section 2.3.3 is amended or removed.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30028 Installation of Operational Telecommunications Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/SP/TEL/30028
Iss 2; Oct 05
This specification in support of NR/L1/TEL/30029 sets out the minimum requirements for the management of installation of Operational
Telecommunications equipment on Network Rail Infrastructure. These requirements are based on Railway Group Standard GK/RT0208.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30030 Managing the Optical Requirements of CCTV Systems for Compliance Replaces
Driver Only Operation (Passenger) Issue 5; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/TEL/30030
Iss 4; Dec 05
This procedure sets out the minimum requirements for Network Rail to manage the optical arrangements for CCTV equipment intended to be used
by drivers to monitor train doors at a station operated under Driver Only Operation (Passenger) rules, is as required in Railway Group Standard
GT/EH H804. These requirements, together with the use of Network Rail specification NR/L2/TEL/30023, will achieve compliance to Railway Group
Standard GO/RT3271, Driver Only Operations.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30033 Inspection and Surveillance of Telecommunications Compliance Replaces

Engineering Activities Issue 7; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30033
Iss 6; Jun 08
This specification is intended to verify that maintenance contractors are effective in the application of group and company standards and have a
suitable understanding of the maintenance requirements
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30034 Radio Mast Lightning Protection and Earthing Systems Compliance Replaces
Issue 4; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30034
Iss 3; Aug 08
This standard details the design requirements for a lightning protection and earthing system (LP&ES) for permanent radio mast or tower structures
located on Network Rail land, property or TOC leased land to minimise the risk to personnel and equipment.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30036 Booster Transformer Outages: Managing the Consequences Compliance Replaces

for Telecommunication Systems Issue 4; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/TEL/30036
Iss 3; Apr 06
This specification details the actions to be taken during a booster transformer outage to protect staff from the possibility of receiving an electric
shock from contact with telecoms cables or circuits connected to them.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30066 Signalling and Telecommunications Telecoms Clearance for Compliance Replaces

Fixed Transmitters Issue 7; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30066
Iss 6; Aug 08
The purpose of this procedure is to detail the telecoms clearance process to reduce the risk of interference from fixed transmitters to as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP).
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30067 The Transmission of Safety Related Information Issue 2; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
03/03/12 NR/L2/TEL/30067
Iss 1; Jun 11
This standard specifies control measures to reduce risks associated with the transmission of Safety Related Information across Network Rail
Communications Infrastructure and independently owned infrastructure so far as is reasonably practicable (SFAIRP).
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30069 Specification for the Inspection and Minor Maintenance of Compliance Replaces
Lineside S&T Cable Routes Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30069
Iss 1; Jun 06
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the inspection and minor maintenance requirements for S&T lineside cable routes so that they can
be kept in good order to suitably protect the cables within.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30070 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecoms Copper Cables Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30070
Iss 1; Jun 06
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance requirements for copper cables in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30072 Specification for the Maintenance of DOO(P) CCTV, Guard- Compliance Replaces
Assisted CCTV and DOO Mirror Systems Issue 3; Dec 12 02/03/13 NR/L2/TEL/30072
Iss 2; Mar 09
This standard defines the maintenance requirements for DOO CCTV(Driver Only Operated Closed Circuit television) guard-assisted and DOO
mirror systems used on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30073 Specification for the Maintenance of Driver-to-Signalbox Compliance Replaces

Radio Systems (CSR and SMA) Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30073
Iss 1; Jun 06
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for Cab Secure Radio systems in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30075 Specification for the Maintenance of Electro-mechanical Compliance Replaces

Concentrators Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30075
Iss 1; Jun 06
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for electro-mechanical concentrators used by Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30076 Specification for the Maintenance of Processor Controlled Compliance Replaces

Concentrators Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30076
Iss 1; Jun 06
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance requirements for processor controlled concentrators used by Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30078 Specification for the Maintenance of Network Control Compliance Replaces

Processor Systems Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30078
Iss 1; Jun 06
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for Network control processor systems in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30079 ` Specification for the Maintenance of National Radio Network Compliance Replaces
(NRN) and Overlay Radio Network (ORN) Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30079
Iss 1; Jun 06
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for the National Radio Network and Overlay Radio Network systems in use on Network Rail
infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30080 Specification for the Maintenance of Whiteley PETS Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 14 06/09/14 NR/L2/TEL/30080
Iss 2; Mar 09
The purpose of maintaining and testing Whiteley public emergency telephone system (PETS) is to decrease the incidence of failures through
deterioration and to identify potential failures before they become service affecting..
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30081 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecommunication Compliance Replaces

Power Plant, Batteries, Invertors and Uninterruptible Power 06/09/14 NR/WI/TEL/30081
Iss 2; Mar 09
The purpose of maintaining and testing Telecoms power plant, invertors, batteries and uninterruptible power supplies is to decrease the incidence of
failures through deterioration and to identify potential failures before they become service affecting.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30082 Specification for the Maintenance of Voice Recorders Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Jun 11 03/09/11 NR/WI/TEL/30082
Iss 2; Mar 09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for voice recorders in use on Network Rail telecoms infrastructure. The purpose of
maintaining and testing these systems is to decrease the incidence of failures through deterioration and to identify potential failures before they
become service affecting.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30084 Specification for the Maintenance of Lineside Telephones and Compliance Replaces
Tail Cables Issue 3; Jun 14 06/09/14 NR/WI/TEL/30084
Iss 2; Mar 09
The purpose of maintaining and testing lineside telecom services is to decrease the incidence of failures through deterioration and to identify
potential failures before they become service affecting.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30086 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecoms Digital Compliance Replaces

Transmission Systems Issue 3; Dec 12 02/03/13 NR/L2/TEL/30086
Iss 2; Mar 09
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance requirements form telecoms digital transmission systems in use on Network Rail
infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30088 Specification for Mast Inspections and Maintenance of Compliance Replaces

Antenna Systems and Feeders Issue 3; Jun 11 04/06/11 NR/WI/TEL/30088
Iss 2; Mar 09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for antenna, feeder systems, masts, monopoles, poles, RDS frames and mast frames in use
on Network Rail infrastructure. The purpose of maintaining and testing these systems is to decrease the incidence of failures through deterioration
and to identify potential failures before they become service affecting and also to identify any problems with Fall Arrest systems or structural integrity
of towers that may present a hazard to staff required to climb towers for faulting and planned maintenance purposes.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30094 Installation of Telecommunications Equipment and Systems Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/SP/TEL/30094
Iss 1; Jun 06
This specification, in support of Company Standard NR/L1/TEL/30029 - Telecoms Installation, details the minimum acceptable requirements for the
installation of Telecommunications equipment on Network Rail infrastructure through the use of associated business process documents.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30095 Specification for the Maintenance of Radio Electronic Token Compliance Replaces
Block Telecoms Equipment Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30095
Iss 1; Jun 06
This instruction defines the telecoms maintenance requirements for Radio Electronic Token Block in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30097 Specification for the Maintenance of Lineside Plug Points Compliance Replaces
and Tunnel Emergency Communication Systems (Pinch 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30097
Iss 1; Jun 06
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance and functional testing that Network Rail requires for their lineside telephone plug
points and tunnel emergency communications systems (excludes Severn Tunnel installations).
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30098 Testing and Commissioning of Telecommunications Compliance Replaces

Equipment and Systems Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/TEL/30098
Iss 1; Feb 06
This specification, in support of Company Standard NR/CS/TEL/30092 Telecommunication Testing and Commissioning Procedure, expands upon
the requirements for the testing and commissioning of telecoms assets on Network Rail controlled infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30105 Compliance with Fixed Telecoms Network Design Criteria Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/SP/TEL/30105
Iss E1; Feb 07
This specification mandates the use of Fixed Telecoms Network design criteria for projects supplying telecoms cables and transmission equipment
for use as Network Rail infrastructure
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30109 Maintenance of plasma displays (SISS) Compliance Replaces

This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of Plasma screen displays used by Network Rail
and/or the SFO. The purpose of undertaking maintenance is to ensure that plasma screen displays where used as part of a passenger information
display is functional and to identify defects before they become service effecting.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30110 Specification for the Maintenance of CCTV Cameras Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of CCTV cameras used by Network Rail and/or the
SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30111 Specification for the Maintenance of CCTV Monitoring Compliance Replaces

Equipment Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30111
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of CCTV monitoring equipment used by Network Rail
and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30112 Specification for the Maintenance of Customer Information Compliance Replaces

System Monitors Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30112
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of customer information system monitors used by
Network Rail and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30113 Specification for the Maintenance of Clocks Issue 2; Mar 09 Compliance Replaces
05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30113
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of clocks used by Network Rail and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30114 Specification for the Maintenance of CIS Computers Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of customer information system computers used by
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30115 Specification for the Maintenance of CCTV Video Recorders Compliance Replaces
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of CCTV video recorders used by Network Rail
and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30117 Specification for the Maintenance of Help Points Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of help points used by Network Rail and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30118 Specification for the Maintenance of LCD/LED Displays Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of LCD/LED displays used by Network Rail and/or
the SFO.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30119 Specification for the Maintenance of Public Address PCs Compliance Replaces
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of public address PC’s used by Network Rail and/or
the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30120 Specification for the Maintenance of Public Address Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30120
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of public address systems used by Network Rail
and/or the SFO.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30121 Specification for the Maintenance of Recorded Compliance Replaces

Announcement Equipment Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30121
Iss 1; Aug 06
This instruction defines the requirements for an inspection regime by the telecoms maintainers of recorded announcement equipment used by
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30122 Specification for the Maintenance of Electronic PABX Compliance Replaces

Switches Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09 NR/WI/TEL/30122
Iss 1; Aug 06
The purpose of maintaining PABX switches is to decrease the incidence of failures through deterioration and to identify potential failures before they
become service affecting.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30124 Specification for the Maintenance of GSM-R Radio BTS, BSC Compliance Replaces
& TCU Equipment Issue 1; Mar 09 05/09/09 New at Issue 71
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for GSM-R radio equipment in use on Network Rail infrastructure along with the testing
requirements where the GSM-R platform is used to support the Interim Voice Radio System.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30125 Communications with Electrical Control Rooms - ETD Compliance Replaces

Network Testing Specification Issue 1; Mar 09 05/09/09 New at Issue 71
This document defines the requirements for the functional testing of the 17x short code dialling service provided on the railway voice
communications system either by Network Rail’s own operational switches or those provided to Network Rail under contractual agreements by third
parties.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30126 Specification for the Maintenance of Analogue Transmission Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 1; Mar 10 06/03/10 New at Issue 75
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance requirements for Telecoms Analogue Transmission systems in use on Network Rail
infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30127 GSM-R Air Interface Functionality, Availability Management Compliance Replaces

and Compliance Validation Issue 2; Aug 08 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30127
Iss 2; Aug 08
This document defines how the technical and operational functionality of the GSM-R system air interface will be assured at the point of bringing into
service and throughout its operational life.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30130 Electronic Visual Customer Information Systems Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 09 02/11/09 NR/L2/TEL/30130
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard sets out the minimum requirements that shall be met by electronic visual customer information systems installed on stations. These
minimum standards have been defined to meet statutory requirements and to ensure that there is some consistency between installations
undertaken in different locations and by different contractors/suppliers.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30132 Asset Management of Station Information and Surveillance Compliance Replaces

Systems (SISS) Issue 1; Jun 11 03/09/11 New at Issue 80
The purpose of this standard is to define the process to be undertaken when a change is made to any part of the ‘Station Information Security
Systems’ (SISS) owned by Network Rail on any Franchised or managed station.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30134 Design and Installation Requirements for Public Compliance Replaces

Announcement, Voice Alarm and Long Line Public 05/12/09 NR/L2/TEL/30134
Announcement Systems Issue 2; Sep 09 Iss 1; Dec 07
This standard details the requirements for public announcement, voice alarm and long line public announcement systems on Network Rail
infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30135 Technical Requirements for Security CCTV Systems on Compliance Replaces

Network Rail Infrastructure Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/30135
Iss 2; Aug 08
This specification details Network Rail’s requirement to provide high quality CCTV systems in order to improve passenger safety and to combat
crime, terrorism and disorder.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30136 Testing Requirements - Security CCTV Issue 1; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces

This Standard, in support of NR/L2/TEL/30098 – Testing and Commissioning of Telecommunications Equipment and Systems, details the tests that
are required to be carried out on a Security CCTV installation that falls under the scope of NR/L1/TEL/30092, Telecommunication Testing and
Commissioning Procedure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30141 Tunnel Emergency Communication Wire Product Compliance Replaces

Specification Issue 1; Jun 10 04/09/10 New at Issue 76
This document details the parameters which Tunnel Emergency Communication wires shall be assessed to demonstrate their suitability to be used
on Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30143 Line Side Telephones Product Specification Issue 1; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces
Provides a reference for line side telephone product specification proposed for operational communications.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30146 Product Specification for UMTS, GSM and GSM-R Modems Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/TEL/30146
Iss 1; Sep 10
Provides requirements and guidance for the selection of a UMTS/GSM/GSM-R modem capable of transmitting speech and/or data to a defined
control point via the public UMTS/GSM/GPRS networks, or via Network Rail’s GSM-R network.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/30147 Product Specification for Wireless Connectivity Solutions Compliance Replaces

Provides requirements and guidance for the selection of wireless devices exempt of product acceptance requirements.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30150 Telecom Infrastructure Decision Support Tool Handbook Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this specification is to mandate and standardise the use of the DST within the 9 RAM areas.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30151 Design and Installation of Station Cabling Issue 1; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces
The purpose of this standard is to promote better cabling standards on stations. Its aims are to deploy best practice, to encourage standardisation,
to promote fitness for purpose and longevity, to provide for future needs and to produce visually pleasing station cabling. Through this standard,
Network Rail as the Infrastructure Manager or Landlord sets out the telecom cabling requirements for all stations owned by Network Rail, including
franchised stations.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TEL/30156 Functional Requirements for Safety Related Communications Compliance Replaces

Equipment for On Track Plant Working Issue 1; Dec 11 03/03/12 New at Issue 82
Provides technical requirements and guidance for the selection of a full duplex voice communication system to allow conference style
communication, which can be utilised during On Track Plant (OTP) activities, such as Tandem Lifting. There is a requirement for such a system
during safety critical OTP operations where constant communication between machinery & its operators are essential.
The specification must be used as a part of wider suite of documentation describing the equipment and processes forming a safe system of work.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30160 Optical Fibre Network Design Issue 1; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to set out the principles and considerations to be taken into account for additions to, or modifications of, Network
Rail’s optical fibre infrastructure with the objectives of maximise its potential capacity and applying a consistent approach that will perpetuate
reliability, availability and maintainability.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30161 Supply of Optical Fibre Patchcord and Pigtail Assemblies Compliance Replaces
This standard sets out the technical requirements that optical patchcords and pigtails procured for use in Network Rail’s optical fibre
telecommunications network shall meet.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/30162 Jointing, Terminating and Testing Optical Fibre Cables Compliance Replaces
This specification sets out the specific requirements and parameters for jointing, terminating and site acceptance testing of optical fibre cables that
comprise, or connect to, Network Rail’s optical fibre infrastructure.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/31001 Operational Telecommunications –Maintenance Testing and Compliance Replaces

Failure Investigation Process (TMT&FIP) Issue 3; Dec 09 06/03/10 NR/SP/TEL/31001
Iss 2; Dec 05
This document is in daily use by all first and second line engineers, reviewers and staff engaged in verification activities and requires periodical
review to ensure the contents accurately reflect the range of telecoms safety critical equipment in use throughout NWR.
Price Band: Phone
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TEL/31002 Maintenance of Telecommunications Equipment Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/31002
Iss 3; Mar 09
This specification sets out the maintenance and management responsibilities for persons engaged in the maintenance of telecommunication
equipment used by Network Rail.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/31107 Limits and Test Method of Induced Voltages on Compliance Replaces

Telecommunications Cables due to Electrification Systems 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/31107
Issue 2; Mar 10 Iss 1; Jun 09
This standard defines the test limits and test methods for induced voltages on copper telecommunications cables due to AC electrification systems
in normal and credible failure modes.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/31108 Specification for B.T. Circuits – Procurement Requirements Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L2/TEL/31108
Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard defines the requirements to be used when BT circuits are procured by Network Rail for use in signalling, operational
telecommunications or traction electrification control systems.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/31111 Design and Installation Requirements for Driver Only Compliance Replaces
Operation (Passenger) Systems Issue 3; Jun 11 02/07/11 NR/L2/TEL/31111
Iss 2; Dec 09
This standard in support of NR/L1/TEL/30100 – Telecoms Design, mandates the requirements for the design of Driver Only Operation (DOO)
viewing systems on Network Rail infrastructure when this is the chosen method of train dispatch.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TEL/31114 Product Specification For Telecoms Jumper Wire Compliance Replaces

This specification details the requirements for single twisted pair telecommunications jumper wire which is suitable for use on Network Rail’s
infrastructure.
Price Band: D
Level 3
NR/L3/TEL/0022 Preventive Maintenance of Operational Telecoms Assets Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L3/MTC/TE0022
Iss 2; Aug 08
The purpose of this document is to define the roles and responsibilities in the planning of routine maintenance activities of telecom assets to fit in
with the national planning process and timescales. It applies to Network Rail maintenance staff.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/0023 Management of SINCS Records for Telecoms Assets Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TE0023
Iss 2; Aug 08
The purpose of this procedure is to define the management of the SINCS sign off process for telecoms assets maintained by Network Rail
maintenance staff.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/0092 Disconnection and at Risk Process for Telecom Bearer Compliance Replaces
Circuits and Systems Including GSM-R Equipment 03/09/11 NR/L3/TEL/0092 Iss 3; Dec 10
Issue 4; Jun 11
This standard specifies the process to reach a clear understanding in applying for and agreeing the method of handover and handback of safety
critical circuits including GSM-R equipment to minimise the risk of personal injury and train delay.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TEL/30071 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecoms Optical Fibre Compliance Replaces
Cables Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/TEL/30071
Iss 2; Mar 09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for optical fibre cables and fibre terminations in use on Network Rail telecoms infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L2/TEL/30074 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecommunication Compliance Replaces

Earths and Screening Systems Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/TEL/30074
Iss 2; Mar 09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for telecoms earths and screening systems in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TEL/30077 Specification for the Maintenance of Cable Distribution Compliance Replaces

Frames and Location Cases Issue 3; Sep 11 03/09/11 NR/L2/TEL/30077
Iss 2; Mar 09
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance and inspection requirements for telecommunications cable distribution frames,
distribution cases and location cases used for cable terminations in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/30090 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecoms Equipment Compliance Replaces

Rooms Issue 3; Sep 11 30/09/11 NR/WI/TEL/30090
Iss 2; Mar 09
This instruction defines the requirements and responsibilities of maintainers entering or working in telecoms equipment rooms.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TEL/30105 Installation of Operational Voice Recorders Issue 3; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

06/03/10 NR/L3/TEL/30105
Iss 2; Aug 08
This work instruction in support of NR/SP/TEL/30094 - “Installation of telecoms equipment and systems”, mandates the requirements for the
installation of operational voice recorders on Network Rail infrastructure which are used to record operational voice circuits.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/30106 Installation of Lineside Telephones Issue 2; Aug 06 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/WI/TEL/30106
Iss 1; Jun 06
This work instruction in support of NR/SP/TE/30094 – “Installation of telecommunications equipment and systems”, mandates the installation
requirements for the installation of lineside telephones on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/30108 Work Instruction for the Manual Installation of Compliance Replaces

Telecommunications Cables Issue 1; Aug 07 01/10/07
This document sets out the principles to be adopted when installing all types of telecommunications cables by hand pulling techniques or the use of
motorised winches.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/31103 Energisation of Commercial and Operational Radio Antenna Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L3/TEL/31103
Iss 2; Aug 08
This Work Instruction specifies the requirements for testing new and upgraded radio antenna systems for compliance with the electric field limits
specified in NR/L2/TEL/30066 prior to introducing the system into service.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TEL/31104 Process for Managing Telecoms Software/Hardware Changes Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Mar 10 06/03/10 NR/L3/TEL/31104
Iss 2; Aug 08
This work instruction addresses the requirements of product acceptance when changing hardware or software on systems that have previously
gained acceptance.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/33000 Document Index for In-sourcing of Thales Issue 3; Jun 10 Compliance Replaces
05/06/10 NR/L3/TEL/33000
Iss 2; Jun 09
This document lists the master index of former Thales documentation that has been transferred into Network Rail as part of the in-sourcing project.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TEL/33001 Document Index for Transfer of Stoke Telecoms Engineering Compliance Replaces
Centre Staff from the FTN/GSM-R Project Issue 1; Mar 10 06/03/10 New at Issue 75
This document lists the master index of former FTN/GSM-R documentation that has been transferred into Infrastructure Maintenance. These
documents have been updated and are presently published on the Telecoms Technical Documentation pages of Connect.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TEL/40047 Management of Safety Related Reports for Telecoms Failures Compliance Replaces
Appendix Issue 1; Jun 12 16/09/12 NR/L2/TEL/30047
Iss 5; Dec 09
This document contains the hazard index system of safety related failures of telecoms equipment and services, owned by Network Rail or provided
by third parties for railway operational purposes.
Price Band: D
Work Instructions
NR/WI/TEL/30083 Specification for the Maintenance of Telephone Instruments in Compliance Replaces

Operational Buildings Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09
This telecoms maintenance instruction defines the maintenance and functional testing that Network Rail require for their telephones used in
operational buildings.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TEL/30085 Specification for the Maintenance of Electronic PABX Compliance Replaces

Concentrators Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for Electronic PABX concentrators used by Network Rail.
Price Band: D
NR/WI/TEL/30087 Specification for the Maintenance of UHF Spot Scheme and Compliance Replaces
Marine Radio Systems Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for UHF spot and marine radio system in use on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TEL/30089 Specification for the Maintenance of Plessey (Hixon) AHB Compliance Replaces
Telephone System Issue 2; Mar 09 05/09/09
This instruction defines the maintenance requirements for Plessey (Hixon) telephone units used as public emergency telephone system at AHB
crossings on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TEL/30102 Testing Requirements – Operational Voice Recorders Issue 1; Feb 06 Replaces

This work instruction, in support of NR/SP/TEL/30098 – “Testing and commissioning of telecommunications equipment and systems”, details the
tests that are required to be carried out on a voice recorder installation that falls under the scope of NR/CS/TEL/30092, “Telecommunication testing
and commissioning procedure”.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/WI/TEL/30103 Testing Requirements – Public Emergency Telephone Systems Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces
This work instruction in support of NR/SP/TEL/30098 – “Testing and commissioning of telecommunications equipment and systems” details the tests
that are required to be carried out on a public emergency telephone system installation that falls under the scope of NR/CS/TEL/30092 -
“Telecommunication testing and commissioning procedure”.
Price Band: B
NR/WI/TEL/30104 Testing Requirements – Signal Box Concentrator Issue 1; Apr 06 Replaces

This work instruction in support of NR/SP/TEL/30098 – “Testing and commissioning of telecommunications equipment and systems” details the tests
that are required to be carried out on a telephone concentrator installation that falls under the scope of NR/CS/TEL/30092, “Telecommunication
testing and commissioning procedure.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TEL/30123 Communications with Emergency Services - ETD Network Compliance Replaces

Testing Procedures Issue 1; Dec 06 03/03/07
This instruction defines the requirements for the functional testing of the emergency facilities provided on Network Rail telecoms infrastructure or
that provided to Network Rail under contractual agreements.
Price Band: B
NR/WI/TEL/31103 Energisation of Commercial and Operational Radio Antenna Compliance Replaces

Systems Issue 1; Jun 07 01/08/07
This work instruction specifies the requirements for testing new and upgraded radio antenna systems for compliance with the electric field limits
specified in NR/SP/TEL/30066 prior to introducing the system into service.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TEL/31104 Process for Managing Telecoms Software/hardware Changes Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Feb 07 01/04/07
This work instruction addresses the requirements of product acceptance when changing hardware or software on systems that have previously
gained acceptance.
Price Band: C
RT/E/WI/00113 Wiring of Copper Telecoms Terminations Issue 1; Apr 05 Replaces

The purpose of this standard is to ensure that all Network Rail employees, contractors and maintenance employees who are responsible for the
installation and maintenance of infrastructure telecommunications cables are aware of the fundamental principles that shall be adhered to regarding:
cable terminations, distribution frame labelling and circuit jumpering.
Price Band: C

NR/GN/TEL/30037 Office Telephone System Installations Issue 2; Apr 06 Replaces
RT/E/C/30037 Iss 1; Aug 03
This Code of Practice provides information on details to be considered when designing, configuring and installing telephone systems in Network Rail
offices. Its purpose is to provide comprehensive advice on all aspects of telephone system design and installation and to recommend a standardised
approach from initial work requests to complete telephone system and peripheral equipment installations.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/TEL/30065 Guidance Note for the Management of Safety Related Reports for Telecoms Replaces
Failures Issue 3; Jun 08 Iss 2; Dec 05
The purpose of this guidance note is to provide information, help and worked examples to Network Rail and its contractors to ensure compliance
with Network Rail specification NR/SP/TEL/30047.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/TEL/30137 Loudspeaker Selection for PA and VA Systems Issue 1; Dec 09 Replaces

New at Issue 74
This document provides guidance for the selection of loudspeakers for PA and VA. It does not provide any detailed design guidance for system
installation. It supports NR/L2/TEL/30134 which mandates the Design and Installation requirements.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/GN/TEL/30138 Buried Cable Route and Cable Route Through Station Platform Issue 1; Mar 10 Replaces
New at Issue 75
This document provides guidance to the Principal Contractor for the provisioning of new lineside cable routes buried in the cess as well as cable
routes through station platforms.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/TEL/30139 The Survey and Design of Telecoms Cable and Route Issue 1; Mar 10 Replaces
New at Issue 75
This document provides guidance to the design and surveying of telecom cables and telecoms cable route.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/TEL/30140 Telecom Cable and Route Installation Issue 1; Jun 10 Replaces

New at Issue 76
This document provides guidance to the installation of telecom cables and telecoms cable route.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/TEL/31106 Overview of Electromagnetic Coupling Between Traction Systems and Replaces

Telecommunications Cables Issue 1; Jun 09 New at Issue 72
This guidance note provides an overview of the coupling between traction current and induced voltages on lineside cables and the effects this has
on personal safety, and equipment malfunction.
Price Band: E
NR/GN/TEL/31109 Telecoms Back Up Power Selection Guidance Issue 1; Sep 08 Replaces

New at Issue 69
This document aims to explain at a fairly generic level the functions of the various different power plant systems used by telecoms and provide some
guidance in compiling the required systems from the approved modules.
Price Band: D
NR/GN/TEL/50017 CCTV for Stations – Functional, Technical and Operational Requirements Replaces
Issue 1; Aug 06
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance regarding the functional, technical and operational requirements of CCTV systems at stations.
Note that the document is not a prescriptive standard and what is provided at any given location must be determined on the basis of risk
assessment at that location.
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/092 STS Concentrator Auto Line Card Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/SIN/092 Iss 1; Apr 06
To address two separate technical issues affecting the STS Auto Line card when used to terminate either a Whiteley PETS system or BT exchange
lines.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/098 Rugby Clock Time Signal move to Anthorn Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/SIN/098 Iss 2; Apr 07
The purpose of this SIN is to check the reception of the National Physical Laboratory time signal following transfer of the transmitting site from
Rugby to Anthorn in Cumbria.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.22 TRACK ENGINEERING

Company Standards
NR/CS/TRK/05200 Vegetation Issue 1; Dec 06 Compliance Replaces

This standard mandates that lineside vegetation will undergo inspection, maintenance and management regimes derived from risk assessments
based upon railway and vegetation characteristics.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/TRK/0133 Control of Wheel Impact Forces Issue 3; Jun 06 Compliance Replaces

RT/LS/P/030 Iss E2; Dec 00
This specification mandates the action to be taken when vertical wheel-rail forces exceed 200kN due to wheel flats or other vehicle irregularities.
Price Band: C
NR/SP/TRK/1110 Qualification and Certification of NDT Personnel Written Compliance Replaces

Practice – Ultrasonic Testing Issue 1; Feb 06 01/06/07
This Written Practice establishes the control and administration system for the training, examination and certification programme for personnel who
perform non-destructive testing (NDT) on Network Rail infrastructure.
Responds to BS EN 473 / ISO 9712 and guidelines laid down in SNT-TC-1A (01).
Price Band: D
NR/SP/TRK/8011 Management of Pan 8 and Lockspiked Track Issue 1; Dec 05 Compliance Replaces
The failure of the lockspike is difficult to detect as it tends to occur beneath the baseplate. Therefore the following specification must be applied to
the management of Pan 8 and other lockspiked track.
Price Band: B
NR/SP/TRK/9003 Installation and Maintenance of Longitudinal Timbers Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Dec 05
This specification provides direction on the installation, maintenance and inspection of longitudinal timber systems on Network Rail infrastructure. It
also provides requirements on design matters. Requirements for the installation, maintenance and inspection of supporting structures is not
provided
Price Band: F
NR/SP/TRK/9039 Formation Treatments Issue 1; Dec 05 Compliance Replaces

This specification gives recommendations for managing investigation, design and installation of trackbed treatments on Network Rail’s permanent
way. Background information is provided where relevant. It also sets out the methodology for categorisation of spent ballast, based on risk
assessment and chemical analysis, prior to removal and delivery to the local distribution centre.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/P/018 Requirements for the Operation of the Dynamic Track Stabiliser on or Adjacent Replaces
to Structures Issue 1; Aug 97
This procedure defines the procedures to be followed to permit the use of the dynamic track stabiliser and the limitations on its use over or adjacent
to structures to ensure the integrity of structures is safeguarded.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/P/027 Use of Ballast Gluing to Increase the Lateral Resistance of Track Replaces
Issue 1; Jan 96
This procedure sets out the Network Rail’s policy on ballast gluing as means of providing increased lateral restraint of the permanent way.
Price Band: A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/P/034 Reporting of Track Buckles Issue 1; Apr 97 Replaces

This procedure gives the requirements for the reporting of track buckles. It defines: reportable track buckles; the necessary reports; and, by whom
and to whom the reports must be sent, and within what timescales. The reporting procedures described are in addition to any notification to
signalling staff in connection with the protection of traffic.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/002 Serviceable Rail for use in Running Lines and Sidings Issue 2; Aug 99 Replaces
RT/CE/S/002 Iss 1A; Oct 97
This specification gives the requirements for the selection and use of serviceable rail in jointed and welded applications, and for replacement of
isolated defects.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/008 Saw and Disc Cutting and Drilling of Rail Issue 2; Feb 98 Replaces
This specification gives the quality of finish and dimensional tolerance requirements for saw- or disc-cut rail ends and for holes drilled in rails, both
factory and site situation.
Responds to GC/RT5019, GC/RT5020
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/009 Track Ballast Returned by Automatic Ballast Cleaners Issue 1; Jul 96 Replaces
This specification gives the requirements for track ballast returned directly to the track by use of ontrack automatic ballast cleaners, including
physical properties and test.
Material specification. Responds to GC/RT5014
Price Band: A
RT/CE/S/014 Rail Testing – Detection Criteria Issue 1A; Oct 97 Replaces

This document defines the performance specification for non – destructive testing of normal (pearlitic) rail and is expressed in terms of defect size
thresholds and their probabilities of detection.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/034 Requirements for Processes for Cold-expanding Fishbolt Holes by the Split Replaces
Sleeve Method Issue 1; Aug 97
This specification gives the requirements for processes to be used for the cold-expansion of fish bolt holes in railway rails and cast crossings using
the split sleeve method. Responds to GC/RT5020
Price Band: A
RT/CE/S/036 Management of Gauging and Clearances Issue E1; Apr 00 Replaces

This specification establishes a management framework within Network Rail Line for assessing and authorizing gauging clearances for new or
transferred rail vehicles. Emergency issue responding to HSE discussions.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/037 Requirements for Maintenance of Trackwork in Depots by Depot Facility Replaces

Operators Issue 3; Dec 00 RT/CE/S/037 Iss 2; Jun 98
This document specifies the requirements for inspection and maintenance of trackwork within depots by depot facility operators having depot
leasing agreements with Network Rail.
Can only mandate through terms of lease.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/042 Track Geometry Recording Issue 1; Apr 95 Replaces

This specification gives the requirements for the provision of a track geometry recording service. It defines the parameters to be recorded, the types
of report to be produced and the mode of up – loading recording data to the mainframe Track Quality System. It is intended to accord with, but in
some respects enhance, Railway Group standard GC/HE038 “Track recording handbook”.
Responds to GC/RT5010, GC/RT5017.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/050 Process for Cold-expanding New Fishbolt Holes by the Split Sleeve Method Replaces
Using FTI Tooling and Consumables Issue 1; Jan 96
This specification gives the procedure to be used for the cold-expansion of new fishbolt holes in railway rails and cast crossings using the split
sleeve method and FTI tooling and consumables.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/051 Process for Cold-expanding Existing Fishbolt Holes by the Split Sleeve Method Replaces
Using FTI Tooling and Consumables Issue 1; Jan 96
This specification gives the method to be used for the coldexpansion of existing fishbolt holes in railway rails by the split sleeve process, using FTI
tooling and consumables.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/055 Rail Testing: Ultrasonic Procedures Issue 1A; Feb 98 Replaces

The purpose of this specification is to define ultrasonic testing procedures for: The detection of defects in rolled steel rails; estimation of crack size in
rolled steels rails; The measurement of rail depth and gall, and the detection of fusion face detects in aluminothermic welds and rail head weld
repairs. In addition, the specification details the linking procedures defining their use together with requirements for the training and certification of
operators applying the procedures.
Price Band: E
RT/CE/S/056 Rail Testing: Non-ultrasonic Procedures Issue 1; Mar 96 Replaces

This specification defines the procedures to be adopted for the testing of rail by nonultrasonic means. The methods described are magnetic particle
inspection, dye penetrant inspection, visual examination and rail measurement using calipers.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/057 Rail Failure Handbook Issue 4; Oct 01 Replaces

RT/CE/S/057 Iss 3; Aug 01
This specification defines reporting requirements for rail failures and the different types of rail failure that may occur. Responds to GC/RT5019
Price Band: Phone
RT/CE/S/061 Pearlitic Rails Issue 2; Aug 02 Replaces

This specification lays down the requirements for new pearlitic rails to be supplied to Network Rail, or for installation in Network Rail’s network. The
profiles covered are 56E1, 60E and 95RBH, and the assymmetric switch rails 54E1, 60E1A1 and 60E1A4.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/063 Serviceable Switches and Crossings Issue 1; Oct 96 Replaces

This specification sets out the minimum standards to be observed for serviceable switches and crossings being considered for reinstallation in
Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/064 Assembly of BR Mk111 4-and 6-hole insulated Joints Issue 2; Dec 03 Replaces
RT/CE/S/064 Iss 1; Mar 96
To set out the process for the assembly of BR MkIII glued insulated rail joints, so that when installed in Network Rail’s infrastructure they are reliable
and durable.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/077 Storage, Installation & Testing of TSR & ESR AWS Magnets Issue 1; Oct 03 Replaces
This specification defines the storage, installation and testing requirements for AWS speed restriction magnets. It is primarily aimed at front line staff
responsible for the correct installation of speed restriction magnets.
Price Band: C Colour pages available separately
RT/D/P/085 Management of Track Faults Found by Track Recording Vehicle Issue 4; Apr 04 Replaces
Company procedure RT/CE/P/038 gives the requirements for managing the track geometry recording service and the actions required to deal with
the detected track irregularities. This procedure (RT/D/P/085) summarises only those actions to be taken to deal with defects requiring immediate or
urgent actions and the processes which the regional/territory track engineer must put in place in order to comply with RT/CE/P/038 in those
respects. It also summarises the actions to be taken by the track geometry supplier in dealing with detected track irregularities. It does not supplant
RT/CE/P/038 in any respect.
Price Band: B
NR/PS/TRK/029 Wood Sleepers, Bearers and Longitudinal Timbers Issue 4; Dec 05 Replaces
This materials specification defines the requirements for the supply of wood sleepers and bearers, and longitudinal timbers, for use in Network Rail’s
permanent way.
Price Band: D
NR/SP/TRK/1110 Qualification and Certification of NDT Personnel Written Compliance Replaces

Practice – Ultrasonic Testing Issue 1; Feb 06 01/06/07
This practice establishes the control and administration system for the training, examination and certification programme for personnel who perform
non-destructive testing on Network Rail infrastructure.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/001 Flash-weld Rails: Depot-welded Strings Issue 3; Aug 03 Replaces

This specification covers long welded strings manufactured by the flash welding of new rails at fixed plant. Only joints between rails of the same
grade are covered.
Price Band: F
RT/CE/S/005 Rail Testing: Portable Ultrasonic Equipment Issue 1; Aug 96 Replaces

This document defines the performance specification for portable ultrasonic rail flaw detector units used for testing rail on Network Rail owned
permanent way. This document applies to all portable ultrasonic rail flaw detectors used to carry out the procedures defined in Network Rail line
specification RT/CE/S/055 ‘Railtesting: ultrasonic procedures’.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/010 Geotextiles Issue 2; Oct 96 Replaces

RT/CE/S/010 Iss 1; Nov 95
This specification gives the requirements for geotextiles, including physical properties and tests.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/012 Cast Austenitic Manganese Steel Crossings Issue 2; Feb 02 Replaces

This specification defines Network Rail’s criteria for the approval of designs of cast austenitic manganese steel crossings and for control of the
manufacturing process. It also specifies the documentation that the supplier shall provide describing the recommended handling and maintenance
of the product.
Responds to GC/RT5011.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/013 Electroslag Welded Vees for Part-welded Crossings Issue 1; Jun 96 Replaces
This specification gives the requirements for welded crossings manufactured using the electroslag welding process.
Price Band: D
RT/CE/S/016 33C1 Check Rails Issue 1; Oct 97 Replaces

This specification lays down the requirements for new check rails of the 33C1 profile (previously known as U69 or UIC33) to be supplied to Network
Rail or for use on Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/019 Cast Chairs, Baseplates and Blocks Issue 1; Apr 95 Replaces

This specification gives the requirements for the material and dimensions of cast chairs, baseplates and blocks for use in Network Rail’s
permanent way.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/021 Steel Sleepers Issue 2; Feb 03 Replaces

This material specification gives the requirements for the performance of steel sleepers which are to be installed for use in Network Rail’s permanent
way.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/023 Insulated Rail Joints Issue 1; Mar 96 Replaces

This specification gives the requirements for the geometry and the mechanical and electrical performance of insulated rail joints for use in Network
Rail.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/024 Component Kits for BR MkIII 4- and 6-Hole Glued Insulated Joints Replaces
Issue 1; Mar 96
This specification defines the items required (excluding rails, bolts, MGL pins and adhesive) to make up a component kit for the production of glued
insulated rail joints of the BR MkIII 4- or 6-hole design.
Price Band: A
RT/CE/S/025 Steel Keys for Bullhead Rail Issue 1A; Oct 97 Replaces
This specification gives the requirements for the material and dimensions (by reference to drawings) of steel rail keys for use in Network Rail’s
permanent way.
Price Band: A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/026 Oak Keys For Bullhead Rail Issue 1; May 95 Replaces

This specification gives the requirements for the material and dimensions of oak rail keys for use in Network Rail’s permanent way.
Price Band: A
RT/CE/S/027 Plastic Ferrules Issue 1; Apr 95 Replaces

This material specification gives the requirements for the materials and dimensions of plastic ferrules for use in Network Rail’s permanent way.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/028 Insulators for Concrete Sleepers with Pandrol Shoulders Issue 1; Apr 95 Replaces
This specification gives the requirements for the material and dimensions of thermoplastic insulators for use with concrete sleepers with ‘Pandrol’
shoulders.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/030 Concrete Sleepers And Bearers Issue 2; Aug 03 Replaces

This specification gives technical requirements to be met by newly-manufactured concrete sleepers, bearers and related items procured for use in
Network Rail’s permanent way. The specification should be read in association with the appropriate Network Rail standard drawings (RE/PW/XXX)
for the particular sleeper or bearer design or with the manufacturer’s accepted alternative designs.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/033 Track Blanketing Sand Issue 2; Feb 98 Replaces

RT/CE/S/033 Iss 1; Jan 95
This specification gives the requirements for blanketing sand, including physical properties and tests, for use as filter layers in track substructures.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/043 Rail Anchors Issue 1A; Oct 97 Replaces

This specification gives the performance requirements for rail anchors.
Responds to GC/RT5010, GC/RT5013.
Price Band: B
RT/CE/S/052 Rail and Baseplate Pads Issue 3; Oct 02 Replaces

RT/CE/S/052 Iss 2; Oct 00
This specification gives the requirements for the resilient rail pads for use between either flat bottom rails and concrete sleepers, flat bottom rails
and cast iron baseplates; or flat bottom rails and steel sleepers.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/015 Self-shielding Flux-cored Wires for the Weld Repair of BS11 Normal and “A” Replaces
Grade Rails Issue 1; Dec 95
This specification gives the requirements for the manufacture and acceptance of shelfshielding fluxcored wires for use on BS11 Normal and “A”
Grade rail steels.
Price Band: C
RT/CE/S/130 Flash-welded Rails: Site-welded Strings Issue 1; Aug 03 Replaces

This specification is to ensure the serviceability of flash welded strings installed in Network Rail’s permanent way.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
RT/CE/S/131 Flash-welded Rails: Crossings, Switch Rails and Transition Rails Replaces
Issue 1; Aug 03
This specification is to ensure the serviceability of flash welded joints incorporated in cast austenitic manganese steel crossings, switch rails and
transition rails.
Price Band: D
Standard Functional Procedure
NR/PRC/TRK/6001 Renewals Workbank Management Issue 1; Feb 07 Replaces

The purpose of this document is to define the processes for the management of work items to create annual workbanks which reflect our customers
needs, business priorities and the asset policy.
Price Band: D
Level 1
NR/L1/TRK/002 Categorisation of Track Issue 1; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

This standard specifies the process for categorising track in running lines by usage and speed.
Price Band: C
Level 2
NR/L2/TRK/001 Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way Compliance Replaces

Issue 7; Sep 14 06/09/14 NR/L2/TRK/001 Iss 6; Dec 12
The purpose of this document is to prescribe the inspections, limits and actions required to prevent track caused derailments, and to describe the
inspections, limits and actions required to optimise track performance, cost and asset life.
Price Band: C This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix K for availability and prices of modules
NR/L2/TRK/0032 Joining of Rails by Aluminothermic Welding Issue 5; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 NR/L2/TRK/0032 Iss 4; Aug 08
This specification defines the standards to be achieved when aluminothermic welding is carried out, whether in or out of the track, and defines the
welding procedures to be used. It has been amended to reflect the previous Engineering re-organisation and has had the requirements for Training
and Competence removed. It specifies the addition of hardened rails, changes to proximities to rail features and rail lengths, new sections dealing
with measuring and inspection equipment and maintenance and testing of oxy-fuel gas equipment.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/038 Track Geometry: Management of Recording and of Compliance Replaces

Immediate and Urgent Actions Issue 5; Aug 08 26/11/08 RT/CE/P/038 Iss 4; Apr 04
This document defines the procedure for defining that track geometry recording is conducted at the required frequencies using approved methods
and that records of the track geometry are made during these monitoring runs with subsequent distribution, analysis and retention of the records.
The monitoring process must also identify and report the location of sub-standard track. Where sub-standard track is identified this procedure
includes those actions required to maintain the safety of the line until any necessary track repair is completed.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/053 Inspection and Repair to Reduce the Risk of Derailment at Compliance Replaces
Switches Issue 5; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L2/TRK/053 Iss 4; Oct 07
This specification describes the inspection and monitoring procedures and essential maintenance to be undertaken at switches to reduce the risk of
derailment. It identifies the potential derailment hazards associated with switch wear and damage and the remedial measures necessary.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/070 S&C System Specification for the Design of Switches and Compliance Replaces
Crossings Issue 1; Aug 07 31/08/07
To define the system specification for the design of S&C systems This is a high level document which defines the interface arrangements for S&C
components between the Track, Signalling and Electrification and Plant functions.
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TRK/0132 Maintenance Arc Welding of Rails, Switches and Crossings Compliance Replaces
Issue 6; Dec 10 04/06/10 NR/L2/TRK/0132 Iss 5; Aug 08
This specification defines the methods to be used when weld repairs to plain rail and switch and crossing components are carried out. The
document has been amended to reflect the previous Engineering re-organisation and has had the requirements for Training and Competence
removed. The Standard specifies the addition of hardened rails, changes to proximities to rail features and requirements for weld repair to rail
features previously not permitted. The Standard also specifies the restriction on weld repairs when carried out in Red Zones
Price Band: E
NR/L2/TRK/1054 Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Procedures for Cast, Compliance Replaces
Welded and Fabricated Crossings in the Track Issue 5; Oct 14 31/10/14 NR/L2/TRK/1054 Iss 4; Jun 12
The majority of defects and wear detected in crossings are repairable if detected at an early enough stage. The identification and timely rectification
of crossing wear, or associated track condition issues, will reduce the risk of crossing failure or premature replacement.
The early detection of a crack in all steel grades is paramount.
The benefits of this standard are the early identification and rectification of defects which, when discovered in a timely manner, will prevent costly
replacement of crossings. Risks of crossing failure will also be reduced as a result.
This Network Rail standard specifies the requirements for the inspection and identification of defects and wear in crossings. The specification now
includes guidance for maintenance arc weld repair with appropriate minimum actions and also gives details of minimum actions to be taken when
significant defects are discovered.
This standard is intended to be read in conjunction with other standards concerning the inspection and rectification of defects in crossings.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/1120 Management of Rail Testing using Train Based Sperry- Compliance Replaces
Equipped Ultrasonic Test Unit (Sperry UTU) Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L2/TRK/1120 Iss 1; Jun 06
This procedure defines the process for replacing compliant pedestrian ultrasonic testing with Sperry Equipped Ultrasonic Test Unit (Sperry UTU),
covering the use of UTU2, UTU3 and UTU4.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/2049 Track Design Handbook Issue 12; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

05/06/10 NR/SP/TRK/0049
Iss 11; Jun 08
This specification gives the requirements for the design of track alignments and layouts. Information provided on track geometry, the mathematics of
track layouts, switch and crossing (S&C) assemblies, sleepers and rail fastenings is intended to ensure that designs take proper account of the
speed of traffic.
Price Band: Phone
NR/L2/TRK/2102 Design and Construction of Track Issue 6; Mar 10 Compliance Replaces

05/06/10 RT/CE/S/101 Iss 1a; Oct 97
This standard specifies the design principles and minimum standards for the construction of new or relayed track, including the materials to be used.
It also specifies acceptance criteria for new or relayed track in terms of workmanship and geometry.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/TRK/2500 Engineering Assurance Arrangements for Track Engineering Compliance Replaces

Projects Issue 3; Jun 11 03/09/11 RT/L2/TRK/02500
Iss 2; Aug 08
This document describes the engineering assurance processes for changes to Track Infrastructure.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/3011 Continuous Welded Rail (CWR) Track Issue 7; Dec 12 Compliance Replaces
01/12/12 NR/L2/TRK/3011 Iss 6; Jun 08
This specification defines the requirements for the design, installation and maintenance of continuous welded rail (CWR) track (for the purposes of
this specification “design” means “configuration”). It also specifies the methods to be used when stressing CWR in plain line and switches and
crossings.
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TRK/3038 Longitudinal timbers – Design, Installation and Maintenance Compliance Replaces

(formerly RT/CE/S/038) Issue 6; Sep 14 05/12/14 RT/CE/S/038 Iss 5; Mar 11
The use of this standard sets out the requirements for achieving compliance with the requirements of Railway Group Standard GC/RT5021, Track
System Requirements in respect of longitudinal timbers.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/3100 Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured Building Compliance Replaces

Surveying – Strategy and General Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 New at Issue 77
This document is the first of a suite of surveying standards. It provides a strategy and general introduction, establishing some basic principles that
should be applied across all disciplines.
The document has been written to enable Network Rail to utilise and specify appropriately high accuracy (better than ±100mm in position) all
Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured building surveying associated with Track, Building and Civils, Signalling, Control and Plant, OLE,
and Property.
It specifically excludes ground investigation, geotechnical, building condition, dilapidation surveys and surveys associated with Network Rail owned
and operated measurement trains.
The standard is intended to provide a clear way to project manage and specify survey work, provide guidance to Project managers and Designated
project engineers and seeks to raise the competency of those involved with specifying and managing surveying activities.
Price Band: E
NR/L2/TRK/3201 Management of Tight Clearances and Track Position Compliance Replaces

Issue 4; Dec 10 04/12/10 NR/L2/TRK/3201 Iss 3; Dec 08
This document sets out the activities and control mechanisms which shall be applied across the network to define, monitor, assess, correct and
advise gauge and clearances on routes to enable the safe passage of prescribed rolling stock.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/3203 Structure Gauge Recording Issue 1; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

This system specification gives the minimum requirements for Gauging Surveying and the data within Network Rail’s National Gauging Database
(NGD). This Standard specifies detail of Network Rail compliance with GC/RT5212 Sections E and K.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/4040 Level Crossing Surface Systems Issue 2; Dec 10 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 RT/CE/S/040 Iss 1; Dec 97
This standard specifies the performance of manufactured proprietary level crossing surface systems so that they are fit for purpose and have an
adequate life expectancy.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/4100 Serviceable Concrete Sleepers for use in Running Lines and Compliance Replaces
Sidings Issue 4; Sep 11 03/09/11 RT/CE/S/062 Iss 3; Oct 01
This specification is for use in the selection of serviceable concrete sleepers for installation in Network Rail Infrastructure’s running lines and sidings.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/5100 Management of Fencing and Other Boundary Measures Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/SP/TRK/05100
Iss 1; Oct 05
To specify the boundary management measures commensurate with assessed risks posed by the adjacent environment and the railway and to
incorporate a method of assessing these risks.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/5201 Management of Lineside Vegetation Issue 4; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

31/03/13 NR/L2/TRK/5201 Iss 3; Sep 09
This Standard mandates that lineside vegetation will undergo inspection, maintenance and management regimes derived from risk assessments
based upon railway and vegetation characteristics
Price Band: D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/TRK/6001 Renewals Workbank Management Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/TRK/6001
Iss 1
To define the processes for the management of work items to create annual workbanks which reflect our customers needs, business priorities and
the asset policy.
Price Band: D
NR/L2/TRK/6100 The Installation and Maintenance of Stretcher Bars Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Mar 15 07/03/15 NR/L3/TRK/1202 Iss 2; Jun 10
NR/L3/SIG/10179
Iss 3; Dec 11
This standard provides one reference document for stretcher bars. It details the limits and actions required to prevent derailments associated with
stretcher bar components.
Price Band: B This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix K for availabilty and prices of modules
NR/L2/TRK/8006 Installation and Management of Rail Mounted Lubricators Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/06/08 NR/SP/TRK/8006
Iss 1; Dec 05
This specification outlines the minimum requirements for the installation, maintenance and recording of lubricators
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/8100 Railway Ballast and Stoneblower Aggregate Issue 4; Jun 09 Compliance Replaces
06/06/09 RT/CE/S/006 Iss 3; Aug 00
This product specification gives the requirements for Railway Ballast and Stoneblower Aggregate.
Price Band: C
NR/L2/TRK/9016 Assessment of Strength of Rails with Localised Head Loss Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Dec 09 05/12/09 NR/SP/TRK/9016
Iss 1; Dec 05
This specification sets out a recommended procedure for assessing rail strength where localised head loss has occurred, so that the appropriate
decision can be taken regarding rail replacement.
Price Band: C
Level 3
NR/L3/TRK/002 Track Maintenance Handbook Issue 7; Jun 11 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 NR/L3/TRK/002 Iss 6; Sep 10
This Work Instruction introduces the Track Maintenance Handbook (TMH). The handbook is a collection of Track and Off Track Work Instructions
some of which existed in previous forms as Network Rail Standard Operating Procedures. The issue of the preface establishes consistent content
and format for all areas
Price Band: Phone This is a modular document. Please refer to Appendix K for availabilty and prices of modules
NR/L3/TRK/003 Index of Track Engineering Forms Issue 17; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces
05/09/15 NR/L3/TRK/003
Iss 16; Mar 15*
This standard provides the index and version control to the Track Engineering Forms (TEFs) which shall be applied to meet the inspection,
maintenance and renewals requirements of Network Rail track standards and the associated Standard Maintenance Procedures and Method
Statements.
TEFs UPDATED: TEF 3029 ISSUE 7, TEF 3054 ISSUE 7, TEF 3203 ISSUE 5, TEF 3244A ISSUE 2,TEF 3244B ISSUE 2
NEW: TEF 3225, TEF 3226, TEF 3227, TEF 3251
Price Band: Phone Please see Appendix K for availabilty and format of the associated Track Engineering Forms
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/0030 Reinstatement of Absolute Track Geometry (WCML) Compliance Replaces

For project work that affects the track alignment on the Absolute Track Geometry (ATG) Sections of the WCML, the procedure defines the
arrangements for: managing changes to the ATG design, designing track alignments on the tracks adjacent to ATG alignments, managing the
reinstatement of the alignment and the installation of ATG alignment.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/1010 Management of Responses to Extreme Weather Conditions Compliance Replaces

at Structures, Earthworks and Other Key Locations 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0167
Issue 2; Aug 08 Iss 1; Oct 07
This process outlines the roles and responsibilities for the maintenance organisation to manage the necessary actions in order to protect the line as
a result of extreme weather conditions including water action (including flooding, storm, wave action, scour) at structures, earthworks and other key
locations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1011 Management of Permanent Way Inspections Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 See below
Replaces: NR/PRC/MTC/TK0070 Iss 1, NR/PRC/MTC/TRK/0075 Iss 2, NR/PRC/MTC/TK0135 Iss 1
This Procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities for Permanent Way inspections on the network in accordance with
Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way NR/L2/TRK/001 and Track Inspection Handbook NR/WI/TRK/001 and lineside standards as
detailed in the references.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1012 Management of Manual Ultrasonic Weld Testing Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0084
Iss 1; Feb 06
This Procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities for manual ultrasonic rail testing on the network in accordance with:
• NR/L2/TRK/001 Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way
• NR/L2/TRK/055 Rail Testing: Ultrasonic Procedures
• NR/SP/TRK/1110 Qualification and Certification of NDT personnel written practice – Ultrasonic Testing
The procedure covers the initial creation of the testing programme through to removal or further management of the defect.
The procedure includes the monitoring and review of the programme.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1013 Maintenance of Track Assets Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0136 Iss 1
NR/PRC/MTC/TK0127 Iss 2
The purpose of this document is to define the roles and responsibilities in the planning and undertaking of routine maintenance activities of track and
lineside assets to fit in with the national planning process and timescales.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1014 Management of Broken Rails Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0068
Iss 2; Oct 07
This document defines the process to be adopted for the management of broken rails, including the recording of details and trend monitoring.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TRK/1015 Management of Basic Visual Inspection Issue 2; Sep 10 Compliance Replaces

04/09/10 NR/L3/TRK/1015 Iss 1; Dec 08
This Procedure describes the management of track patrolling activities, to achieve a consistent approach across the network to improve the
reliability and quality of Basic Visual Inspection and develop the skill and competence of staff.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/1016 Managing the Raising / Removing of Track Speed Compliance Replaces

Restrictions and Inspecting the Line After Track Engineering 05/03/11 New at Issue 78
Work Issue 1; Dec 10
This document details the requirements for the management of competence, including training and certification, for persons who will be inspecting
the track for the purpose of raising / removing speed restrictions and inspecting the line after track renewal, maintenance and refurbishment work.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1017 Inspection for Raising/removing Speed Restrictions and Compliance Replaces

Inspecting the Line After Track Renewal Work Issue 1; Dec 10 05/03/11 NR/L3/INI/CP0023
Iss 2; Jun 08
Track work affects each of the primary components of the Railway System: track, signalling, telecommunication, electrification systems, plant, and
structures. This Network Rail standard specifies the process for inspecting track renewals work undertaken on Network Rail infrastructure. It
specifies a structured, comprehensive and consistent approach that achieves compliance with the requirements of NR/L2/TRK/001/A01 Inspection
and maintenance of permanent way - Inspection.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1018 Inspection for Raising / Removing Speed Restrictions Compliance Replaces

And Inspecting the Line After Track Maintenance and 05/03/11 New at Issue 78
Refurbishment Work Issue 1; Dec 10
This document details the requirements for persons who will be inspecting the permanent way for the purpose of raising / removing speed
restrictions and inspecting the line after track maintenance and refurbishment work and gives the process to be applied when these activities are
undertaken.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1101 The Management of Rail Defect Removal Timescales Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Sep 10 04/09/10 NR/L3/TRK/1101 Iss 2; Aug 08
This Procedure defines the process, roles and responsibilities in the management of occasional short term dispensations for the exceedance of
maximum allowable timescales for the removal of discrete rail defects.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/1202 S&C Systems – Flat Bottom Full Depth Switches Compliance Replaces
– Management of Fixed Stretcher Bar Assemblies, Lock 04/09/10 NR/L3/TRK/1202 Iss 1; Dec 08
Stretcher Bar Fastenings and the Associated Defects
Issue 2; Jun 10
This issue of the standard expands the scope of the document to cover the management of full depth fixed stretcher bar assemblies in slips, switch
diamonds in BR109, BS110A, and BS113A/CEN56 rail sections.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/TRK/2070 Design Specification S&C System:- NR60/HPSS and NR60/ Compliance Replaces
Hydrive Configurations Issue 1; Aug 07 31/08/07
To define the design specifications for NR60 / HPSS and NR60 / Hydrive configurations This document defines the interface dimensions for S&C
components between the Track, Signalling and Electrification and Plant functions for these configurations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3001 Standard Maintenance Procedure: Ordering of Switch and Compliance Replaces

Crossing Components Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0122
Iss 2; Dec 07
The purpose of this document is to advise all parties within the maintenance function of their roles and responsibilities in the planning and ordering
process for maintenance switch & crossing Units.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3011 Management of Rail Stress and Critical Rail Temperatures Compliance Replaces
Issue 3; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0077
Iss 2; Oct 07
This Procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities related to the management of stress in rails.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/3012 Management of Hot Weather Precautions (Track) Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Dec 07
This Standard Maintenance Procedure details the roles and responsibilities within the Maintenance organisation in the management of weather
precautions relating to hot weather situations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3013 Management of Cold Weather Precautions (Track) Compliance Replaces

Issue 1; Oct 07 26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0174
Iss 1; Oct 07
This Standard Maintenance Procedure details the roles and responsibilities within the maintenance organisation in the management of weather
precautions relating to cold weather situations.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3101 Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured building Compliance Replaces

surveying – Track Issue 1; Sep 10 04/12/10 New at Issue 77
This standard enables the creation of a specification for survey works. It provides guidance to Project managers and Designated project engineers
on specifying and commissioning Topographic surveys where the accuracy needs are better than ±100mm in position). It is intended to be used
with NR/L2/TRK/3100, Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured building surveying – Strategy and general.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3104 Asset Data Extraction and Topographic Surveying - Compliance Replaces

Signalling Issue 1; Mar 12 02/06/12 New at Issue 83
This standard specifies access to data for use when alterations or renewals of the Signalling system will be undertaken. Access is via existing data
repositories where the validity of the data is known. Where the validity is uncertain, the survey methodologies specified in this standard apply.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3105 Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured building Compliance Replaces

surveying – Overhead Line Electrification Issue 1; Mar 12 02/06/12 New at Issue 83
This standard facilitates the creation of a specification for Topographic survey works for overhead line equipment (OLE). It provides guidance to
Project managers and Designated project engineers on specifying and commissioning Topographic surveys.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/TRK/3122 Management of Coal Mining Subsidence Affecting Track Compliance Replaces

Infrastructure Issue 1; Dec 09 06/03/10 New at Issue 74
This document gives direction and information to technicians, engineers and managers who are engaged in the management of coal mining
subsidence affecting track infrastructure. Information includes how to interpret mining reports and other information provided by the Network Rail
Principal Mining Engineer (PME).
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3201 Management of tight clearances and track position Compliance Replaces

Iss 1; Mar 08
This process outlines the requirements of the maintenance organisation to manage the monitoring and survey of track position relative to fixed
structures, manage and undertake the work associated with the process in accordance with:
• NR/L2/TRK/001 Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way
• NR/L2/TRK/3201 Management of Tight Clearances and Track Position
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TRK/3202 Management of Track Geometry Recording and Remedial Compliance Replaces

Actions Issue 2; Apr 06 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0072
Issue 2; Apr 06
This procedure details how the Maintenance Organisation is to manage its responsibility for measurement of track geometry and for identifying and
undertaking work arising.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/3230 Control of On-track Machines Issue 2; Aug 06 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0003
Iss 1; Jun 06
This procedure defines the standard process, roles and responsibilities for the control on site of on track machine operations in maintenance
worksites.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3240 Preparation for use of On-track Machines Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces
26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0004
Iss 1; Jun 06
To ensure that tamping, stone blowing, dynamic track stabilisers and ballast regulating works deliver the required results in terms of agreed outputs,
productivity, track geometry and longevity by mandating activities in the preparation of track for treatment with on-track machines (OTM). This
maintenance procedure shall be used when planning, preparing & delivering OTM works and links to standard maintenance procedure NR/
PRC/MTC/TK0002: “Planning of ‘On-track’ Machines”.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3241 Marking of Track for Tamping Machines Issue 1; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
This standard is part of a pair of related standards, the other being NR/L3/TRK/3242, Marking of track for stoneblowing machines, that specify
correct and accurate track marking. Consistent track marking will:
a) avoid confusion between the operators and Network Rail Technical Staff about the work required;
b) reduce or remove damage to infrastructure and preventing delays caused due to overrun as the damage is repaired. Sometimes such damage
necessitates planning of further shifts which further reduce access for other works;
c) allows for tamping closer to obstructions where previously whole sleepers may have been avoided. This can lead to better and more accurate
quality track;
d) provide intangible benefits of:
1) increased engagement of the TQS on site;
2) improved relationships and communication between NR and operators (external contractors) on site;
3) greater “buy-in” to
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3242 Marking of track for stoneblowing machines Issue 1; Dec 11 Compliance Replaces
This standard is part of a pair of related standards, the other being NR/L3/TRK/3241, Marking of track for tamping machines, that specify correct
and accurate track marking. Consistent track marking will:
a) avoid confusion between the operators and Network Rail Technical Staff about the work required;
b) reduce or remove damage to infrastructure, preventing delays caused due to overrun as the damage is repaired. Sometimes such damage
necessitates planning of further shifts which further reduce access for other works;
c) provide intangible benefits of:
1) increased engagement of the TQS on site;
2) improved relationships and communication between NR and operators (external contractors) on site;
3) greater “buy-in” to the pre-site preparation and design process.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3250 Post-work Activities Following Works Using On-track Compliance Replaces

Maintenance Machines Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0005
Iss 1; Jun 06
To ensure that on track machine treatment works deliver the required results in terms of agreed outputs, productivity, track geometry and longevity
by mandating activities after treatment has been completed.
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/3260 Maintenance of an EPS (Enhanced Permissible Speed) Compliance Replaces

Railway Issue 1; Mar 09 07/03/09 New at Issue 71
This document defines the roles, responsibilities and processes within the track maintenance delivery units for the maintenance of Enhanced
Permissible (EPS) routes.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3261 ATG (Absolute Track Geometry) Maintenance Process Using Compliance Replaces
‘ATG Geometry Methods’ Issue 1; Mar 09 07/03/09 New at Issue 71
This document defines the roles, responsibilities and process within the track maintenance delivery unit to maintain track alignment using ‘ATG
Geometry methods.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3262 ATG (Absolute Track Geometry) Maintenance Process Using Compliance Replaces
‘ATG Lite Method’ Issue 1; Mar 09 07/03/09 New at Issue 71
This document defines the roles, responsibilities and process within the track maintenance delivery units to maintain track alignment using the ‘ATG
Lite method’.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3310 Re-gauging of Switch Units – Field Face to Field Face Compliance Replaces
Method Issue 1; Jun 12 31/06/12 New at Issue 84
This document defines the roles, responsibilities and process within the track maintenance delivery units to maintain track alignment using the ‘ATG
Lite method’.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3402 Welding Process - Repair of Wheelburns and Squats Compliance Replaces

Issue 3; Dec 08 01/03/09 NR/WI/TRK/03402
Iss 2; Aug 06
The equipment and processes described in this Work Instruction are to be used by Network Rail and Contractor’s welding staff when carrying out
welding repairs to wheelburn and squat type defects in track.
Price Band: B
NR/L3/TRK/3405 Recording on Site Derailment Information Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/TRK/3405 Iss 1; Feb 07
The purpose of this standard is to confirm the standardised track information requirements to be collected after a derailment occurs.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/3407 Management of Rail Welding Issue 3; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/L3/MTC/TK0081
Iss 2; Oct 07
This procedure applies to all aluminothermic and arc welding activities. It sets out the arrangements through which Network Rail complies with the
minimum requirements for the management of rail welding on the permanent way, and of any consequent actions.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/3510 Rail Friction Management Issue 2; Sep 11 Compliance Replaces

03/09/11 NR/L3/TRK/3510 Iss 1; Mar 11
This standard gives the minimum requirements for the installation, inspection, filling and maintenance of rail-mounted rail head friction management
systems designed and approved for Network Rail’s permanent way.
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/3530 Track Lubricants Issue 1; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces

Correct selection and use of track lubricants contributes to delivery of asset safety, reliability and life cycle cost reduction, by managing the friction at
key track component interfaces and at the wheel-rail interface.
This product specification defines the minimum requirements for track lubricants used by Network Rail to lubricate:
• Running rails and check rails in plain line curves / switches and crossings;
• Switch and crossing slidechairs;
• Fishplated joints.
NR/L3/TRK/3701 Preparation of Site Specific Method Statement for Rail Compliance Replaces
Delivery Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/PRC/MTC/TK0060
Iss 1; Oct 05
To provide a site specific method statement to complement national delivery service’s generic method statements for the delivery of rail to
maintenance worksites.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/4004 Switch & Crossing Assemblies Issue 2; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

04/06/11 See below
Replaces: NR/SP/TRK/004 (RT/CE/S/004) Iss 1; Sep 96, RT/CE/S/073 Iss 1; Dec 03, NR/L2/TRK/9017 Iss 2; Aug 08
This standard specifies requirements for the manufacture and assembly of switch and crossings (S&C).
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/4041 Maintaining Track Assets at Level Crossings Issue 1; Jun 12 Compliance Replaces
This standard specifies the requirements for managing the installation, inspection, maintenance of track assets at operational level crossing
infrastructure. It demonstrates that level crossing systems are compliant with legislation, reliable and safe.
Price Band: E
NR/L3/TRK/4900 Track Gauge Specification Issue 1; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces

This standard is required so that manufacturers supply Network Rail with gauges that we have control over and that meet our track standard
requirements.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/6001 Management of a Problem Statement Issue 2; Aug 08 Compliance Replaces

26/08/08 NR/SP/TRK/6001
Iss 1; Feb 07
The purpose of the document is to define:
• the process for the identification and development of a problem statement
• the information which must be presented to support a problem statement.
Price Band: C
NR/L3/TRK/6002 The Specification and Design of Plain Line Track Renewals Compliance Replaces
Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/TRK/6002 Iss 1; Oct 07
The purpose of the document is to define the procedure to be used for the specification and design of plain line track renewals that are required to
address asset condition.
Price Band: D
NR/L3/TRK/7002 Reporting of Permanent Way Failures and Incidents Compliance Replaces

Issue 2; Aug 08 26/08/08 NR/L3/TRK/7002 Iss 1; Mar 08
This document describes a numerical system for Hazard Ranking of Permanent Way failures and incidents. The system is based on the principles of
the Network Rail Standard RT/E/S/10047: Management of Safety Related Reports for Signalling and Operational Telecom (S&T), which ranks
failures and incidents on a scale of 0 to 228 based on impact to operational safety.
Price Band: B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/TRK/7004 Track Standard Drawings (RE/PW Series) Issue 3; Mar 11 Compliance Replaces
04/06/11 NR/L2/TRK/7004 Iss 2; Aug 08
The purpose of this standard is to specify a consistent presentational style for the production of Network Rail Standard Track Component and
General Arrangement Drawings.
Price Band: D
Work Instructions
NR/WI/TRK/001 Track Inspection Handbook Issue 1; Oct 05 Compliance Replaces

This Work Instruction Preface introduces version 3 of the Track Inspection Handbook (TIH). The handbook has existed in previous forms but without
formal document control and distribution. This is corrected by the issue of this preface.
Price Band: B
NR/WI/TRK/00116 Welding Process – Aluminothermic Suppliers’ Manuals Compliance Replaces

Issue E1; Jun 05
This Business Process Document has been produced to control updates of Welding Suppliers’ Manuals as shown in the Appendices.
Price Band: F
NR/WI/TRK/03401 Welding Process – use of Welding Tents Issue 2; Feb 07 Compliance Replaces
NR/WI/TRK/03401
Iss 1; Jan 06
The equipment and processes described in this Business Process Document are to be used by Network Rail and Contractors welding staff for the
protection from the weather of staff, materials and worksites whilst installing aluminothermic welds.
Price Band: C
NR/WI/TRK/03404 Welding Process - Use of Welding Umbrella and Support Compliance Replaces
Clamp Issue 1; Feb 07
The equipment and processes described in this work instruction are to be used by Network Rail and Contractor’s welding staff for the protection
from the weather of staff, materials and worksites whilst installing aluminothermic welds and carrying out maintenance arc welding.
Price Band: C
NR/GN/TRK/7001 Index of Track Work Information Sheets (TWI) Issue 6; Jun 15 Compliance Replaces
N/A NR/GN/TRK/7001
Iss 5; Dec 14
This document indexes the track work information sheets (TWI) (formerly Track Work Instructions) to be used in connection with Standard
Maintenance Procedures, Method Statements, Work instructions and Track Training Framework training documentation.
The index forms the document by which version control is maintained.
TWIs UPDATED: 2C037, 2G018, 2G020
TWIs NEW: 2P043b
Price Band: D Note. Trackwork Information Sheets are available to Network Rail Employees only
NR/GN/TRK/3103 Topographic, Engineering, Land & Measured Building Compliance Replaces

Surveying – Survey & Mapping Techniques Issue 1; Sep 10 N/A New at Issue 77
This Guidance Note standard has been written to enable a general understanding of the techniques that may be used to collect survey data for all
Topographic, Engineering, Land and Measured building surveying associated with Track, Building and Civils, Signalling, Control and Plant, OLE,
and Property. requiring a positional accuracy of better than ±100mm in position. It provides detailed project processes for track monitoring and
surveying for slab tracking as Appendices.
It specifically excludes ground investigation, geotechnical, building condition, dilapidation surveys and surveys associated with Network Rail owned
and operated measurement trains.
It is intended to be used in conjunction with the suite of Network Rail Topographic surveying standards. Parts of NR/L2/TRK/3100, Topographic,
engineering, land and measured building surveying – Surveying and general specify information to enable a specification for survey data collection
to be developed for the disciplines of Track (specified in NR/L3/TRK/3101), Civils (specified in NR/L2/TRK/3102, in development), OLE, Signalling
and Commercial Property (all with standards to be developed).
Price Band: E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/SIN/105 Replacement of Vossloh Type Baseplate Screws in RT60 & Compliance Replaces
NR60 S&C Issue 1; Jan 10 01/12/10 New at Issue 75
This SIN shall apply to all RT60/NR60 Switches where the slide and roller baseplate fixings are Vossloh Type Screws Ss8-160. Most RT60 and all
NR60 S&C is included in this, with the exceptions of:-
• RT60 with direct fix shoulders throughout, produced by Balfour Beatty are excluded.
• RT60 with VAPE screws fixing the slide baseplates, produced by Corus Cogifer are excluded.
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/106 Replacement of Crippled Switches in RT60 & NR60 S&C Compliance Replaces
Issue 1; May 10 01/01/11 New at Issue 77
Inspection has highlighted problems with switch rails in RT60 & NR60 S&C failing to retain their designed curvature or straightness between the end
of the planing and the first fixed baseplate.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/108 Inspection of Level Crossing Surface Systems on Sharp Compliance Replaces

Curves and/or with High Skew Issue 1; Jul 10 04/12/10 New at Issue 77
Following the derailment at Croxton level crossing on 12th September 2006 and investigation of the causes, there is a need to carry out additional
inspections of level crossing surface systems on sharp curves and/or with high skew, and document the results.
Price Band: B
NR/SIN/109 The Inspection and Measurement of Crossing Surface Compliance Replaces

Vertical Profile at Uncontrolled Vehicular Level Crossings 31/12/10 New at Issue 77
Issue 1; Aug 10
An improvement notice was served on the Anglia Route, by the Office of Rail Regulation, to inspect and assess the crossing surface vertical profiles
of uncontrolled vehicular level crossings, for the risk of grounding of road vehicles.
Price Band: C
NR/SIN/131 Management of Flange Climb Derailment Risk in Facing Compliance Replaces

Switches Issue 1; Jul 14 30/04/15 New at Issue 93
This SIN covers the management of flange climb derailment risk in facing switches, through effective inspection and repair.
Price Band: D
NR/SIN/139 Assessment and Control of Flange Climb Risks on Sub-250 Compliance Replaces
Metre Radius Plain Line Curves Issue 1; Feb 15 06/07/15 New at Issue 95
The purpose of this SIN is to:
a) identify all small radius curves (≤200m) and confirm whether or not check rails are fitted;
b) confirm the nature of any risk controls which are in place where no check rails exist;
c) review the risk controls at all sites to confirm whether they are adequate or need to be upgraded;
d) inform the development of a co-ordinated approach to compliance and risk reduction for each site in accordance with ALARP principals;
e) identify curves with radii in the range of 201m to 250m to enable risk assessment and mitigation plans to be proposed based on track
construction type, usage and business case development
Price Band: C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
4.23 Documents Archived in the Last 15 Months

Historic 12/13
Old Reference Title Replaced by

Operations and Customer Services OCS, OPS
NR/L3/MTC/SE0118 Issue 3 Safety Tours Withdrawn
NR/L2/OHS/040 Issue 4 Safety Tours Withdrawn
NR/L3/OCS/044/MS-03 Issue 2 CCTV Management and Operation Withdrawn
NR/L2/SIG/30039 Issue 1 Power operated gate openers application at user Worked Crossings Withdrawn
NR/SIG/10665 Issue 10 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (RoSE) NR/SIG/10665 Issue 11

Historic 03/14
NR/SIN/118 Issue 2 Hy-Drive Break-out Device Inspection Withdrawn

NR/SIN/121 Issue 1 36W Tungsten Filament Wig-Wag Road Traffic Lights Withdrawn
Historic 06/14
NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/100 Governance for Railway Investment Projects (GRIP) - Policy NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/100

Issue 2 Issue 3
NR/L2/INI/CP0070 Issue 3 Supplier Licensing NR/L2/INI/CP0070
Issue 4
NR/L3/INI/CP0073 Issue 2 Supplier Licensing Requirements NR/L2/INI/CP0070
Issue 4
NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Risk Control Manual NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216
Issue 5 Issue 6
NR/L3/NSC/311 Engineering and Management Control Arrangements for the National Supply Chain T&RS NR/L3/NSC/311
Issue 1 and OTM Fleet Issue 2
NR/L2/INI/CP0047 Application of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations to Network Rail NR/L2/OHS/0047
Issue 4 Construction Works Issue 5
NR/GN/SIG/CAT005 Index of Network Rail Documents Relating to Signalling & Communications Equipment NR/GN/SIG/CAT005
Issue 46 Issue 47
NR/L2/SIG/10662 Process for Introduction of New or Revised Maintenance Regimes NR/L2/SIG/10662
Issue 6 Issue 7
NR/L2/SIG/30097 Modular Signalling NR/L2/SIG/30097/001
Issue 2 Issue 3
NR/L2/SIG/30097/001 Modular Signalling Handbook NR/L2/SIG/30097/001
Issue 2 Issue 3
NR/L2/TEL/30080 Specification for the Maintenance of Whiteley PETS System NR/L2/TEL/30080
Issue 2 Issue 3
NR/L2/TEL/30081 Specification for the Maintenance of Telecommunication Power Plant, Batteries, Invertors NR/L2/TEL/30081
Issue 2 and Uninterruptible Power Supplies Issue 3
NR/L2/TEL/30084 Specification for the Maintenance of Lineside Telephones and Tail Cables NR/L2/TEL/30084
Issue 2 Issue 3
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Historic 09/14
NR/L2/ELP/27238 Maintenance Specification for Fixed Plant Equipment NR/L2/ELP/27238

Iss 6; Sep 11 Iss 7; Jul 14
NR/L3/ELP/27237 Overhead Line Work Instructions NR/L3/ELP/27237
Iss 6; Mar 11 Iss 7; Sep 14
NR/L2/INI/CP0062 Infrastructure Investment - Major Project / Programme Management System Manual Withdrawn
Iss 1; Mar 09
NR/L3/INI/CP0064 Delivering Works within Possessions NR/L3/INI/CP0064
NR/L3/INI/CP0073 Supplier Licensing Requirements Withdrawn
Iss 2; Dec 11
NR/L2/OCS/031 Risk Assessment and Briefing of Timetable Change NR/L2/OCS/031
NR/GN/OPS/030 Risk Assessment of Timetable Change - Guidance NR/L2/OCS/031
Iss 6; Sep 09 Iss 9; Sep 14
NR/PLANT/0200 Infrastructure Plant Manual NR/PLANT/0200
Iss 5; Mar 13 Iss 6; May 14
NR/L2/SIG/11201 Signalling Design Handbook NR/SIG/11201
Iss 8; Jun 12 Iss 9; Sep 14
NR/L2/SIG/19608 Level Crossing Asset Inspection and Implementation of Minimum Action Codes NR/L2/SIG/19608
Iss 6; Jun 11 Iss 7; May 14
NR/L2/SIG/30009 Signalling Principles Handbook NR/L2/SIG/30009
Iss 8; Jun 12 Iss 9; Sep 14
NR/L2/SIG/30014 Signalling Works Testing Handbook NR/L2/SIG/30014
Iss 10; Dec 12 Iss 11; Sep 14
NR/SIG/10661 Signalling Maintenance Task Intervals NR/SIG/10661
NR/SIG/10663 Signalling Maintenance Specifications (SMS) NR/SIG/10663
NR/SIG/11231 Signal Maintenance Testing Handbook (SMTH) NR/SIG/11231
BP 5400 Asset Inspection and Implementation of Minimum Action NR/L2/SIG/19608
Iss 1; Dec 13 Iss 7; May 14
NR/L2/TRK/001 Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way NR/L2/TRK/001
Iss 6; Dec 12 Iss 7; Sep 14
NR/L2/TRK/3038 Longitudinal Timbers – Design, Installation and Maintenance NR/L2/TRK/3038
Iss 5; Mar 11 (formerly RT/CE/S/038) Iss 6; Sep 14
Historic 12/14
NR/L3/CIV/065 Iss 4 Examination of Earthworks NR/L3/CIV/065 Iss 5
NR/L2/CIV/086 Iss 3 Management of Earthworks NR/L2/CIV/086 Iss 4

NR/L3/ELP/27237 Iss 7 Overhead Line Work Instructions NR/L3/ELP/27237 Iss 8
NR/L3/INI/CP0050 Iss 3; Jun 12 Key Environmental Performance Indicators and Environmental Performance Measures Withdrawal
NR/L3/INV/3001 Iss 2 Reporting and Investigation Manual NR/L3/INV/3001 Iss 3
NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Iss 6 Risk Control Manual NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Iss 7
NR/L3/OCS/041 Iss 33 Operations Manual - Contents & Responsibilities Matrix NR/L3/OCS/041 Iss 34
NR/SIG/10665 Iss 11 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (RoSE) NR/SIG/10665 Iss 12
NR/GN/SIG/19808 Iss 2 Alstom SO Hydraulic Supplementary Point Drive System - Installation and Set-up NR/L3/SIG/19808 Iss 3
NR/GN/TRK/7001 Iss 2* Index of Track Work Information Sheets (TWI) NR/GN/TRK/7001 Iss 4
NR/L2/TRK/1054 Iss 4 Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Procedures for Cast, Welded and Fabricated NR/L2/TRK/1054 Iss 5
Crossings in the Track
A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix A Civil Engineering
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
A1 NR/L3/CIV/005 Iss 2; Jun 11

Railway Drainage Systems Manual
This standard contains the modules which comprise the Railway Drainage Systems Manual. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be
complied with by 3rd September 2011
The following modules may be purchased together or separately as appropriate. The prices below are for the individual documents. Please phone to
obtain prices for purchasing multiple modules
Reference Title Issue Issue date Price
NR/L3/CIV/005/1 Part 1: Purpose, Scope and General Management Requirements 1 4th Dec 2010 E
NR/L3/CIV/005/2A Part 2A: General Design Requirements 1 4th Dec 2010 C
NR/L3/CIV/005/2B Part 2B: Hydraulic Design of New Drainage Systems 1 4th Dec 2010 D
NR/L3/CIV/005/2C Part 2C: Design of Drainage System Components 1 4th Dec 2010 D
NR/L3/CIV/005/2D Part 2D: Remediation 1 4th Dec 2010 B
NR/L3/CIV/005/2E Part 2E: Installation 1 4th Dec 2010 C
NR/L3/CIV/005/3A Part 3A: Inspection 1 4th Dec 2010 B
NR/L3/CIV/005/3B Part 3B: Maintenance 1 4th Dec 2010 D
NR/L3/C IV/005/4A Part 4A: Initial Survey and Condition Assessment
NR/L3/CIV/005/4B Part 4B: Records
NR/L3/CIV/005/5 Part 5: Drainage Management Plans 1 4th Jun 2011 C
A2 NR/L3/CIV/006 Iss 5; Jan 14

Handbook for the Examination of Structures
This standard contains the modules which comprise the Handbook for examination of structures. The use of these modules is mandatory and must
be complied with by 7th June 2014
obtain prices for puchasing multiple modules
NR/L3/CIV/006/ Document Title Issue Issue Date Price
01A Part 1A: Purpose, scope and definitions 3 5th Jun 2010 C
01B Part 1B: Examination Regime 2 17th Jan 2014 C
01C Part 1C: Risk Categories and, Examination Intervals 5 17th Jan 2014 D
01D Part 1D: Competency, Preparation for Examinations and Other Common Requirements 1 5th Sep 2009 C
01F Part 1E: Protective Treatment
02A Part 2A: Bridges 2 5th Jun 2010 D
02B Part 2B: Tenanted Bridge Spans 2 5th Jun 2010 C
02C Part 2C: Condition Marking of Bridges 1 5th Jun 2010 Phone
02D Part 2D: Hidden Parts of Bridges
02E Part 2E: Fatigue in Bridges
02F Part 2F: Condition Marking of Footbridges
03A Part 3: Culverts 2 5th Jun 10 C
03B Part 3B: Condition Marking of Culverts

`,```
04A Part 4A: Lined Tunnels 1 5th Sep 2009

--
04B Part 4B: Unlined Tunnels 1 5th Sep 2009 C
04C Part 4C: Reporting of Tunnel Examinations and Condition Marking Index Score 1 5th Sep 2009 F
04D Part 4D: Unlined Tunnel Geotechnical Risk Assessment Guidance 1 5th Sep 2009 D
05A Part 5: Retaining Walls 2 5th Jun 2010 C
05B Part 5B: Condition Marking of Retaining Walls
06 Part 6: Coastal, Estuarine and River Defences 1 5th Sep 2009 C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/CIV/006/ Document Title Issue Issue Date Price
07A Part 7A: Operational Property Structures 1 5th Jun 2010 B
07B Part 7B: Buildings 1 5th Jun 2010 C
07C Part 7C: Condition Marking of Operational Property
08 Part 8: Ancillary Structures 1 5th Jun 2010 B
09A Part 9A: Earthworks
09B Part 9B: Condition Marking of Earthworks
10 Part 10: Drainage - NR/L2/CIV/005
11A Part 11A: Reporting and Recording Examinations of Structures in CARRS 2 5th Jun 2010 D
11B Part 11B: Reporting and Recording Examinations and Inspections of Operational Property in 1 5th Jun 2010 E
OPAS
11C Part 11C: Reporting and Recording Examinations of Earthworks using GISmo
11D Part 11D: Reporting and Recording of Bridge Strikes
12A Part 12A: Evaluation of Examinations of Structures: Guidance for an Examiner
12B Part 12B: Evaluation of Examinations of Operational Structures and Buildings
12C Part 12C: Evaluation of Examinations of Structures: Guidance for an Asset Manager
13A Guide to use of CARRS
13B Guide to use of OPAS
13C Guide to use of Earthwork GIS database
A3 NR/L3/CIV/140 Iss 10; Sep 10

Model Clauses
This standard contains the modules which comprise the Model Clauses for Civil Engineering Works. The use of these modules is mandatory and
must be complied with by 4th December 2010
Sections Title Issue Publication date Price
10 General 2 June-08 E
21 Aerial Survey 1A Sept 1996 D
22 Land and Trackwork Surveys 1A Sept 1996 D
23 Structural Repair Survey 2 June-10
25 Presentation of Survey Data and Information 1A Sept 1996 D
30 - 35 Ground Investigation 1C Dec-96 D
30:General Requirements for Ground Investigation
31:Schedule 1: Information
32:Schedule 2: Exploratory Holes
33:Schedule 3: Employer’s Representative’s Facilities
34:Schedule 4: Specification Amendments
35:Schedule 5: Specification Additions

--`,
40 Demolition and Site Clearance 2 June-08
50 General requirements for Earthworks and Excavations 2 Sept 2010 B
51 Excavations 2 Sept 2010 C
52 Earthworks 2 Sept 2010 D
53 Grouting of Embankments 2 Sept 2010 C
70 General Requirements for Piling 2 March-10 C
71 Precast Concrete Piles 2 March-10 B
72 Cast-in-place Piles 2 March-10 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
73 Steel Piles 2 March-10 B
74 Timber Piles 2 March-10 A
75 Testing of Piles 2 March-10 B
76 General Requirements for Embedded Retaining Walls 2 March-10 C
77 Diaphragm Walls 2 March-10 B
78 Embedded Retaining Walls constructed using Bored Concrete Piles 2 March-10 A
79 Sheet Pile Walls 2 March-10 B
80 Structural Concrete 2 Aug-08 E
83 Structural Concrete Repairs 2 Aug-08 D
85 Concrete for Ancillary Purposes 2 Aug-08 B
90 Steelwork (BS 5400) 1B Jan-96 E
93 Structural Steelwork Repairs 1A Feb-97 D
100 Bearings 2 June-10
100GN Guidance Note for the specification of bearings 2 June-10
110 General requirements for Waterproofing Underline Bridges 2 Dec-08 C
111 Tightly bonded systems for Underbridge Bridges 2 Dec-08 C
112 Loose-laid systems for Underline Bridges 2 Dec-08 A
113 Waterproofing road carrying Bridges 2 Dec-08 D
114 Tanking 2 Dec-08 A
120 General Requirements for Bridge Installation Methods and Temporary Works 3 June-08 B
121 Bridge Installation by Sliding or Rolling 3 June-08 C
122 Bridge Installation by Large Capacity Crane 3 June-08 B
123 Bridge Installation Using Self Propelled Lifting Vehicles 3 June-08 C
124 Temporary Works Tunnels Constructed Using a Shield 3 June-08 C
125 Bridge Installation by Thrust Boring 3 June-08 C
126 Temporary Bridges 3 June-08 C
130 - 134 Inspection of New Steelwork, Precast Concrete, Protective Treatment and Waterproofing 1A Jan-97 D
130:General Requirements for Inspection
131:Inspection of New Steelwork
132:Inspection of Precast Concrete
133:Inspection of Protective Treatment
134:Inspection of Waterproofing
140 & 141 Steelwork (BS 5950) 1B March-96 D
140:Steelwork Hot Rolled Sections
141:Steelwork Cold Formed Sections
150 Brickwork, Blockwork and Masonry 1C Sept 1994 D
153 Brickwork and Masonry Repairs 1A May-97 E
160 General requirements for structural timber 2 Dec-09 C
161 Design requirements for structural timber 2 Dec-09 B
162 Workmanship for structural timber 2 Dec-09 B
163 Maintenance and repair of structural timber 2 Dec-09 B
164 Timber preservation and fire protection 2 Dec-09 B
160GN Guidance Note for structural timber 2 Dec-09 C
170 General requirements for protective treatments 2 June-09 C
171 Maintenance coating works 2 June-09 A
172 Protective coating of new structural steelwork 2 June-09 C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
173 Protective coating of existing structural steelwork and ironwork 2 June-09 B
174 Protective coating of timber surfaces 2 June-09 B
175 Protective coating of concrete and masonry surfaces 2 June-09 B
176 Protective coating systems 2 June-09 C
180 - 182 Building and Structure Drainage 1C March-96 D
180:General Requirements for Drainage
181:Materials
182:Installation
185 & 186 Track Drainage 1B Jan-97 D
185:Track Drainage
186:Maintenance of Track Drainage
190 & 191 External Service Ducts and Cable Troughing 1C Feb-96 D
190:Ducts
191:Cable Troughing
200 General Requirements for Roads and Pavings 2 Sept 2009 A
201 Subgrade and Formation Works 2 Sept 2009 A
202 Road Pavements 2 Sept 2009 C
203 Kerbs, Footways and Paved Areas 2 Sept 2009 A
204 Traffic Signs and Road Markings 2 Sept 2009 A
210 Permanent Way General 1B Mar-97 D
211 Permanent Way Design 1B Mar-97 C
212 Installation of New and Renewal of Existing Permanent Way 1B Mar-97 D
213 Permanent Way Acceptance Standards 1B Mar-97 D
214 Inspection of Permanent Way 1B Mar-97 D
215 Maintenance of Permanent Way 1B Mar-97 E
216 Permanent Way Materials 1B Mar-97 C
217 Construction Standards for Permanent Way 1B Mar-97 C
218 Permanent Way Small Plant, Tools and Equipment 1B Mar-97 B
219 Permanent Way Ancillary Equipment 1B Mar-97 C
220 Permanent Way Incident Management 1B Mar-97 C
221 Permanent Way for Bridgework 1A Mar-97 F
225 Permanent Way Particular Specification (Plain Line Renewals) 1B Mar-97 A
226 Permanent Way Particular Specification (S&C Renewals) 1A Mar-97 A
227 Permanent Way Particular Specification for Bridgeworks 1A Mar-97 A
230 General Requirements for Level Crossings 1A Jan-97 C
230GN Level Crossing Guidance Notes for Specifiers 1A Jan-97 D
231 Public Vehicular Level Crossings 1A Jan-97 D
232 Occupation and Accommodation Level Crossings 1A Jan-97 C
233 Footpath, Bridleway and Other Minor Types of Level Crossings 1A Jan-97 B
240 Fencing and Gates 2 June-08 D
250 - 253 Landscaping 1C March-96 D
250:Preparation of Topsoil
251:Grass Seeding and Turfing
252:Planting of Shrubs and Trees
253:Maintenance of Landscaped Works
255 - 257 Management of Lineside Vegetation 1B March-96 E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
255:General Requirements for the Management of Lineside Vegetation
256:Weedkilling
257:Tree Felling and Scrub Clearance
B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix B Competence & Training Management
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
B1 NR/L2/CTM/012 Iss 3; Sep 11

Competence & Training in Signal Engineering
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by September 2011
The following modules may be purchased together or separately as appropriate. The prices below are for the individual documents.
Please phone to obtain prices for purchasing multiple modules
NR/L2/CTM/012/ Document Title Issue Issue Date Price
001 Sig. 1: Undertake preventative maintenance of track circuits 1 06/03/2010 A
002 Sig. 2: Undertake preventative maintenance of electrical signals and AWS 1 06/03/2010 A
003 Sig. 3: Undertake preventative maintenance of signalling power supplies 1 06/03/2010 A
004 Sig. 4: Undertake preventative maintenance of signalling cables 1 06/03/2010 A
005 Sig. 5: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of track circuits 1 06/03/2010 B
006 Sig. 6: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of axle counters 1 06/03/2010 B
007 Sig. 7: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of electrical signals including AWS and 1 06/03/2010 B
TPWS
008 Sig. 8: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of mechanical signals and AWS 1 06/03/2010 B
equipment
009 Sig. 9: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of mechanically operated points 1 06/03/2010 B
010 Sig. 10: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of electro–mechanical point machines 1 06/03/2010 B
011 Sig. 11: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of pneumatically operated point 1 06/03/2010 B
machines
012 Sig. 12: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of rail clamp point lock point machines 1 06/03/2010 B
013 Sig. 13: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of signalling power supplies 1 06/03/2010 B
014 Sig. 14: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of signalling cables 1 06/03/2010 B
015 Sig. 15: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of level crossing systems 1 06/03/2010 B
016 Sig. 16: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of lever frames and locks and circuit 1 06/03/2010 B
controllers
017 Sig. 17: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of absolute block systems 1 06/03/2010 B
018 Sig. 18: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of relay based interlocking 1 06/03/2010 B
019 Sig. 19: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of electronic based interlocking 1 06/03/2010 B
020 Sig. 20: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of control systems 1 06/03/2010 B
021 Sig. 21: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of train describer systems 1 06/03/2010 B
022 Sig. 22: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of hot axle box detector systems 1 06/03/2010 B
023 Sig. 23: Undertake initial diagnosis of failures to determine the necessary course of action 1 06/03/2010 A
024 Sig. 24: Effective progression of work and use of resources during signalling testing, maintenance or 1 06/03/2010 A
installation activities
025 Sig. 25: Take and relinquish responsibility for Signalling equipment 1 06/03/2010 A
026 Sig. 26: Implement and monitor safe working systems for signal engineering maintenance and 1 06/03/2010 A
renewal activities
027 Sig. 27: Assemble system and sub system component parts 1 06/03/2010 A
028 Sig. 28: Install and terminate wires and cables 1 06/03/2010 A
029 Sig. 29: Install and configure track circuits 1 06/03/2010 A
030 Sig. 30: Install and configure axle counters 1 06/03/2010 A
031 Sig. 31: Install and adjust electro–mechanical point operating systems 1 06/03/2010 A
032 Sig. 32: Install and adjust mechanical point operating systems 1 06/03/2010 A
033 Sig. 33: Install and adjust mechanical signals 1 06/03/2010 A
034 Sig. 34: Install and adjust Rail Clamp Point Locks 1 06/03/2010 A
035 Sig. 35: Install and configure signalling power supply systems 1 06/03/2010 A
036 Sig. 36: Control planned and staged alterations to existing signalling systems 1 06/03/2010 A
037 Sig. 37: Inspect Level Crossings 1 06/03/2010 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L2/CTM/012/ Document Title Issue Issue Date Price
038 Sig. 38: Special Inspection of S&T Equipment 1 06/03/2010 B
039 Sig. 39: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of points fittings 1 06/03/2010 B
040 Sig. 40: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of Intelligent Infrastructure systems 1 06/03/2010 A
041 Sig. 41: Undertake corrective and preventative maintenance of rail mounted treadles 1 06/03/2010 B
042 Sig. 42: Work safely on signalling power supplies 1 06/03/2010 A
043 Sig. 43: Joint and terminate cables and wires 1 06/03/2010 A
044 SMTH (CORE): Confirm that signalling systems have been tested to Signal Maintenance Testing 1 06/03/2010 B
Handbook requirements following maintenance /defect repair or renewal
045 SWT Mod 1: Tester in Charge 1 06/03/2010 C
046 SWT Mod 2: Principles Tester 1 06/03/2010 B
047 SWT Mod 3: Signalling Verification Tester 1 06/03/2010 B
048 SWT Mod 4: Signalling Functional Tester 1 06/03/2010 B
049 SWT Mod 5: Undertake tests/checks under direction of a qualified tester 1 06/03/2010 A
050 SWT Mod 6: Configure, test and introduce electronic systems & equipment into service 1 06/03/2010 B
055 Sig. 55: G1 10 Tester / Lead Tester 1 03/09/2011 B
056 Sig. 56: G1 10 Test Schedule Author / Checker 1 03/09/2011 A
057 Sig. 57: G1 10 Test Schedule Approver 1 03/09/2011 A
C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix C Electrical Power
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
C1 NR/L2/ELP/27009 Iss 2; Dec 11

Overhead Line Equipment Campaign Changes
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by March 2012
Index of Campaign Change Modules

No Title Date Price
1 Replacement of cam type copper loop droppers 03/12/2011 A

2 Replacement of BICC double ceramic bead skidded neutral sections 03/12/2011 A
3 Replacement of Solid 3/16” copper ‘V’ droppers prone to fatigue failure. 03/12/2011 A
4 Replacement of Solid 3/16” copper windstay droppers prone to fatigue failure. 03/12/2011 A
5 Replacement of illegible structure number plates (stencilled types) 03/12/2011 A
6 Replacement of illegible structure number plates (self adhesive plastic types) 03/12/2011 A
7 Upgrading of in-span catenary to contact wire jumpers to minimise current related dropper / catenary burning. 03/12/2011 A
8 Replacement of solid core porcelain insulators in terminations vulnerable to vandalism catastrophic failure. 03/12/2011 A
9 Replacement of claw type copper return conductor support insulators prone to damaging return conductor stranding. 03/12/2011 A
10 Damage to stranded catenary from bird initiated short circuits at portal structure supports. 03/12/2011 A
11 Replacement of plastic dropper sleeves prone to Ultra violet degradation. 03/12/2011 A
12 Modification of seized mechanically independent registration (MIR) hinge assemblies. 03/12/2011 A
13 Replace PTFE spacer ceramic beads 03/12/2011 A
14 Replacement of bearings in termination & support pulleys prone to seizure due to insufficient clearance. 03/12/2011 B
15 Replacement of roller bearings in termination pulleys. 03/12/2011 A
16 Replacement of butyl rubber U/BR and in span rod insulation prone to Ultra Violet degradation. 03/12/2011 A
17 Replace copper PLY span and tail wire 03/12/2011 A
18 Replacement of Taylor Tunnicliff gas filled hollow support insulators prone to failure. 03/12/2011 A
19 Replacement of Steatite and Porcelain Products insulators prone to failure. 03/12/2011 A
20 Catenary wear at pulley wheel supports. 03/12/2011 A
21 Rapid wear of the steady arm eye due to normal movement of the wind stay dropper. 03/12/2011 B
22 Fouling of deep curved steady arm anti-wind stirrups / protective saddles. 03/12/2011 B
23 Replacement of ‘Dunted’ porcelain insulators 03/12/2011 A
24 Replacement of 19/3.2mm copper dead end grips 03/12/2011 B
25 Rapid wear of aluminium & copper dropper saddles in AWAC & 19/2.1mm catenary. 03/12/2011 B
26 Burning at ‘Tee off’ bi-metal termination feeder connections 03/12/2011 A
27 Failure of cross span wire to tube clamps when disturbed. 03/12/2011 A
28 Modification of cross - contact bridge assemblies. 03/12/2011 B
29 Removal of ‘Goal Post’ uplift stop assemblies for flat registrations 03/12/2011 A
30 Replacement of PTFE rod insulators with ‘O’ ring end fitting seals. 03/12/2011 A
31 Damage to stranded catenary from bird initiated short circuits at overbridges. 03/12/2011 A
32 Damage to contenary or contact wire from short circuits at to concrete / non metallic overbridges. 03/12/2011 A
33 Damage to stress graded bridge arm end fittings from bird related short circuits at overbridges 03/12/2011 A
34 Modification of LEL (BPE) tubular blade isolators prone to current burning / loose blade - jaw fit. 03/12/2011 A
35 Modification of South Wales (LEL) tubular blade isolators. 03/12/2011 A
36 Modification of Morris Line type isolator jaw connection plate. 03/12/2011 A
37 Replacement of BICC High Speed Section Insulator armour plate glass insulation. 03/12/2011 A
38 Skidded neutral sections and skidless ceramic beads for class 373 pantographs 03/12/2011 A
39 Revised stagger and mid span offset criteria for enhanced sway characteristics. 03/12/2011 A
40 Replacement of ‘pea shooter’ type bi metal connections to AWAC catenary 03/12/2011 A
41 Replacement of 10.5mm deformed type bi metal connections to AWAC catenary 03/12/2011 A
42 Failure of in-span jumper support straps ‘white arrow’ type. 03/12/2011 A
43 Replacement of ‘CAD Weld’ traction bond rail connections. 03/12/2011 A
44 Replacement of 4mm stainless steel solid droppers. 03/12/2011 A
45 Replacement of adjustable ‘rat trap’ type dropper assemblies in bridge approach spans. 03/12/2011 A
46 Flashover damage to ceramic beads ‘earth end’ in skidless neutral section assemblies. 03/12/2011 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
No Title Date Price

47 Removal of contact wire splices installed next to registrations or in 1st dropper panels. 03/12/2011 A
48 Replacement of porcelain insulators prone to vandalism damage. 03/12/2011 A
49 Damage to catenary from bird short circuits to return conductor. 03/12/2011 A
50 Replacement of corroded ‘steel stranded’ type structure to rail bonds. 03/12/2011 A
51 General wire creep compensation work. 03/12/2011 A
52 Conversion of obsolete Mark 2 equipment. 03/12/2011 A
53 Revised Return Conductor support design at Booster transformer connection locations. 03/12/2011 A
54 Replacement of defective Cap & Pin Insulators. 03/12/2011 A
55 Modification of Morris Line type motorised mechanisms. 03/12/2011 A
56 Modification of Morris Line type motorised isolators prone to blade misalignment. 03/12/2011 A
57 Loosening of Siemens Elasticated bridge support arm. 03/12/2011 A
58 Insulator flashover damage to stainless steel bridles at O/Lap anchor terminations. 03/12/2011 A
59 Modification of Cross Track feeder wire electrical separation. 03/12/2011 A
60 Modification of track feeder wires with >3m unsupported wire. 03/12/2011 A
61 Modification of Arthur Flury Section Insulators prone to premature skid failure. 03/12/2011 A
62 Modification of Arthur Flury ‘skidded’ Neutral Section Insulators 03/12/2011 A
63 Renew high risk porcelain insulators (Spanwire, tensile and A682) prone to failure due to discing. 03/12/2011 A
64 Renew AWAC catenary prone to failure due to corrosion of the stainless steel inner cores. 03/12/2011 A
65 Renew ‘Korean’ style registrations in tunnel assemblies. 03/12/2011 B
66 Renew arc damaged registrations in headspan assemblies. 03/12/2011 A
67 Modify balance weight anchor tubes in Balfour Beatty Sunderland Direct OLE Equipment. 03/12/2011 A
68 Renew half-flying-duck insulators in overlap spans. 03/12/2011 A
69 Renew slow speed ‘Symmetrical’ Section Insulators. 03/12/2011 A
70 Renew DEP stalks without end nuts. 03/12/2011 A
71 Balance weight anchor guide tube supports 03/12/2011 A
72 Replacement of A653 registrations 03/12/2011 A
73 Insufficient radial loading on UK1 registrations 03/12/2011 A
74 Damage to bridle wire due to current transfer through bridle wire and pulley wheel 03/12/2011 A
75 Modification of refurbished MIR swivel brackets 03/12/2011 A
76 Level arm modification to Arthur Flury neutral sections 03/12/2011 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
C2 NR/L2/ELP/27238 Iss 7; Jul 14

Maintenance Specification for Fixed Plant Equipment
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by December 2012
NR/L2/ELP/27238/ Title Issue Price

APP-A Standby generators Issue 6 A
APP-B Electrical points heating installations Issue 7 B
APP-C Gas/oil fired heating systems Issue 6 B
APP-D Air conditioning and ventilation equipment Issue 6 A
APP-E Electrical installations and equipment Issue 6 A
APP-F Lighting installations Issue 6 A
APP-G Emergency lighting equipment Issue 6 A
APP-H Water distribution systems Issue 6 A
APP-I Fire alarm systems Issue 6 A
APP-J Sewage disposal plant Issue 6 A
APP-K Building maintenance platforms Issue 6 B
APP-L Winches Issue 6 A
APP-M Hydraulic buffer stops Issue 6 B
APP-N Maintenance of Uninterruptible Power Supply equipment Issue 6 B
APP-O Non-traction High Voltage Electrical Equipment Issue 6 A
APP-P Pumping installations Issue 6 A
APP-Q Signalling and safety related power supplies Issue 6 B
APP-R Moving bridges Issue 6 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
C3 NR/L3/ELP/27406 Iss 2; Dec 11

Maintenance Specification for Fixed Plant Equipment
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by March 2012 The following
modules may be purchased together or separately as appropriate. The prices below are for the individual documents. Please phone to obtain prices
for purchasing multiple modules
NR/L3/ELP/27406/ Tiitle Issue Date Price

MOD A Generic Requirements 2 Dec 2011 A
MOD B Contact Systems – OLE 2 Dec 2011 A
MOD C Contact Systems – Conductor Rail 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD D SCADA 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD E Signalling Power Supplies 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD F Points Heating 1 Dec 2011 A

MOD G Lighting 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD H AC Networks (25kV AC) 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD I Protection (25kV AC) 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD J DC Networks (DC and 3 phase) 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD K Protection (DC and 3 phase) 1 Dec 2011 A
MOD L AC/DC Traction Power Supply Interfaces 1 Dec 2011 A
D
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix D Infrastructure Investment
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
D1 NR/L3/INI/PG115 Iss 5; Jun 12

Reference Title Issue Date Price Band

Functional – Instructions & Guidance
NR/L3/INI/PG115 Planning and Programme Controls standard 5 2 June 2012 B
NR/L3/INI/PG115/FO/002 Project Closeout (Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/BM/002) 2 5 June 2010 C
Project Planning Services – Instructions & Guidance

NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/001 Management Level of Control 3 2 June 2012 B
(Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/BM/001)
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/002 Mandated Primavera Codes and Milestones 4 4 Jun 2011 B

(Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/P/002)
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/004 Guidance on the Interface with Contractor Plans 1 5 June 2010 C
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/005 Guidance on Network Rail Oracle Projects and Primavera Interface (Formerly NR/ 2 5 June 2010 C
GN/INI/PG115/P/005)
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/006 Guidance on Work Breakdown Structure 2 5 June 2010 B
(Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/P/006)
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/010 Profiling of OLE Wiremen Demand 1 5 June 2010 C
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/011 Requesting Engineering Access to the Rail Network within Investment Projects & Withdrawn – please refer to NR/L3/
Asset Management (Renewals) INI/CP0064, Delivering Work Within
Possessions
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/012 Guidance on Project Schedule Model Evaluation 1 5 June 2010 A
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/013 Guidance on Project Schedule Model Baseline Management 1 5 June 2010 B
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/014 Guidance on Project Schedule Model Change Control 1 5 June 2010 A
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/015 Use of Earned Value Reporting in Investment Projects 2 4 Dec 2010 C
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/016 Earned Value Reporting – Guidance on definitions and acceptable practices 2 4 Dec 2010 C
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/017 Earned Value Reporting – Guidance on Set Up and Maintenance of Primavera 1 5 June 2010 C
Schedules
NR/L3/INI/PG115/PS/018 Management of Change to Authorised Baselines 1 2 June 2012 D
Project Cost Management Services
NR/L3/INI/PG115/CMS/002 Guidance on Estimated Final Cost 2 5 June 2010 A
(Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/BM/003)
Business Information Services
NR/L3/INI/PG115/BIS/001 Document Management (Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/DM/001) 2 5 June 2010 C
NR/L3/INI/PG115/BIS/002 Corporate KPIs – Generation of the IPI Measures for Investment Projects 2 5 June 2010 C
(Formerly NR/L3/INI/PG115/RC/002, Corporate KPIs – Generation of the IPI
Measures for Infrastructure Investment)
E
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix E Infrastructure Maintenance
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
E1 NR/L3/MTC/MG0176 Iss 4; Sep 10

Ellipse Work Management Handbook
NR/L3/MTC/II0219/ Title Issue Date Price

1 Installation and Commissioning of Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring 1 4 Sep, 10 B
Logger
2 Configuration of Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring Logger 1 4 Sep, 10 B
3 Calibration of Remote Condition Monitoring Logger 1 4 Sep, 10 B
4 “Management of Alerts and Alarms from Remote Condition Monitoring” 1 4 Sep, 10 B
5 Maintenance of Assets fitted with Remote Condition Monitoring 1 4 Sep, 10 B
E2 NR/L3/MTC/II0219 Iss 1; Sep 10

Intelligent Infrastructure Remote Condition Monitoring Manual
NR/L3/MTC/ Title Issue Date Price Band

MG0176/
01 Purpose, Scope, Definitions and Abbreviations 4 04-Sep-10 B
02 Mandated business rules for the use of Ellipse 4 04-Sep-10 B
03 Ellipse data requirements for WAIFs 3 04-Sep-10 A
04 Meetings framework 4 04-Sep-10 B
05 Key Performance Indicator Reports 3 04-Sep-10 B
06 Weekly compliance reporting 3 04-Sep-10 A
07 KPI Reports - Examples 2 04-Sep-10 D
08 Work management reporting tools 3 04-Sep-10 C
09 Work management reporting tools – Report Examples 3 04-Sep-10 B
E3 NR/L3/MTC/MG0213 Iss 6; Jun 11

Index of Standard Maintenance Forms
This standard lists a number of Standard Maintenance Forms.(SMFs) which are available in a mixture of Word (doc), Excel (xls) or PDF formats.
Please note that Word or Excel formats can only be supplied electronically. Please phone for availability and pricing
SMF Ref Title Associated Procedure Issue Format

SMF/MG/0019 Request for Information to be Collated For Claim NR/PRC/MTC/MG0082 1 doc
SMF/MG/0020 Record of additional Work following Third Party Incident NR/PRC/MTC/MG0082 1
SMF/TK/0021 Record of specially monitored operator annual general review NR/PRC/MTC/TK0006 2.1
SMF/TK/0022 Specially monitored operator review NR/PRC/MTC/TK0006 2.1
SMF/TK/0026 RRV Order Form NR/PRC/MTC/TK0006 2.1
SMF/TK/0028 Plant Hire - Shift Record of Work Done (PHIRES) Form NR/PRC/MTC/TK0003 1
SMF/PL/0036 Notice (LN E) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0037 Notice (LNW) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0038 Notice (SCO) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0039 Notice (STH) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0040 Notice (WES) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0041 Extra Sites (LNE) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0042 Extra Sites (LNW) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0043 Extra Sites (SCO) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0044 Extra Sites (STH) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/PL/0045 Extra Sites (WES) NR/PRC/MTC/PL0067 1
SMF/TE/0175 Telecomms Disconnection Request Form NR/PRC/NTC/TE0092 1
SMF/EP/0190 25 kV OLE Isolation Request Form 1 doc
SMF/PL/0191 Work Request Form 3 xls
SMF/PL/0192 Planning Change Control Form 2 xls
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

SMF/SG/0194 Signalling Maintenance Vehicle Selective Stock List 1
SMF/SG/0195 Signalling Maintenance Vehicle Core Stock Check List 1
SMF/PL/0196 Weekly Top and Tailed Authorisation (T- 31 Haulage and OTM Meeting) Form NR/PRC/MTC/PL0088 1
SMF/PL/0197 Post T-31 to T-4 - Top and Tailed Authorisation NR/PRC/MTC/PL0088 1
SMF/PL/0198 Post T-4 change - Train Order Authorisation NR/PRC/MTC/PL0088 1
SMF/MG/0199 Emergency Speed Restriction Site Review Form 1 doc
SMF/SG/0200 Signalling Disconnection Form 1 doc
SMF/SG/0201 Request for Temporary Speed Restriction Design Form 1 doc
SMF/SG/0202 Emergency Speed Restriction Design Check Form 1 doc
SMF/SG/0203 Temporary Speed Restriction Design Issue Form 1 doc
SMF/SG/0204 Signalling Equipment effected by TSR Form 1 doc
SMF/SE/0205 Permit to Dig NR/PRC/MTC/SE0113 2 doc
SMF/SE/0206 Preparatory Services Survey NR/PRC/MTC/SE0113 1 doc
SMF/SE/0207 TQS Hazard Form NR/PRC/MTC/SE0113 1 doc
SMF/SE/0208 Emergency Ground Disturbance Form NR/PRC/MTC/SE0113 1 doc
SMF/SE/0209 Underground Services Form NR/PRC/MTC/SE0113 1 doc
SMF/SE/0210 Permit to Enter Confined Space NR/PRC/MTC/SE0115 1 doc
SMF/SE/0211 Vehicles Inspection NR/PRC/MTC/SE0117 1
SMF/SE/0212 Worksite Inspection NR/PRC/MTC/SE0117 3 doc
SMF/SE/0213 Depot Inspection NR/PRC/MTC/SE0117 1
SMF/SE/0214 T3 Possession Checks NR/PRC/MTC/SE0117 1
SMF/SE/0215 Safety Tours Record NR/PRC/MTC/SE01 18 2 doc
SMF/SG/0233 SIN monitoring form (SINMON) NR/PRC/MTC/SG0132 1 doc
SMF/EP/0235 Technical Query Form NR/PRC/MTC/EP0140 1 doc
SMF/PL/0236 Haulage Resource Simplifier in Excel NR/PRC/MTC/PL0131 1
SMF/PL/0237 Haulage Change Control Form NR/PRC/MTC/PL0131 1
SMF/SE/0238 Safety Tours Annual Plan NR/PRC/MTC/SE0118 1
SMF/TK/0239 Appendix B - Plain line rail defect assessment form for exceedence of mandated NR/PRC/MTC/TK/0018 1
removal timescale
SMF/TK/0240 Appendix C - S&C rail defect assessment form for exceedence of mandated NR/PRC/MTC/TK/0018 1
removal timescale
SMF/SE/0242 PPE annual self check NR/PRC/MTC/SE/0120 2 doc
SMF/EP/0243 Isolation Planning Form NR/PRC/MTC/EP0107 1 xls
SMF/EP/0244 Isolation Details Form NR/PRC/MTC/EP01 07 1 xls
SMF/EP/0245 DC Risk Assessed Ellipse/MIMS Standard job list NR/PRC/MTC/EP0152 10 xls
SMF/SG/0246 Axle counter isolation, re-set and restoration form NR/PRC/MTC/SG0155 1 doc
SMF/EP/0247 HV Outage Request Form HVF1 NR/PRC/MTC/EP141 1 doc
SMF/SG/0252 Request for independent technical investigation NR/PRC/MTC/SG0166 1 doc
SMF/PL/0253 On track plant form - in-house NR/PRC/MTC/PL0006 5 doc/xls
SMF/EP/0254 Point Heating Condition Record Sheet NR/L3/MTC/EP0187 2 doc
SMF/EN/0264 Environmental Emergency Plan NR/PRC/MTC/EN/ 1 doc
SMF/PL/0268 Team Resource Hours Check Sheets NR/L3/MTC/0175 1 xls
SMF/EP/0272 OLE Asset Condition Sheet NR/L3/MTC/EP0187 3 xls
SMF/EP/0273 DC (Distribution) Asset Condition Sheet NR/L3/MTC/EP0187 2 doc
SMF/EP/0274 AC (Distribution) Asset Condition Sheet NR/L3/MTC/EP0187 2 doc
SMF/PL/0275 Work Briefing Pack Checklist NR/L3/MTC/PL0175 3 xls
SMF/LW/0276 Booster Transformer Live Working Risk Assessment NR/L3/MTC/LW0011/L 1
W01
SMF/SG/0278 Mechanical Lever Frame Test Certificate NR/L3/MTC/SG0190 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0279 Parts Requisition NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 xls
SMF/ME/0280 Job Sheet NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 xls
SMF/ME/0281 Site Service Report NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 xls
SMF/ME/0282 New Plant Allocation NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0283 Plant Disposal Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0284 Plant Workshop condition NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 xls
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

SMF/ME/0285 Lost/Stolen Plant NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 xls
SMF/ME/0286 Asset Check Sheet NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0287 Trolley Maintenance Brake Test NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0288 Plant Failure Notification Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0289 Depot Plant Review Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 xls
SMF/ME/0290 Temporary Plant Reallocation Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0291 Out of Test Date Notification (Depot contact) NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0292 Plant Out of Test Date Put to Loss Notification (MDUM) NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 pdf
SMF/ME/0293 New Plant Request Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 1 pdf
SMF/EP/0301 Diesel Alternator Maintenance Log Sheet NR/L3/MTC/EP27241 1 doc
SMF/PL/0302 SSO WPS planning sheet NR/L3/MTC/PL0175 1 xls
SMF/MG/0303 Maintenance Timesheet NR/L3/MTC/MG0183 1 xls
SMF/MG/0304 Maintenance Batch Header Sheet NR/L3/MTC/MG0183 1 xls
SMF/ME/0306 Authorisation Form NR/L3/MTC/ME0177 pdf
SMF/EP/0310 Application for the isolation of DC Lines NR/L3/MTC/PL0179 1 pdf
SMF/SE/0311 Small Plant HAVS Data Sheets NR/LE/MTC/SE0195 3 pdf
SMF/ME/0312 Authorisation Form NR/L3/RVE/0193 1 doc
SMF/EP/0313 Issues / Returns Template NR/L2/ELP/21120 1
SMF/EP/0314 Transfer of Source Records NR/L2/ELP/21120 1 doc
SMF/EP/0315 Acceptance / Rejection of Returned Records NR/L2/ELP/21120 1 doc
SMF/EP/0316 E&P Business Critical Documents Metadata Requirements NR/L2/ELP/21120 1 doc
SMF/EP/0317 E&P Asset Stewardship Classes NR/L2/ELP/21120 1 doc
SMF/MG/0327 Ellipse Work Management Handbook NR/L3/MTC/MG0176 1
SMF/EP/0332 Modification to Isolation Diagrams/Instructions NR/L3/MTC/EP0203 1 doc
SMF/EP/0333 Isolation Diagrams and Instructions Approval Record NR/L3/MTC/EP0203 1 doc
SMF/MG/0335 Hazard Notification Form NR/L2/MTC/006 2 xls
SMF/SE/0337 Incident response protocol NR/L3/MTC/SE0206 1 doc
SMF/SE/0338 Communications protocol NR/L3/MTC/SE0207 1 pdf
SMF/MG/0339 Infrastructure Investment project status report NR/L3/MTC/MG0208 1 xls
SMF/MG/0440 Risk ranking form NR/L3/MTC/MG0210 2 xls
SMF/MG/0441 Quantified Schedule Risk Assessment (QSRA) TEMPLATE NR/L3/MTC/MG0210 1 doc
SMF/MG/0442 Critical Milestone Tracker NR/L3/MTC/MG0210 1 doc
NR/L3/SMF/EP/0202 OCR Design Allocation Competency NR/L3/MTC/EP0189 3 pdf
NR/L3/NDS/303/F001 Pre-Possession (PICOP) Briefing Proforma (Formerly SMF/PL0267) NR/L3/NDS/303 1
NR/SMF/OTP/001 Network Rail On Track Plant Report Log 1 xls
NR/L3/MTC/SMF348 Pre-notification Check List NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/SMF349 Notification Letter – Noise NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 2 doc
NR/L3/MTC/SMF350 Notification Letter – Vegetation NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 2 doc
NR/L3/MTC/SMF351 Community Impact Assessment Form (Grip 2-4) NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/SMF352 Vegetation Clearance Community Impact Assessment Form NR/L3/MTC/PL0215 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/SMF353 OCR delivery team materials process request form NR/L3/MTC/EP0232 1 doc
SMF/MG/443 Track Maintenance Engineer Activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/444 Section Manager [Track] Activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/445 Rail Management Engineer Activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/446 Section Manager Off Track Activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/447 Signal & Telecoms Maintenance Engineer activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/448 Section Manager [Signals] activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/449 Maintenance Engineer [E&P] activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/450 Section Manager [Conductor rail] activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/451 Section Manager OLE activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/452 Section Manager [D & P] activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SM F/MG/453 Infrastructure Maintenance Engineer activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
SMF/MG/454 IMDM activity self assurance form NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 2 doc/xls
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP001 Project notification NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP002 Key personnel contact details NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP003 Project AMP agreement NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP004 Staged completion NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP005 Restrictions and limitations NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP006 Support facilities NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP007 Liaison meeting agenda NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP008 Deliverables schedule NR/L3/MTC/089 3 xls
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP009 Asset status report NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP010 Dilapidation survey NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP011 Supplementary inspections NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP012 Notification of asset change NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP013 Staged construction report NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP014 Construction completion certificate NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP015 Taking over certificate NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP016 Defect identification and completion certificate NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
NR/L3/MTC/089/AMP017 Final certificate NR/L3/MTC/089 1 doc
SMF/MG456 Engineering Management Induction Template NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/MG457 Technical Query Form NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/MG458 Document Review Notice NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/MG459 Engineering Deliverables Review Guidelines NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/MG460 Inter Disciplinary Review Checklist NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/MG461 Engineering Compliance Certificate NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 1 doc
SMF/ME/0462 OTP under live OLE authorisation form NR/L3/MTC/PL0006 1 xls
E4 NR/L3/MTC/PLS0175 Iss 4; Sep 10

Maintenance Planning Handbook
NR/L3/MTC/PL017 Document Title Issue Date Price

5/
00 Maintenance Work Planning Introduction and Guidance 1 4 Sep, 10 D
01 Work planning using links between MIMS, PPS and P3 4 4 Sep, 10 A
02 Development of a rail defect removal plan using P3 4 4 Sep, 10 A
03 Optimising track geometry work plan sequencing using P3 4 4 Sep, 10 A
04 Optimising grinding plans using P3 4 4 Sep, 10 A
05 Daily Supervisor’s Roll Call 4 4 Sep, 10 A
07 Weekly Section Manager Plan-Do-Review (PDR) Meeting 4 4 Sep, 10 A

08 Reprioritisation 4 4 Sep, 10 A
09 Route Business Review 4 4 Sep, 10 A
10 How to manage defects 4 4 Sep, 10 A
12 Resource planning 4 4 Sep, 10 A
13 Work packaging 4 4 Sep, 10 A
14 Guidance on safety critical roles in a maintenance only possession or worksite 4 4 Sep, 10 A
15 Environmental management – who to ask? 4 4 Sep, 10 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
E5 NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 Iss 7; Dec 14

Risk Control Manual
RCS Title Sections (If Applicable) Issue Date Price

0216/ Band
GA01 Work On Or Near The Line Section A – All risks working on or near the line 4 03/12 A
Section B – Adverse Weather Section C – Work in Green
Zone
Section D – Work in Red Zone
Section E – Cab Riding
GA02 Incident Response Section A – All Response Activities 2 03/12 A
Section B – Removal of Dead/Live Animals
Section C – Attending Fatalities
Section D – Attending Environmental Issues
GA03 LOWS - Use of the back pack aerial harness and ZPW or ZFH N/A 3 06/14 A
units. Use of Booster Aerial.
GA04 Work In or Near Public Places N/A 2 03/12 A
GA05 Lone Working (IWA) N/A 3 03/12 A
GA06 Assisted Lifting Section A – Use of Lifting Tackle Section B – Use of Lift Trucks 2 03/12 A
GA07 Loading/Unloading Wagons and Vehicles N/A 3 06/14 A
GA08 Ground Penetration and Excavations N/A 3 07/13 A
GA09 Entry Into Confined Spaces N/A 2 03/12 A
GA10 Working Over or Near Water N/A 2 03/12 A
GA11 Working with and Mixing Concrete N/A 2 03/12 A
GA12 Working on or near batteries N/A 2 03/12 A
GA13 Young Persons (aged 16-18), New Recruits & New & N/A 2 03/12 A
GA14 Expectant Mothers
Attendant and Manual Operation of Level Crossings (Including Section A –Attendance at Level Crossings 2 03/12 A
Road Traffic Management) Section B – Highways and Road Traffic
GA15 Operation of Manual/Powered Ground Frames and Manual/ N/A 2 03/12 A
Powered Points
GA16 Storage, transport and use of detonators N/A 2 03/12 A
GA17 Decanting Fuel and Fuelling Small Plant N/A 3 07/13 A
GA18 Working with on Track Machines N/A 2 03/12 A
GA19 Working with or near Mobile Plant N/A 2 03/12 A
GA20 Working Adjacent to DC Electrified Rails Risk Level 1- 5, Section A – All risk Levels 3 06/14 B
Section B – Risk Level 1 Mandatory Isolation
Section C – Risk Level 2 Working Live <300mm Section
D – Risk Level 3 Work >300mm
GA21 Working Near Electrical Overhead Line Equipment 2 03/12 A

GA22 Removal of Discarded Needles and Syringes 2 03/12 A
GA23 Jet washing of level crossings 2 03/12 A
GA24 Installation of troughing 2 03/12 A
GA25 Line side materials and scrap 4 10/14 A
GA26 Working on Network Rail Infrastructure between Pelaw and 1 03/12 A
GA27 South
Use ofHylton (All Disciplines)
Jafco Concrete Lid Tilter 1 03/12 A
GH01 Manual Handling 3 03/12 A
GH02 Underfoot Conditions 3 03/12 A
GH03 Biological & Chemical Hazards Section A – Biological Hazards 3 06/14 A
Section B- Chemical Hazards
GH04 Working at Height Section A – All Risks Working at Height 7 06/14 B
Section B – Work on Roofs
Section C – Portable Ladders Section D – Fixed Ladders
Section E– Portable and Trolley Mounted Scaffold
Section F- Mobile Elevated Work Platform Boom Or Scissor
GH05 Asbestos 2 03/12 A

GHE01 Environmental – Invasive and Injurious Plants 2 03/12 A
GHE02 Waste Storage and Segregation 2 03/12 A
GHE03 NOISE - Working near homes / schools / hospitals 2 03/12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

0216/ Band
GHE04 Working in or near Protected Sites 2 03/12 A
GHE05 Refuelling 2 03/12 A
GHE06 Storage of Oil, Lubricants and Chemicals 2 03/12 A
GHE07 Work that may Kill, damage animals and plants 2 03/12 A
GHE08 Discharge to water 2 03/12 A
SP01 Use of Abrasive Wheels and Angle Grinders 3 06/14 A
SP02 Use of Chainsaws 3 03/12 A
SP03 Use of Cartridge Tools 2 03/12 A
SP04 Use of Hand Held Power Tools 2 03/12 A
SP05 Use of Cable Avoidance Tool (CAT) 2 03/12 A
SP06 Use of Cobra TT / Hilti TE905 Tamping Hammers 3 03/12 A
SP07 Use of Iron Men 2 03/12 A
SP08 Use of Manual Trolleys / Rail Skate / Scooter 2 03/12 A
SP09 Use of Impact Wrench 2 03/12 A
SP10 Use of Rail & Non-Rail Disc Cutters 4 06/14 A
SP11 Use of Jacks 2 03/12 A
SP12 Use of Portable and Welding Generators 2 03/12 A
SP13 Use of Permaquip / Geismar THR542 Stressing Equipment 3 03/12 A
SP14 Use of Rail Grinders 2 03/12 A
SP15 Use of Rail / Sleeper Drill 2 03/12 A
SP16 Use of Site Lights 3 03/12 A
SP17 Use of Rail Mounted Coachscrewing Machines 2 03/12 A
SP18 Use of Rail Mounted Clipping Machines 3 03/12 A
SP19 Use of Hydraulic Crimping Equipment 2 03/12 A
SP20 Use of Weld Trimmer 2 03/12 A
SP21 Use of Brush Cutter / Strimmer / Hedge Trimmer 4 03/12 A
SP22 Use of Electrode Ovens 2 03/12 A
SP23 Use of Cold Bolt Expansion Equipment 2 03/12 A
SP24 Use of Huck Gun 2 03/12 A
SP25 Use of Hydraulic Power Packs 2 03/12 A
SP27 Use of Trolley Mounted Gas Cylinder Frames 2 03/12 A
SP28 Use of Weld Alignment Devices 2 03/12 A
SP29 Use of Power Liner 1 03/12 A
SP30 Use of Leaf Blower 1 06/14 A
SMF/ Appendix – Small Plant HAVS & Noise Data Sheets (Included in A
SE0311 Hard Copy Only for Information)
MP01 Use and Control of On Track Plant Section A – All Tasks 3 03/12 B
Section B – Pre Use Checks
Section C – Machine Controller Duties
Section D – Crane Operator Duties
MP02 Delivery and Safe Storage of OTP and Transit from storage Point 2 03/12 A
to ON/OFF Tracking Point
MP03 ON/OFF Cross Tracking Self Propelled OTP, RMMM, Trailers and 2 03/12 A
Attachments
MP04 Load / Unloading Materials and People onto OTP 2 03/12 A
MP05 Transit of OTP With/Without Machine Controller Present Section A – All Risks 2 03/12 A
Section B – Additional Requirement for Transit without machine
Controller
MP06 Lifting and Thimbling Operations Section A – All Risks 2 03/12 A

Section B – Risks for Tandem Lifting
Section C – Risks for Thimbling
MP07 Use of OTP with Attachments 2 03/12 A

MP08 Use of OTP for Excavation 2 03/12 A
MP09 Use of Mobile Elevated Work Platform - Boom 4 06/14 A
MP10 Use of Mobile Elevated Work Platform - Scissor 3 03/12 A
MP11 Use of OTP with Drainage/Jetting Units 2 03/12 A
MP12 Use of Motorised Trolleys 3 03/12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

0216/ Band
MP13 Use of OTP for Flailing Operations 2 03/12 A
MP14 Use of OTP Lorry 2 03/12 A
MP15 Use of OTP for Piling 2 03/12 A
MP16 Driving and Operating a Flash Butt Welding Road/Rail machine 3 03/12 A
MP17 Use of Rastic MK3 Rail Staightener Machine 2 03/12 A
MP18 Use of Mini Tamper 2 03/12 A
MP19 Use of Mini Stone Blower 2 03/12 A
M P20 Use of Rozzi R53/LE Pincer Grab to Lift rails and Sleepers 2 03/12 A
MP21 Use of Quick Hitch 2 03/12 A
MP22 Use of Harsco Technologies Rail mover 3 06/14 A
MP23 Use of Vacuum Lifting Device 2 03/12 A
MP24 Machine Operator acting as a Machine Controller when operating 2 03/12 A
OTP
MP25 Use of Rail Croppers for Scrap Rail recovery 2 03/12 A
MP26 Use of Road Rail Drainage Machine 2 03/12 A
MP50 Delivery and working Non rail Mounted Mobile Plant and Vehicles 2 03/12 A
at Site of work
MP51 Delivery and Working Non rail Mounted Plant to Depots 2 03/12 A
MP52 Working of Non Rail Mounted Dumpers 2 03/12 A
LW01 Live Booster Transformer Oil Sampling Work on Signals Near Live 2 03/12 A
OLE:
LW02 CE45 and CE46 2 03/12 A

LW03 Work on OLE Near to Live OLE 2 03/12 A
LW04 Working Under Live OLE: Dumper Mounted RRV Cranes – Lifting 3 03/12 A
LW05 Operations
Working Under Live OLE: Mini Diggers changing Road crossing 2 03/12 A
Panels
LW06 Working Under Live OLE: 360 RRV Excavators 3 03/12 A
TK00 Generic Track Risks 2 03/12 A
TK01 Track Patrol – Foot and Mechanical Section A – All Patrolling 2 03/12 A
Section B – Foot Patrol
Section C - Mechanical Patrol
TK02 Track Inspections – Includes Longitudinal Timber and Flood 2 03/12 A
TK10 Unloading Ballast – Manually, from Train or OTP Section A – All Unloading 2 03/12 A
Section B – Unloading Ballast from Train
Section C – Unloading Ballast from OTP
TK1 1 Working with Ballast 2 03/12 A
TK12 Use of Automatic Ballast Sampler 1 03/12 A
TK20 Fix/Fit/Remove Guage Stop Ends, restraint Plates and Tie and 3 06/14 A
Stretcher Bars
TK30 Ultrasonic Testing 3 06/14 A
TK31 Magnetic Particle/Liquid Penetrant Testing 2 03/12 A
TK40 Working with Rail- Jointed, Check and CWR Section A – All tasks 2 03/12 A
Section B – Additional Requirements for CWR
Section C – Additional Requirements for Insulated Block Joints
Section D - Additional Requirements for Fish Plate Renewal
TK41 Adjust Rail Expansion Gap and Switch 2 03/12 A

TK42 Stressing CWR and stress monitoring (Not CWR) 2 03/12 A
TK43 Pull Through and Plug Timber 2 03/12 A
TK44 Stone Blowing Hand Held 2 03/12 A
TK45 Rail Mounted Lubricators and Cold Bolt hole Expansion 2 03/12 A
TK46 Track Geometry marking - Paint 2 03/12 A
TK47 Long Welded Rail Delivery and recovery by Train 3 03/12 A
TK48 Cold Bolt Hole Expansion 2 03/12 A
TK49 Use of Panpuller – Remove Frozen Clips 3 03/12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

0216/ Band
TK50 Working with Switches and Crossings Section A – All tasks 4 06/14 A
Section B – Work only to be Undertaken in a Green Zone
TK51 S&C Cast Crossing Crack Monitoring 2 03/12 A

TK52 Renew Crossing, Half Set of Switches and Check Rails 2 03/12 A
TK53 Change Bearers Timber and Concrete 2 03/12 A
TK54 Change Sleepers Timber and Concrete Section A – All Tasks Timber and Concrete 2 03/12 A
Section B – Wooden Sleepers Plain Line
TK55 Switch Diamond – White Paint 3 06/14 A
TK60 Welding 3 03/12 A
TK61 Alumino Thermic Welding 2 03/12 A
TK62 Electric Arc Welding 2 03/12 A
TK63 Erection, Dismantling and Use of Welding Tents/Umbrella and 2 03/12 A
Support clamp
TK64 Oxygen Fuel Gas Cutting and Heating 2 03/12 A

OT02 Inspect, Maintain , Repair, Renew Fencing and Other Boundary 2 03/12 A
Measures
OT03 Inspect, maintain Cess path, walking Route, Access Point 2 03/12 A
OT04 Inspect, maintain, Repair Level crossing 2 03/12 A
OT05 Inspect, Maintain Drainage Including Rodding and Jetting 2 03/12 A
OT06 Maintain Vegetation – Mechanised Flailing, Mowing, Mulching, 3 03/12 A
Cutting
OT07 Maintain Vegetation – Mechanised Weedspraying 3 03/12 A
OT08 Maintain Vegetation – Motor manual Chipping 4 03/12 A
OT09 Maintain Vegetation – Motor manual – Brush Cutting/Scrub 4 03/12 A
Clearance
OT10 Maintain Vegetation –Manual weed spraying 2 03/12 A
OT1 1 Maintain Vegetation –Manual Tree Climbing 3 03/12 A
OT12 Maintain Vegetation – Motor Manual Stump Grinding 3 03/12 A
OT13 Maintain Vegetation – Motor Manual Tree Felling 3 03/12 A
OT14 Maintain Vegetation – Motor Manual Cutting/Pruning 5 03/12 A
OT15 Maintain Painting, Clearing Graffiti 2 03/12 A
OT16 Maintain Litter Clearance, Fly Tipping Collection Clearance 2 03/12 A
OT17 Maintain Vermin Control 2 03/12 A
OT1 8 Maintain/Renew Signage 2 03/12 A
OT19 Scrap removal Manual and Mechanised 2 03/12 A
OT20 Access Improvement using Tarmac 1 03/12 A
OT21 Maintain Vegetation – Mechanised BRACKE 16A/ Cutting 1 03/12 A
shredding/chipping
OT22 Use of LUF Bushfighter 1 03/12 A
SIG01 Working on Signals (Semaphore & Coloured Light), includes 3 07/13 A
working on Signal Post and Gantry
SIG02 Working on Point Equipment( Powered and Mechanical) 4 07/13 A

SIG03 Working on Train Detection, Track Circuits and Bonds 2 03/12 A
SIG04 Working on Train protection Equipment Working on Electrical 2 03/12 A
apparatus
SIG05 Working on Electrical apparatus (relay Rooms, REBs, IECCs 2 03/12 A
and location cases
SIG06 Working in Signal boxes 2 03/12 A

SIG07 Working on Oil Lamps 2 03/12 A
SIG08 Working on Ground Frames 2 03/12 A
SIG09 Working on Level Crossings 2 03/12 A
SIG10 Working on Signal wire Runs, Rodding, Treadles and Plungers 3 07/13 A
SIG11 Working on Control and Interface Systems 2 03/12 A
SIG12 Working on Hot Axle Box Detectors 2 03/12 A
SIG13 Repairing and Jointing Cables 2 03/12 A
SIG14 Working on CCTV Equipment 2 03/12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

0216/ Band
SIG15 Working on Lineside Services, Cable Routes and Troughing 3 07/13 A
SIG16 Working on Miscellaneous Signalling Equipment 2 03/12 A
TEL01 Cable Routes 3 07/13 A
TEL02 Copper, Fibre Optical Cables 2 03/12 A
TEL03 PETS 2 03/12 A
TEL04 Radio Systems 2 03/12 A
TEL05 Concentrators/Power Systems 2 03/12 A
TEL06 Cable Distribution Frames and Location cases 2 03/12 A
TEL07 Earth and Screening Systems 2 03/12 A
TEL08 Control Systems 2 03/12 A
TEL09 Lineside, non linesidephones, Plug Points and Tunnel 2 03/12 A
Emergency Communication Systems (Pinch Wires)
TEL10 Digital Transmission systems 2 03/12 A
TEL11 Equipment Rooms 2 03/12 A
TEL12 Station Information and Security Systems (SISS, DOO) 2 03/12 A
TEL13 Working in Attics and Roof Spaces 2 03/12 A
TEL14 Climbing/Working up masts, Aerials or Poles 2 03/12 A
TEL15 Staple gun 2 03/12 A
TEL16 Water pumps 2 03/12 A
TEL17 Grease Filled Joints 2 03/12 A
OLE01 Ground Level Work with OLE Live, 2 03/12 A
Replacement of APC Magnet, ground Level Bonding
OLE02 Working on Red Bonds/Impedance Bonds 2 03/12 A

OLE03 Isolation and Earthing of OLE 2 03/12 A
OLE04 Removal of obstacles from Live OLE 2 03/12 A
OLE05 Taking Heights and Staggers with OLE Live 2 03/12 A
OLE06 High Level OLE Work Section A – All Tasks 3 03/12 A
Section B – Use of MEWP
Section C – Using Scaffold Tower
Section D – Using Ladder
OLE07 Dismantling of OLE and Work Under Tension 3 03/12 A
OLE08 Running Out of OLE Conductors 2 03/12 A
OLE09 Vegetation Clearance 3 03/12 A
OLE10 Rapid Response to Damaged OLE 3 06/14 A
OLE11 Temporary Bonding 2 03/12 A
OLE12 OLE Insulator Replacement 2 03/12 A
OLE13 OLE Balance weight Fault Rectification 2 03/12 A
OLE14 Use of Pole Mounted Equipment (Cameras/Cutter etc.) 4 06/14 A
OLE15 Use of Stranded Conductor Clamp 1 03/12 A
OLE16 Use of Powered Tirfor-Dynafor-Pullzall 2 06/14 A
OLE17 Work associated with the Sunderland Direct 1 03/12 A
Metro System when there are impedance and/or continuity Bonds
damaged, missing or disconnected
OLE18 OLE Lifting Activities 2 10/14 A
OCR01 Recovery and Running Out of Catenary and Contact Wire, 3 03/12 A
Preparation and Clipping In of Catenary and Contact Wire
OCR02 Inspection of Catenary and Contact wire 2 03/12 A

OCR03 Supporting of Balance Weights 2 03/12 A
OCR04 Autotransformer Bridge Drilling, Construction Tasks Using OTP 2 03/12 A
OCR05 Construction work Within Tunnels using RRV/Wiring Train 2 03/12 A
OCR06 Autotransformer Conductor Installation Tasks On OLE Using 2 03/12 A
OFF TRACK PLANT
OCR07 Autotransformer Small Part steel Construction Tasks on OLE 2 03/12 A

Using OFF TRACK PLANT
OCR08 Construction Preparation work on OLE Using RRV 2 03/12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

0216/ Band
OCR09 Construction Work On OLE Using RRV 2 03/12 A
OCR10 Safe Access for Isolation of OLE 2 03/12 A
DP01 Working On High Voltage Equipment Section A – Working on or near High Voltage Equipment and 2 03/12 A
Entering/Working in Substations
Section B – Isolation and Earting 25KV Switching Stations
Section C – Working on High Voltage Circuit breakers/
Transformers and Harmonic Dampers
DP02 Working on SCADA and Protection Testing 2 03/12 A
DP10 Working on Low Voltage Electrical equipment Section A – All Tasks 3 06/14 A
Section B – Isolated Working
Section C – Live Working
Section D – Points Heating
Section E – Fire Protection Systems
Section F – Uninteruptable Power Supplies
DP20 Working on Mechanical Equipment Section A – All Tasks 2 03/12 A

Section B – Diesel Alternating Sets/Pumps/Moving bridges
Section C – Air Systems
Section D – Air Conditioning
Section E- Lifting Machines and winches
DP21 Lowering and Raising Hinged Columns 2 03/12 A

DP30 Working on Gas Systems 2 03/12 A
PR01 Bitumen Boiler Usage 2 03/12 A
PR02 Carpentry and Joinery 2 03/12 A
PR03 Demolition of Structure 2 03/12 A
PR04 Dry Lining 2 03/12 A
PR05 Falsework 2 03/12 A
PR06 Glazing 2 03/12 A
PR07 Lead Work 2 03/12 A
PR08 LPG/Gas Welding Use and Storage 2 03/12 A
PR09 Painting 2 03/12 A
PR10 Plumbing 2 03/12 A
PR11 High Pressure/Steam Washing 2 03/12 A
PR12 Stonwork/Brickwork/Blockwork 2 03/12 A
PR13 Drainage/Toilets/septic Tanks 2 03/12 A
PR14 Access/Egress 2 03/12 A
PR15 Fixed Scaffolding/Platform 2 03/12 A
F
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix F National Delivery Service
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
F1 NR/L3/NDS/047 Iss 21; Mar 12

Train Operations Manual - Contents
NR/L3/NDS/047/” Title Issue Date Price

TMC01 Management of signals passed at danger (train operations) 7 June-11 B
TMC02 Trains out of service contingency plan (OTP) 4 June-11 A
TMC03 Booking on and off arrangements (OTP operators) 5 June-11 A
TMC05 Control of working hours for On-track Plant (OTP) operators 5 June-11 B
TMC08 OTP Machine/Crane Controller Checklists 8 Dec-11 A
TMC09 Use of OTP trailers and rail mounted attachments 6 June-11 C
TMC10 Planning and use of OTP 5 June-11 A
TMR19 Engineering Response to be taken following an incident involving On Track Plant (OTP) 4 Dec-11 C

Train Operations Manual - Industry Mandatory Section
NR/L3/NDS/048/ Title Issue Date Price
TMM001 Machine/Crane Controller Competence 9 June-10 D
TMM003 RRV and RMMM Machine/Crane Controller Checklists 3 Dec-11 A
TMM004 Train and Plant Movement and Control Arrangements within Engineering Possessions on 2 June 2007 A
network Rail Managed Infrastructure”
TMM005 Conditions for On Track Plant Travelling Without a Machine Controller 4 Dec-11 A

The Loading Manual for Infrastructure Traffic
Section A
LMA1 Basic Principles of Loading 1 March-12 A
LMA2 Load Restraint Equipment 1 March-12 A
LMA3 Dunnage 1 March-12 A
LMA4 Preparation for the re-use of wagons after discharge / unloading 1 March-12 A
LMA5 Bolsters and Floors 1 March-12 A
LMA6 Overhanging Loads 1 March-12 A
LMA7 Distribution of weight 1 March-12 A
LMA8 The Loading Gauge 1 March-12 A
LMA9 Load Criteria Levels 1 March-12 A
Section B
NR/L3/NDS/308/ Wagon Type Commodity Issue Date Price
B1 Bulk / Materials
B1.1 Bulk Loading Bulk Materials 1 March-12 B
B1.2 Wagons with side doors Materials 1 March-12 A
B1.3 Solid Sided Loose Materials 1 March-12 A
B1.4 OBA Bass Lighting Towers 1 March-12 A
B2 Sleepers
B2.1 YWA Salmon/FDA twin (flatbeds) Sleepers 1 March-12 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/NDS/308/ Wagon Type Commodity Issue Date Price
B2.2 YQA Parr Sleepers 1 March-12 A
B2.3 Flat wagons Returning dunnage 1 March-12 A
B2.4 Bolstered wagon Lifting Beam 1 March-12 A
B2.5 KRA / FEA (Balfour Beatty Rail) Sleepers 1 March-12 B
B2.6 IFA / YXA Sleepers 1 March-12 A
B2.7 Slinger Trains 1 to 3 Sleepers 1 March-12 A
B2.8 Slinger Train 4 Sleepers and Long Rails 1 March-12 A
B2.9 Slinger Train 5 Sleepers 1 March-12 A

B3 Track Panels
B3.1 YWA Salmon / FDA twin (Flatbed) Track Panels (including Bullhead Panels 1 March-12 A
fitted with Bolt through Sleepers and check
rail guard rail panels)
B3.2 YWA Salmon Breather / Adjustment panel 1 March-12 A
B3.4 FDA Steel Sleeper Track Panel 1 March-12 A
B3.5 YKA Osprey Track Panels 1 March-12 A
B3.6 IFA (Switch & Crossing Panel Vehicle) Modular S&C Panels 1 March-12 B
B3.7 YWA Salmon / YKA Osprey Modular Plainline Panels 1 March-12 A
B4 Rail
B4.1 YLA Mullet 18.3 m Rails 1 March-12 A
B4.2 YFA Salmon Stumec 18.3 m Rail 1 March-12 A
B4.3 YLA Mullet 18.3 m S&C 1 March-12 A
B4.4 FZA Super Salmon / YLA Mullet up to 35 m S&C 1 March-12 A
B4.5 YLA Mullet 36 m Rails 1 March-12 A
B4.6 RRT (Rail Recovery Train) 91 m Rails 1 March-12 A
B4.7 IGA MkII (Corus Rail Train) 91 m – 216 m Rails 1 March-12 B
B4.8 YEA Perch LWRT Rail up to 216 m 1 March-12 B
B4.8.1 YEA Perch LWRT (Short set) 91 m – 93 m Rails 1 March-12 B
B4.9 RDT (Rail Delivery Train) 180 m - 216 m Rails 1 March-12 B
B4.10 YEA Putler 108 m Rails 1 March-12 B
B4.11 YEA Stock Rail Carriers 108 m Rails 1 March-12 A
B5 Plant & Machinery
B5.1 KWA Fastrol Bulldozers & Excavators 1 March-12 A
B6 Special Vehicles
B6.1 FKA (with Cable Module) Cable Drums 1 March-12 A
B6.2 YVA Cable Drums 1 March-12 A
B6.3 YWA Salmon KIROW Sleeper Beam 1 March-12 A
B6.4 YWA Salmon KIROW Crane S&C 1 March-12 A
B6.5 SPA Pike Concrete Platform Sections 1 March-12 A
Section C
C1 Wagon details 1 March 12 D
G
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix G Operations and Customer Services
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
G1 NR/L3/OCS/043 Iss 18; Mar 15

National Control Instructions - Contents & Matrix
NR/L3/OCS/043/ Title Issue Date Price

1.1 Introduction 1 01/03/08 A
1.2 Governance 1 01/03/08 A
1.3 Implementation 1 01/03/08 A
1.4 Compliance 1 01/03/08 A
1.5 Audit 2 04/12/10 A
1.6 Variations 1 01/03/08 A
1.7 Control Responsibilities 1 01/03/08 A
1.8 Current Operating Publications 1 01/03/08 A
1.9 Contingency Planning 1 01/03/08 B
2.1 Communications 2 05/06/10 B
2.2 Emergency Arrangements 2 01/12/12 A
2.3 Incidents 11 01/12/12 D
2.4 Railway Operational Code (Routes Code of Practice) 3 04/06/11 C
2.5 GE/RT 3350 (Urgent Operational Advices) 2 05/06/10 A
2.6 GE/RT 8250 (Safety-Related Defect Reports) 1 01/03/08 A
2.7 NRAP Certificates 1 01/03/08 A
2.8 Evacuation of Signalling / Control Locations 2 06/03/10 A
3.1 Failure of Signalling Equipment 5 04/06/11 A
3.2 Wrong Side Failures (WSFs) 1 01/03/08 A
3.3 Track Circuit Failures and Track Defects 2 03/09/11 B
3.4 Level Crossing Failures 1 01/03/08 A
3.5 Isolations, Loss of Power or damage to Third Rail 1 01/03/08 A
3.6 Speed Restrictions 6 05/06/10 C
3.7 Engineering Work 4 04/06/11 A
3.8 Reporting and Investigation of Failures of TCODs, LOWs and ATWS 1 01/03/08 A
3.9 Asset Monitoring Systems (Intelligent Infrastructure) 1 01/03/08 A
3.10 Electrical Isolations AC (OHL) 1 01/03/08 C
3.11 Response to Remote Condition Monitoring Alarms 2 04/06/11 A
4.1 Monitoring the Network 1 01/03/08 A
4.2 ROC ‘Train Regulation Policy’ 2 06/06/09 C
4.3 Additional Track Access 3 04/06/11 B
4.4 Connection Policy 1 01/03/08 A
4.5 Altered Train Calling Points 1 01/03/08 A
4.6 Managing Stranded Trains and Train Evacuation 3 07/03/15 B
4.7 Station Overcrowding and Special Events 1 01/03/08 A
4.8 Train Crew Management 1 01/03/08 A
4.9 Rolling Stock Management 1 01/03/08 A
4.10 ROC Provision of Customer Information 1 01/03/08 B
5.1 Management of Infrastructure Incidents 1 01/03/08 A
5.2 Procedure for the Planned Response to GSM-R System Failures 4 04/06/11 C
5.3 Accidents, Derailments and Collisions 3 04/06/11 A
5.4 Train Striking Obstruction 1 01/03/08 A
5.5 Dangerous Goods Incidents 1 01/03/08 A
5.7 Signals Passed at Danger (SPAD) 3 03/03/12 B
5.9 Fires 1 01/03/08 B
5.10 Wrong Routing 2 04/06/11 A
5.11 Emergency Services Personnel On or Near the Line 1 01/03/08 A
5.12 Security incidents and Security Alerts 1 01/03/08 B
5.13 ROC ‘Line blockages and Assistance for Failed Trains’ 1 01/03/08 A
5.14 Incidents on Infrastructure Not Operated by Network Rail 1 01/03/08 A
5.15 Station Overruns and Failure to Call 1 01/03/08 A
6.1 Defective on Train Equipment 2 06/03/10 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/OCS/043/ Title Issue Date Price

6.2 Train Door Incidents 1 01/03/08 B
6.3 Leakage of Fuel or Oil from a Traction Unit (all types) 1 01/03/08 A
7.1 Weather Management 5 01/12/12 C
7.2 Seasonal Management 6 01/12/12 C
7.3 Fatalities 3 01/12/12 A
7.4 Bridge Strikes from Road Vehicles and Waterborne Vessels 3 04/12/10 D
7.5 Railway Crime 1 01/03/08 A
7.6 Gas Leaks 1 01/03/08 A
7.7 Air Traffic Incidents 1 01/03/08 A
7.8 Control of Environmental Incidents Procedures 3 03/03/12 B
7.9 Planning and Control of Steam Locomotive Operation 3 06/06/09 B
8.0 NOC / NDS Specific 8 04/06/11 C
9.1 Managing the Network (Freight Traffic) 3 02/06/12 B
G2 NR/L3/OCS/044 Iss 11; Jun 12

Managed Stations Manual - Contents & Responsibilities Matrix
NR/L3/OCS/044 Title Issue Date Price

MS-01 Planned General Inspections (Owner –Director, Operational Services) 3 June 11 B
MS-02 Safety Briefing, Identification Cards & Access Control Systems 3 June 12 D
MS-03 CCTV Management & Operation (Owner – Legal, Data Protection officer) 2 June 11 B
MS-04 Self Assurance Process (Owner –Operations Principles and Standards Manager) 5 June 11 A
MS-05 Management of Station Crime (Owner –Operational Security and Continuity Planning Manager) 3 June 11 A
MS-07 Control of Work on Managed Stations 6 June 12 C
MS-08 Safe Use and Operation of Station Vehicles 6 June 12 B
MS-10 Consultation & Safety Briefing Information (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 2 June 11 A
MS-14 Environmental Management (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 2 June 11 B
MS-16 For Cause Testing (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 3 June 11 B
MS-18 Train Dispatch Monitoring 4 June 12 A
MS-20 Commercial Filming / Breaking News and Promotions (owner – Commercial Filming Manager) 3 June 11 B
MS-23 Emergency Planning (Owner – Operational Security and Continuity Planning Manager) 3 June 11 B
MS-26 Safe Installation & Management of Automatic Ticket Gates (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 2 June 11 B
MS-27 Project Review Group (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 3 June 11 A
MS-32 Crowd Control Plan 3 June 11 A
MS-35 Station Equipment Monitoring (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 2 June 11 D
MS-38 Safe System of Working On Station Roofs (Owner – Director, Operational Services 3 June 11 A
MS-39 Station Security Plan – Restricted 4 June 12 A
MS-41 Adverse Weather Arrangements (Owner – Director, Operational Services) 2 June 11 A
H
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix H Rail Mounted Vehicle and Plant
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
H1 NR/PLANT/0200 Iss 6; May 14

Infrastructure Plant Manual
NR/PLANT/0200/ Issue Module Title Price Band
P100 1 Reporting and Investigation of Plant Related Events B
P101 1 Monitoring Plant Activities B
P300 1 Plant Approval and Design B
P301 1 Road Rail Access Points D
P302 1 Approval and Review Of Plant Suppliers A
P500 1 Competence And Fitness B
P501 1 Systems of Work C
P502 1 Planning For Use B
P503 1 Planning for Lifting Operations C
P504 1 Plant Documentation And Marking A
P505 1 Safe Working With Plant C
P506 1 On-track Machines B
P507 1 On-track Plant C
P508 1 Mobile Elevating Work Platforms (Mewps) B
P509 1 Trailers and Attachments B
P510 1 Safe Use Of Quick Hitch Systems B
P511 1 Flails and Mulchers B
P512 1 Powered Cutters and Saws B
P513 1 Mobile Plant (Non-rail Mounted) and Road Vehicles B
P514 1 Hand-controlled Trolleys B
P515 1 Track Jacks B
P516 1 Undertaking Lifting Operations C
P517 1 Handling Rail C
P518 1 Loading Trailers C
P519 1 Planning for the use of On-track Plant B
P520 1 Alert notification system for Network Rail owned Unimog U400 MEWP B
P700 1 Plant Maintenance B
P701 1 On-track Plant Maintenance B
P702 1 Portable and Transportable Plant Maintenance B
P703 1 Road Rail Plant Access Point Maintenance A
H2 NR/PLANT/0200 Iss 6; May 14

Infrastructure Plant Manual

ME0201/
CAL087 Calibration of Statimeter Dynamometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL090 Calibration of Magnetic Strength & Polarity Meter Co/Man/130 1 Jun 08 A

CAL210 Calibration and Test Section of Calibration of Optical Height and Stagger Gauges 1 Jun 08 A
CAL223 Calibration of Megger BM8/2 Insulation Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL224 Calibration of Metrohm 9A Insulation and Continuity Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL225 Calibration of Megger CBT2 RCD Tester 1 Jun 08 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

ME0201/
CAL226 Calibration of Torque Wrench 1 Jun 08 A

CAL227 Calibration of OHLE Structure to Rail Bond Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL228 Calibration of Megger Pat 2 Portable Appliance Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL230 Calibration of Edgcumbe 11kv Live Conductor Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL231 Calibration of Robin Digital RCD Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL232 Calibration of Clare High Current Ohmmeter 1 Jun 08 A
CAL233 Calibration of Megger WM4/3 and Series 3 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL234 Calibration of Megger ET3 and ET3/2 Earth Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL235 Calibration of W&G Digital Level Meter Type Pmp20 1 Jun 08 A
CAL236 Calibration of DC Ammeter/Mv Range 0 – 3000A / 75mv 1 Jun 08 A
CAL237 Calibration on Megger Circuit Testing OHM Meter 0 – 3/30 OHMS 1 Jun 08 A
CAL238 Calibration of Edgcumbe 33kv Live Conductor Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL239 Calibration of Secondary Current Injection Test Set - Instruments Only 1 Jun 08 A
CAL241 Calibration of Megger BM14 - 2.5kv/5kv Insulation Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL242 Calibration of Beckman Digital Capacitance Meter 1 Jun 08 A
CAL243 Calibration of Eurotherm Millivolt Source 1 Jun 08 A
CAL244 Calibration of Comark Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL245 Calibration of Kane-May Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL246 Calibration of Metrohm Digital Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL247 Calibration of Biccotest 40KV D.C. Test Set 1 Jun 08 A
CAL248 Calibration of Temperature Test Sets 1 Jun 08 A
CAL249 Calibration of GEC Precision D.C. Voltmeter 0 – 1500V 1 Jun 08 A
CAL250 Calibration of Megger BM7 – 500 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL251 Calibration of Megger BM6 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL252 Calibration of Kane-May 3003 Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL253 Calibration of Weir 6 Inch D.C. Voltmeter 0 – 50V 1 Jun 08 A
CAL254 Calibration of Weir 6 Inch D.C. Ammeter - Mv Meter Range 200A - 150mv 1 Jun 08 A
CAL255 Calibration of Weir 6 Inch D.C. Ammeter with Internal Shunt 0 –150A -100mv Movement 1 Jun 08 A
CAL256 Calibration of Elliott D.C. Portable Ammeter 1000A-75mv and Shunt 1 Jun 08 A
CAL257 Calibration of Hatfield L.M.S. Type 1008A 1 Jun 08 A
CAL258 Calibration of Megger MJ4-2 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL259 Calibration of Megger Series 4 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL260 Calibration of Kane-May 451 Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL261 Calibration of Kent Moore Four Probe Digital Thermometer 1 Jun 08 A
CAL262 Calibration of Norbar Torque Wrench 1 Jun 08 A
CAL263 Calibration of GTRM 25kv Overhead Live Line Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL264 Calibration of Ferranti Rail Type Multirange Clip-On Ammeter 0 to 500 A.A.C. 1 Jun 08 A
CAL265 Calibration of Optical Height and Stagger Gauge 1 Jun 08 A
CAL266 Calibration of Amprobe A.C. Clampmeter 1 Jun 08 A
CAL267 Calibration of D.C. Ammeter - Mv Range 0–5000A - 83–3mv 1 Jun 08 A
CAL268 Calibration of Megger D201 Ducter Digital Ohm Meter (20 Ohm) 1 Jun 08 A
CAL269 Calibration of Kane-May Dependatherm Analogue Thermometer Type MRC - 2 1 Jun 08 A
CAL270 Calibration of B.E.H.A. Digital Thermometer 1 Jun 08 A
CAL271 Calibration of Metertech Digital Capacitance Meter 1 Jun 08 A
CAL272 Calibration of Weir 6 Inch Analogue D.C. Ammeter 0 – 10 Amp 1 Jun 08 A
CAL273 Calibration of Shunts 1 Jun 08 A
CAL274 Calibration of Megger D007 Analogue Ducter Ohm Mete 1 Jun 08 A
CAL275 Calibration of Kane-May 3000 Digital Thermometer 1 Jun 08 A
CAL276 Calibration of Ferranti Panel Mounted Meter 0 – 100ma - 50Hz 1 Jun 08 A
CAL277 Calibration of Ferranti Panel Mounted Meter 0 – 10 - 40kv 50 Hz - Fitted to Glove Test Set 1 Jun 08 A
CAL278 Calibration of R.S. Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL279 Calibration of Megger D201 Ducter Digital OHM Meter - 0 – 60 Ohms 1 Jun 08 A
CAL281 Calibration of Kane-May 450S Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL282 Calibration of Vixen Digital Thermometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL283 Calibration of BM100 Series Insulation and Continuity Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL284 Calibration of Levell TM3A - TM3B A.C. Microvoltmeter 1 Jun 08 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

ME0201/
CAL285 Calibration of Megger PAT 2-2 Portable Appliance Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL286 Calibration of Megger BM200 Series Insulation and Continuity Tester.d 1 Jun 08 A
CAL287 Calibration of Megger PAT 101 Portable Appliance Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL288 Calibration of Metrohm 16D Series Digital Insulation and Continuity Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL289 Calibration of Megger WM5-WM6 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL290 Calibration of Robin 3131 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL291 Calibration of Megger PAT 32 Portable Appliance Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL292 Calibration of Metrohm PAT D210 - 2 or Metrotest mpAT - 30 Portable Appliance Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL293 Calibration of Megger BM400 Series Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL294 Calibration of Robin 3228K Digital Thermometer 1 Jun 08 A
CAL295 Calibration of Megger DET5 - 2D Earth Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL297 Calibration of Rhopoint Milliohmmeter Model M210 1 Jun 08 A
CAL298 Calibration of Megger BMD3 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL299 Calibration of Megger BM80 Series Digital Insulation and Continuity Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL300 Calibration of Megger MJ10 Insulation and Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL301 Calibration of 0 – 1 Inch and 0 – 25mm External Micrometers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL302 Calibration of Robin Kmp Series Digital PSC Loop Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL304 Calibration of Metrohm Digital P-E Loop Testers 1 Jun 08 A
CAL305 Calibration of Metrohm Analogue P-E Loop Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL306 Calibration of RS Digital Pocket Thermometer 1 Jun 08 A
CAL307 Calibration of Robin 3131 Insulation & Continuity Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL308 Calibration of Megger LT7 Digital Loop Tester 1 Jun 08 A
CAL309 Calibration of Track Circuit Shunt Resistor Box 0 – 11 Ohm 1 Jun 08 A
CAL311 Calibration of a Conductor Rail Test Lamp 1 Jun 08 A
NR/L3/ Title Issue Date Price Band

RMVP/0201/
CAL400 Calibration of Track Welder Nibbed Straight Edges 1 Jun 08 A

CAL401 Calibration of Electrode Drying Ovens 1 Jun 08 A
CAL402 Calibration of AC Electromagnets and Permanent Magnets 1 Jun 08 A
CAL501 Calibration of Oxy-Fuel Gas Equipment 1 Jun 08 A
J
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix J Signal Engineering
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
J1 NR/L2/SIG/11201 Iss 9; Sep 14

Signalling Design Handbook
Module Number & Title Issue Date Price

NR/L2/SIG/11201 Signalling Design Handbook 9 02/06/2014 F
Mod A1 Outline Project Specifications (OPS) for Signalling Schemes 5 03/03/2012 C
Mod A2 Minimum Requirements for design details 5 03/09/2011 E
Mod A3 Assessment of signalling Systems before Signalling Design Alterations 4 04/06/2011 B

Mod A4 Design Specification Guidelines 5 03/09/2011 C
Mod A5 Occupational Safety 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A6 Safety Hazards requiring retrospective work 5 03/09/2011 B
Mod A7 Correlation of Signalling Records 4 04/06/2011 C

Mod A8 Design Record and Production control 4 04/06/2011 C
Mod A9 Safety System 4 04/06/2011 C
Mod A10 Configuration Control 4 04/06/2011 C
Mod A11 Operating Requirements Review 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A12 Design Modifications 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A13 Certification Process 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A14 Source Record Updating 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A15 Arrangement and Presentation 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod A16 Temporary Work 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A17 Symbols for plans and sketches used in Signalling Applications 5 03/09/2011 D
Mod A18 Signalling Design Control Tables 6 04/06/2011 Phone
Mod A18/AppA Conventions, General Notes, Dollar Notes and Signallers Route Lists 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppB RRI Signal and aspect control tables 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppC RRI point and ground frame control tables 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppD Control tables for level crossings 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppE Control tables for train warning and protection systems 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppF Control Tables For Staff Protection Systems (TOWS) 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppG Control Tables For Block Systems & Electro-mechanical 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppH SSI Control Tables 6 04/06/2011
Mod A18/AppJ SIMIS – W Control Tables 6 04/06/2011
Mod A19/ Symbols for Signalling Circuit Diagrams 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod A20 Dependability 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A21 Verification Process 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod A22 Overlapping and Parallel Signalling Design 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod B1 Circuits - General Introduction 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B2 Circuits - Conflicting Standards 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B3 Circuits - General 5 03/09/2011 D
Mod B4 Circuits – Fusing & Looping of Signalling Circuits 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B5 Circuits – Electromagnetic Compatibility of Electronic Equipment 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod B6 Circuits – Insulation and Earthing for Occupational Safety 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B7 Interlockings – General 6 06/09/2014 F
Mod B8 Interlockings – Lever Frame Interlocking Guidelines 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod B9 Interlockings – Free-Wired Route Setting Interlocking Guidelines 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod B10 Interlockings – Geographical Relay Interlocking Guidelines 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod B11 Interlockings – Electronic Interlocking Guidelines 4 04/06/2011 C
Mod B12 Transmission Systems - (Cable terminations & Cable routes) 4 04/06/2011 D
Mod B13 Points - General 4 04/06/2011 C
Mod B14 Points – Point Fittings (Supplementary Information) 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod B15 Points – Relay Circuits 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B16 Points – SSI Application 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B17 Signals – General 4 04/06/2011 C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Module Number & Title Issue Date Price

Mod B18 Signals – Semaphore Signals (Supplementary Information0 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod B19 Signals – Relay Circuits 4 04/06/2011 B
Mod B20 Signals – SSI Application 4 04/06/2011 A
Mod X01 Level Crossings - General 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X02 Level Crossings - Common Design Requirements 2 02/06/2012 D
Mod X10 Level Crossings - Automatic Half Barriers (AHB) 1 03/09/2011 C
Mod X11 Level Crossings - Automatic Barrier Crossing Locally Monitored (ABCL) 2 02/06/2012 D
Mod X12 Level Crossings - Automatic Open Crossing Locally Monitored (AOCL) 2 02/06/2012 C
Mod X13 Level Crossings - Automatic Open Crossing Locally Monitored Plus Barriers (AOCL + B) 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X14 Level Crossings - Open Crossing With Additional Flashing Lights 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X20 Level Crossings - Manned Gated Crossings (MG) 1 03/09/2011 A
Mod X21 Level Crossings - Manually Controlled Barriers With Obstacle Detector (MCB-OD) 3 02/06/2012 C
Mod X22 Level Crossings - Manually Controlled Barriers (MCB) 2 02/06/2012 C
Mod X23 Level Crossings - Manually Controlled Barriers With Closed Circuit Television (MCB-CCTV) 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X24 Level Crossings - On Call Barriers (MCB-OC) 2 02/06/2012 C
Mod X25 Level Crossings - Wicket Gate Magnetic Locks 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X30 Level Crossings - Traincrew Operated Gates (TOG) 1 03/09/2011 A
Mod X31 Level Crossings - Traincrew Operated Barriers (TOB) 1 03/09/2011 C
Mod X40 Level Crossings - Miniature Stop Lights (MSL) 2 02/06/2012 B
Mod X41 Level Crossings - User Worked Barriers 1 03/09/2011 A
Mod X42 Level Crossings - Power Operated Gate Openers (POGO) 1 03/09/2011 B
Mod X99 Level Crossings - History Of Level Crossing Protection 1 03/09/2011 C
J2 NR/L2/SIG/17002 Iss 23; Mar 12

NR/L2/SIG/17002 is available as a complete document at over 2000 pages, or alternatively, we can supply each SSI module as detailed in the table
below. The prices below are for the individual modules. Please phone to obtain prices for purchasing multiple modules
Number Title Issue Date Price
SSI8003-10 Interlocking:
Chapter A Table of 9 3/3/2012 B
Chapter B Contents 4 3/3/2012 C
Chapter C Introductory Information 4 3/3/2012 C
Chapter D Data Format, Interlocking Identity, Identity Files, 4 3/3/2012 D
Chapter E etc. Data Files Source Language 9 3/3/2012 D
Chapter F IPT, PFM and PRR 7 3/3/2012 C
Chapter G Files FOP and MAP 9 3/3/2012 D
Chapter H Files OPT File 5 Aug-04
Timing Constraints, Failures and Related Documentation
SSI8003-20 Panel Processor:
Chapter A Table of 6 Apr-08 A
Chapter B Contents 6 Apr-08 C
Chapter C Introductory Information 7 3/3/2012 D
Data Files and Related Documentation
SSI8003-30 Diagnostic 3 Feb-02 D
SSI8003-40 Simulator:
Chapter A Table of Contents 2 Feb-02 A
Chapter B Introduction and TFM and Interlocking 2 Feb-02 B
Chapter C Simulation Train Simulation 2 Feb-02 D
SSI8003-51 Communications With Other

Chapter A Interlockings: Table of Contents 9 4/6/2011 A
Chapter B Introduction and Simpler 6 Dec-10 C
Chapter C Boundaries Route Locking Across 10 Dec-10 D
Chapter D Boundaries 7 Dec-10 D
Chapter E Boundaries Through Crossovers, SSI/RRI Boundaries, and Relay Interfaces Between 5 Apr-08 C
SSIs Special and More Complex Features
SSI8003-52 Timing Constraints on Interlocking Data Complexity 7 Apr-08 D
SSI8003-53 Interfacing With IECC/ARS 5 Aug-04 C
SSI8003-54 Data/Compiler/Program Compatibility 7 3/3/2012 D
SSI8003-55 Data Style 2 Aug-99 C
SSI8003-56 Signal Group Replacement Control 2 Dec-10 C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
SSI8003-61 TISP and TORR 4 Apr-08 D
SSI8003-62 Automatic and Distant Signals 6 3/3/2012 C
SSI8003-63 Route Class Selection and Overlap Releasing 10 Dec-10 D
SSI8003-64 Ground Frames and Shunter’s Releases 6 3/3/2012 D
SSI8003-65 Swinging Overlaps:

Chapter A Table of Contents 8 3/3/2012 B
Chapter B Principles and Examples 1 & 2 7 3/3/2012 C
Chapter C Examples 3 & 4 6 3/3/2012 D
Chapter D Alternative Methods, Preferred and Non- Permitted Overlaps and Alternative Execution Clauses 7 Dec-10
Additional Methods
Chapter E 5 3/3/2012 E
SSI8003-66 Restoration of Points 8 4/6/2011 D
SSI8003-67 Searchlight Signals and Banner Repeating Signals 5 Aug-04 D
SSI8003-68 Preset Shunts:

Chapter A Table of Contents 6 Oct-05 A
Chapter B Principles and Data Preparation 6 Dec-10 C
Chapter C More Complex Data Example 8 Dec-10 C
SSI8003-69 Junction Signalling:

Chapter A Table of Contents 6 4/6/2011 A
Chapter B Route Indicator Mixture, Reading Through and Flashing Aspects 6 Dec-10 C
Chapter C Splitting Distance 4 Aug-04 D
SSI8003-71 Divided Sets of Points 2 Feb-02 B
SSI8003-72 Co-Acting Signals 3 Aug-04 C
SSI8003-73 Opposing Locking Omitted 2 Feb-02 A
SSI8003-74 Lockout Devices 4 Apr-08 D
SSI8003-75 Track Circuit Interrupters and Wide-to-gauge Trap Points 2 Feb-02 C
SSI8003-76 AWS & SPAD Inductors 5 3/9/2011 C
SSI8003-77 Bi-directional Signalling with Automatic or Semiautomatic Signals 5 Apr-08 D
SSI8003-78 Consecutive Double Yellow Aspect Sequences 2 Feb-02 C
SSI8003-79 Special Signal Controls 5 Dec-10 D
SSI8003-80 One Train System Without Staff 1 Aug-04 C
SSI8003-81 TPWS 7 3/3/2012 E
SSI8003-82 Sequential Proving of Track Circuits 1 Feb-02 D
SSI8003-83 Permissive Controls 3 4/6/2011 D
SSI8003-84 Relay Interfaced Signals 2 3/3/2012 D
SSI8003-85 Robust Train Protection 2 Dec-10 D
SSI8003-91 Interlocking and Panel Processor Data Syntax Specs 2 Feb-02 D
SSI8003-92 Obsolescent Data 1 Feb-01 D
SSI8003-100 Guidelines for SSI Control of Level Crossings 1 Dec-02 C
SSI8003-101 Core Data for Level Crossings - Bi-directional Track - No signals:

Chapter A Table of Contents 1 Dec-02 B
Chapter B Crossing Input TFM 1 Dec-02 C
Chapter C Crossing Output TFM 1 Dec-02 C
Chapter D Multiple Track Circuits and Alternative Treadles 1 Dec-02 A
Chapter E Variations 1 Dec-02 C
Chapter F Appendices 1 Dec-02 C
SSI8003-102 Core Data for Level Crossings - Bi-directional Track - One Signal:
Chapter Table of Contents 1 Dec-02 B
A Chapter Crossing Input TFM 1 Dec-02 D
B Chapter Crossing Output TFM 1 Dec-02 C
C Chapter Protecting signal TFM 1 Dec-02 B
D Chapter Multiple Track Circuits & Alternative Treadles 1 Dec-02 A
E Chapter Stopping/Non-Stopping and Call-By Plunger 1 Dec-02 A
F Chapter Variations 1 Dec-02 D
G Chapter Appendices 1 Dec-02 C
H
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
SSI8003-103 AHB Level Crossings - Bi-directional - 2 Tracks - No signals:

Chapter A Table of Contents 1 Dec-02 A
Chapter B Crossing Output TFM 1 Dec-02 C
Chapter C Variations 1 Dec-02 B
Chapter D Appendices 1 Dec-02 B
SSI8003-104 AHB Level Crossings - Bi-directional - 2 Tracks - One signal:

Chapter A Table of Contents 1 Dec-02 B
Chapter B Crossing Output TFM 1 Dec-02 D
Chapter C Protecting signal TFM 1 Dec-02 A
Chapter D Variations 1 Dec-02 D
Chapter E Appendices 1 Dec-02 C
SSI8003-105 Level Crossings - Guidelines for Two signals in the same Sector 1 Dec-02 D
SSI8003-106 MSL Level Crossings - Bi-directional - 2 Tracks:

Chapter Table of Contents 1 Dec- A
A Chapter No Signals 1 02 D
B Chapter One Signal 1 Dec- C
C 02
SSI8150 SSI Software Record: 3 Dec-
Dec-
Chapter Table of Contents 8 10
02 C
A Chapter Main Document 6 Dec- D
B Chapter Appendix 1 7 09 D
C Chapter Appendices 2 to 5 6 Feb-02 D
D Chapter Appendices 6 to 9 10 Jun-08 D
E Feb-02
SSI8151 Retrospective and Other Amendments 2 Aug-04
Mar-11 E
SSI8500 Design of SSI Schemes:

Chapter Table of Contents 12 3/3/2012 B
A Chapter Scope of Document 6 3/3/2012 A
B Chapter SSI General Description 7 Mar-11
C Chapter Signalling Schemes 14 3/3/201 E
D Chapter Power Supplies 5 2 B
E Chapter Signaller’s Console 5 3/3/2012 C
F Chapter Cabling and Connections 11 3/3/2012 D
G Chapter Accommodation and Locations 5 3/3/2012
H Chapter Equipment Procurement and Specifications 6 Feb-02 C
I Chapter Documentation 5 3/3/201 A
J Chapter Approved Site-Specific Arrangements 2 2 A
K Feb-
SSI8503 Earthing and Bonding of Solid State Interlocking Equipment 4 Mar-11
02 D
SSI8505 SSI Data Procedures: Aug-

Chapter Table of Contents 5 04
Feb- B
A Chapter General Information 5 02 A
B Chapter Data Production 4 Feb- D
C Chapter Installation 5 02 C
D Chapter Maintenance 1 Feb- A
E Chapter Record Keeping 1 02 A
F Chapter EPROM and Memory Module Programming 1 Feb- C
G 02
Attachment Installed SSI Software Record Forms 5 Feb-02
Feb-
(ISSR) 02
SSI8506 MkII Paged Technician’s Terminal Installation Manual 1 Feb-
Feb-01 C
02
SSI8507 Relay Interfaced SSI 3 3/12/2011
Feb- D
02
SSI8508 SSI Technician’s Terminal Logger Recorder User Guide 4 Dec-09 D
SSI8509 SSI Graphical Replay User’s Guide 6 Dec-09 D
SSIDIS018 Electro-Hydraulic Train Stops 3 6/6/2005 C
SSIDIS101 Non Panel Interfaces 3 3/11/2010 B
SSIDIS105 Override Emergency Route Setting 6 17/12/2001 B
SSIDIS106 TFM Mk 111 Flashing Yellow Lamp Proving 8 16/7/2002 B
SSIDIS108 SSI Application of Bombardier Fibre Optic Colour Light Signal, Full Size Fibre Optic Alpha Numeric 4 19/9/2002 B
Route Indicator and Fibre Optic Junction Route Indicator
SSIDIS109 TPWS Method 3 and Flashing Aspects 5 3/12/2002 B
SSIDIS112 Axle Counter Data 19 1/11/2011 D
SSIDIS114 Aspect Restriction Following Axle Counter Restoration 22 19/10/2011 E
SSIDIS121 Relay Interfaced Signal Temporary Nomenclature for MCS 2 23/1/2004 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
SSIDIS126 Axle Country Preparatory Reset and Restoration Data 4 20/12/2005 C
SSIDIS129 Crossing Stopping/Non Stopping Switch Data & Non Provision of Power on Input (MSL 6 6/9/2005 C
Crossings Only)
SSIDIS131 Sequential Calling of Point Ends with the Same Number 3 9/9/2005 B
SSIDIS136 Flashing Aspects - Proving Double Yellow 2 20/12/2006 A
SSIDIS137 Directional Interlocking 3 21/3/2007 C
SSIDIS138 Over-run Detection 10 17/8/2011 D
SSIDIS145 MCB Level Crossing Controls 4 2/1/2008 D
SSIDIS148 Operation of E.P Points Using SSI TFMs 2 25/3/2008 B
SSIDIS150 SSI Data Link Test Point Provision 3 5/9/2008 B
SSIDIS161 Directional Interlocking Cross Boundary Relay Interface and Internal Datalink 2 5/11/2009 C
SSIDIS162 Swinging Overlap across a Boundary - Crossover with Separately Numbered Point Ends 2 5/11/2009 D
SSIDIS165 Set to Work and Cross Boundary Best Practice 6 16/2/2011 B
SSIDIS166 Separate Permissive and Non Permissive Shunt Routes 2 12/2/2010 B
J3 NR/L2/SIG/30009 Iss 10; Mar 15

NR/L2/ Title Issue Date Price

SIG/3009/
C410 Application for Tail Light Cameras 1 Mar 2010 B
D120 Identification of Primary and Slotted Signals 1 Dec 2007 B
D220 Signal Spacing 1 Dec 2009 C
D225 Former SR Two Thirds Rule 1 Dec 2008 B
D310 Control of Signals 1 Dec 2007 B
D410 Trapping Protection 1 Sept 2009 C
E120 Replacement Facilities 1 Dec 2008 B
E420 Overrun detection and controls 2 Mar 2015 D
E430 Provision of derailment detectors 1 Dec 2007 B
E440 Provision of overlaps for shunt routes 1 Dec 2008 B
E450 Overlap Proving Dec 2009 B
E610 Restoration of points 1 Sept 2009 B
E810 Interlocking renewals Dec 2009 B
F140 Aspect and indication proving 1 Sept 2009 B
F210 Application of banner signals 2 Jun 2012 C
Z110 Staff Protection Systems 1 Sept 2009 D
Z115 Train Activated Warning Systems 1 Dec 2011 B
Z210 National Non-compliances to Group Standards 1 Dec 2009 C
GKRT0039 Semaphore And Mechanical Signalling (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0039) 1 Sept 2014 A
GKRT0041 Track Circuit Block (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0041) 1 Sept 2014 A
GKRT0042 Absolute Block (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0042) 1 Sept 2014 A
GKRT0051 Single Line Control (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0051) 1 Sept 2014 A
GKRT0054 Radio Electronic Token Block (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0054) 2 Mar 2015 D
GKRT0060 Interlocking Principles (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0060) 2 Mar 2015 D
GKRT0061 Shunters Releases, Ground Frames, Switch Panels and Gate Boxes (Former Railway Group Standard 1 Sept 2014 A
GK/RT0061)
GKRT0063 Approach Locking and Train Operated Route Release (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0063) 1 Sept 2014 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

SIG/3009/
GKRT0064 Provision of Overlaps, Flank Protection and Trapping (Former Railway Group Standard GK/RT0064) 2 Mar 2015 D
GERT8071 Control Facilities for use during Lineside Signalling Failures 1 Mar 2015 D

The following modules (in Word, Excel or PDF, as appropriate) may be purchased together or separately. Please phone for details and prices
Section Title Issue Date

A100 Selection of Standards for Signalling Testing 01 Sep 2011
A110 Signalling Works Testing 04 Sep 2014
A210 Design and Testing Processes for Minor or Repetitive Alterations 03 Sep 2014
A310 Signalling Testing Processes for Modular S&C Schemes 01 Sep 2014
B110 Signalling Works Testing IRSE Licensing Requirements 02 Dec 2011
B210 Appointment of Signalling Works Testing Certificate of Competency Authorisers 02 Dec 2011
B310 Signalling Works Testing Training and Competence Modules 03 Jun 2012
B310/MR01 Signalling Works Testing Staff Mentorship Record form 01 Jun 2012
B410 Signalling Works Testing Staff Competence Assessment 02 Jun 2012
B410/CA01 Signalling Works Testing Competence Assessment Record form (spreadsheet format) 01 Jun 2012
B510 Project Specific Appointment of Signalling Testers In Charge 03 Sep 2014
B510/AP01 Assessment of Tester In Charge form 02 Sep 2014
B510/AP02 Appointment of Tester In Charge form 01 Dec 2012
C110 Testing Strategy 02 Jun 2012
C110/ST01 Testing Strategy form 02 Sep 2014
C120 Test Plans 03 Sep 2014
C120/TP01 Test Plan form 02 Sep 2014
C120/TP02 Test Plan Appendix A - Index of Appendices form 02 Sep 2014
C120/TP03 Commissioning Plan Addendum / Task Sheet form 01 Jun 2012
C120/TP11 Test Plan Appendix 1 - Tester in Charge’s Briefing Record, Testers’ Identity and Mentorship Register 02 Sep 2014
form
C120/TP13 Test Plan Appendix 3 - Testing and Commissioning Occurrence Log form 01 Jun 2012
C120/TP14 Test Plan Appendix 4 - Test Strap Register form 01 Jun 2012
C120/TP15 Test Plan Appendix 5 - Test Desk Schedule form 01 Jun 2012
C120/TP16 Test Plan Appendix 6 - Protecting Signalling Disconnections form 01 Jun 2012
C210 Acceptance of Testing Planning Documentation 02 Jun 2012
C210/AC01 Testing Planning Documentation Review Record form 01 Jun 2012
C210/AC02 Test Plan Review Checklist form 01 Jun 2012
C210/AC03 Testing Strategy Waiver Application form 01 Jun 2012
C310 Check Marking and Recording on Test Copies 04 Sep 2014
C410 Error Reporting 03 Jun 2012
C410/TL01 Test Log form 01 Mar 2011
C410/TL02 Test Log Index form 01 Mar 2011
C410/TL03 Deferred Test Log Closure Plan form 01 Mar 2011
C510 Handover for Signalling Works Testing 01 Jun 2012
C510/HT01 Certificate of Handover for Signalling Works Testing form 01 Jun 2012
D110 Signalling Works Test Specification and Certificate Requirements 05 Sep 2014
D110/TC01 Master Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D115/DT1-01 Defined Inspection Check - Check for Correct Type 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT1-02 Defined Inspection Check - Check for No Damage 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT1-03 Defined Inspection Check - Check for Correct Position 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT1-04 Defined Inspection Check - Check for Correct Labelling 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT1-11 Defined Inspection Check - Check for Correct Commissioning Copies 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT2-01 Defined Technical Verification Test - Wire Count 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT2-02 Defined Technical Verification Test - Continuity Test 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT2-11 Defined Technical Verification Test - SSI Plug Coupler Verification 01 Mar 2011
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

D115/DT2-15 Defined Technical Verification Test - Changeover Preparation Check 01 Jun 2012
D115/DT2-21 Defined Technical Verification Test - Recovery Identification Check 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT2-22 Defined Technical Verification Test - Wiring Recoveries 03 Sep 2014
D115/DT3-01 Defined Function Test - Power Supply Tests 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT3-11 Defined Function Test - Relay Circuitry Set to Work Test 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT3-12 Defined Function Test - Circuit Function Test 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT3-13 Defined Function Test - Strap and Function Test 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT3-14 Defined Function Test - Test for Timers Adjusted and Sealed 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT3-21 Defined Function Test - SSI TFM Exercise Test 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT3-51 Defined Function Test - Point Local Function Tests 02 Sep 2014
D115/DT3-52 Defined Function Test - Point Current and Motor Timer Cut-Off Tests 02 Sep 2014
D115/DT3-61 Defined Function Test - Busbar Earth Tests 01 Mar 2011
D115/DT3-62 Defined Function Test - Earth Electrode Test 01 Jun 2012
D115/DT4-01 Defined Correspondence Test - Point Control, Detection and Correspondence Tests 02 Sep 2014
D115/DT5-01 Defined Changeover Technique - Testing Led Changeover 02 Jun 2012
D115/DT5-02 Defined Changeover Technique - Construction Led Changeover 02 Jun 2012
D120/TC2-01 Pre-Wired Equipment Housing Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS3-01 Cable Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC3-01 Master Cable Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC3-02 Cable Test Record Form 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS4-01 Equipment Housing Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC4-01 Equipment Housing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-01 DC Track Circuit Test Specification 03 Jun 2012
D120/TC5-01 DC Track Circuit Test Certificate 04 Dec 2012
D120/TS5-05 Diode Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-05 Diode Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-11 EBI Track 200 TI21 Track Circuit 03 Dec 2011
D120/TS5-21 AC Double Rail Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-21 AC Double Rail Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-22 AC Single Rail Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-22 AC Single Rail Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-23 AC VT1 (SP) Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-23 AC VT1 (SP) Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-31 FS2600 Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-31 FS2600 Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-41 HVI Track Circuit Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-41 HVI Track Circuit Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-51 Track Circuit Interrupter Signalling Works Test Specification 04 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-51 Track Circuit Interrupter Test Certificate 04 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-62 Thales AzLM Axle Counter Data Link Test Specification 01 June 2012
D120/TC5-62 Thales AzLM Axle Counter Data Link Test Certificate 01 June 2012
D120/TS5-65 Frauscher RSR123 Wheel Sensor Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-65 Frauscher RSR123 Wheel Sensor Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-66 Frauscher FAdC Axle Counter Evaluator System Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-66 Frauscher FAdC Axle Counter Evaluator System Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-67 Frauscher Axle Counter Communications System Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-67 Frauscher Axle Counter Communications System Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-71 Siemens AzSM Axle Counter Signalling Works Test Specification 03 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-71 Siemens AzSM Axle Counter Test Certificate 03 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-72 Siemens ACM 100 WSD Wheel Detector Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-72 Siemens ACM 100 WSD Wheel Detector Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-73 Siemens ACM 100 Axle Counter System Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC5-73 Siemens ACM 100 Axle Counter System Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS5-74 Siemens ZPD43 Wheel Detector and Trackside Connection Box Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

D120/TC5-74 Siemens ZPD43 Wheel Detector and Trackside Connection Box Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-75 Siemens Az S 350 U Axle Counter Evaluator System Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-75 Siemens AzS350U Axle Counter Evaluator System Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-76 Siemens AzS350U Axle Counter Test Records form 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-91 Physical Dimensions Track Circuit Test Specification 04 Dec 2012
D120/TC5-91 Physical Dimensions Track Circuit Test Certificate 04 Dec 2012
D120/TS5-95 Mechanical Treadle Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-95 Mechanical Treadle Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS5-99 Generic Axle Counter Physical Dimensions Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC5-99 Generic Axle Counter Physical Dimensions Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HS6-01 Point End Inspection and Mechanical Set Up Handover Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-11 Mechanically Operated Point Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-21 Point Machine Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-25 Mechanical Back Drive and Supplementary Detector Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-31 Rail Clamp Point Lock (RCPL) Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-35 In Bearer Clamp Lock (IBCL) Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/HC6-36 SO Back Drive (for Hy-Drive) Handover Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS6-11 Mechanically Operated Point End Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC6-11 Mechanically Operated Point End Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS6-21 Point Machine Signalling Works Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC6-21 Point Machine Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS6-31 Rail Clamp Point Lock (RCPL) Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC6-31 Rail Clamp Point Lock (RCPL) Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS6-35 In Bearer Clamp Lock (IBCL) Test Specification 01 Sep 2014
D120/TC6-35 In Bearer Clamp Lock (IBCL) Test Certificate 01 Sep 2014
D120/TS7-01 Filament or LED Type Signal Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC7-01 Filament or LED Signal Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS7-11 Semaphore Signal Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC7-11 Semaphore Signal Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS7-31 Siemens Application Filament Signal Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC7-31 Siemens Application Filament Signal Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS7-51 Signage Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC7-51 Signage Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS7-91 Inspection to SSF and Signal Sighting Signalling Works Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC7-91 Inspection to SSF and Signal Sighting Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS8-01 AWS Signalling Works Test Specification 04 Sep 2014
D120/TC8-01 AWS Test Certificate 04 Sep 2014
D120/TS8-11 TPWS (Standard Fitment) Signalling Works Test Specification 04 Sep 2014
D120/TC8-11 TPWS (Standard Fitment)Test Certificate 04 Sep 2014
D120/TS8-12 TPWS (SPOSS) Signalling Works Test Specification 04 Sep 2014
D120/TC8-12 TPWS (SPOSS) Test Certificate 04 Sep 2014
D120/TS8-21 ATP Beacon / Loop (GWML) Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC8-21 ATP Beacon / Loop (GWML) Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS8-25 ATP Loop (Chilterns) Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC8-25 ATP Loop (Chilterns) Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC8-26 ATP Loop (Chilterns) Test Records form 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS8-31 TASS Balise Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC8-31 TASS Balise Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS9-01 Signaller’s Control / Indication Panel 01 Dec 2011
D120/TS9-02 Local Control Panel 01 Dec 2011
D120/TS10-01 Mechanical Signal Box Test Specification and Checklist 02 Jun 2012
D120/TC10-01 Mechanical Signal Box Test Certificate 02 Jun 2012
D120/TS10-10 Block Systems Test Specification 01 Mar 2012
D120/TC10-10 Block Systems Test Certificate 01 Mar 2012
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

D120/TS11-01 Control Tables and Principles Testing Test Specification 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC11-01 Control Tables and Principles Testing Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS12-01 SSI Central Interlocking Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC12-01 SSI Central Interlocking Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS12-02 SSI Data Link Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC12-02 SSI Data Link Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC12-03 SSI Data Link Test Records form 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS12-04 SSI Technician’s Terminal Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC12-04 SSI Technician’s Terminal Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS12-05 SSI to VDU based SCS Integration Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC12-05 SSI to VDU based SCS Integration Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS13-01 Train Describer (TD) Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC13-01 Train Describer (TD) Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS13-11 Reed FDM System Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC13-11 Reed FDM System Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS13-21 TDM Remote Control System Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC13-21 TDM Remote Control System Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS13-51 Panel Multiplexer (PMUX) System Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC13-51 Panel Multiplexer (PMUX) System Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS13-61 CCTV System Test Specification 01 Jun 2012
D120/TC13-61 CCTV System Test Certificate 01 Jun 2012
D120/TS13-71 Hot Axle Box Detector (HABD) System Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS13-71 Hot Axle Box Detector (HABD) System Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS14-01 Automatic Half Barrier Crossing (AHBC) Test Specification 02 Sep 2010
D120/TC14-01 AHBC Level Crossing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS14-02 Automatic Barrier Crossing Locally Monitored (ABCL) Test Specification 02 Sep 2010
D120/TC14-02 ABCL Level Crossing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS14-03 Automatic Open Crossing Locally Monitored (AOCL) Test Specification 02 Sep 2010
D120/TC14-03 AOCL Level Crossing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS14-04 Miniature Stop Light Crossing (MSL) Test Specification 02 Sep 2010
D120/TC14-04 MSL Level Crossing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS14-05 Manually Controlled Barriers (MCB) Test Specification 02 Sep 2010
D120/TC14-05 MCB Level Crossing Test Certificate 02 Sep 2014
D120/TS15-01 Staff Protection Device / System 01 Dec 2011
D120/TS15-10 Operator’s Control Unit 01 Dec 2011
D120/TS16-01 Scheme Plan Verification Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC16-01 Scheme Plan Verification Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS17-01 Integration Testing - Relay Through Circuit Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-01 Integration Testing – Relay Through Circuit Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS17-02 Integration Testing - SSI Module Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-02 Integration Testing - SSI Module Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS17-51 Integration Testing - Correspondence Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-51 Integration Testing – Train Detection Correspondence Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-52 Integration Testing – Points Correspondence Test Record form 02 Sep 2014
D120/TC17-53 Integration Testing – Signal and Train Protection Correspondence Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-54 Integration Testing – Miscellaneous Equipment Correspondence Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
D120/TS17-61 Integration Testing – Supplementary Tests Test Specification 01 Dec 2012
D120/TC17-61 Integration Testing - Supplementary Tests Test Certificate 01 Dec 2012
E110 Signalling Works Testing Glossary 02 Jun 2012
F110 The Verification and Validation of Relay Based Interlockings 02 Sep 2014
F120 The Verification and Validation of Western Region E10,000 Relay Interlockings 01 Sep 2014
F210 The Verification and Validation of Electronic Interlockings 01 Sep 2014
G110 Signalling Non-Conceptual Works and Emergency Testing 01 Sep 2011
G120/NTS010 Blank Template 01 Sep 2011
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

G130/A&R01 Temporary Alteration to Point Detection 01 Sep 2011
G130/A&R02 Temporary Alteration to Track Circuit Bonding 01 Sep 2011
G130/A&R03 Temporary Single Railing of 50Hz AC Double Rail Track Circuits 01 Sep 2011
G130/A&R04 Temporary Alteration to Signal Proving 01 Sep 2011
G130/A&R05 Temporary Alteration to Ground Frame Proving 01 Sep 2011
G130/AP51 Install a TPWS Filter Module 01 Sep 2011
G130/EL51 Install a Track Circuit Relay Counter 01 Sep 2011
G130/EL52 Install a Varistor Surge Protector 01 Sep 2011
G130/EL53 Convert PIN Code 202 (Style QS1) relay and plugboard to PIN Code 201 (Style QS2) relay and 01 Jun 2012
G130/SG51 plugboard
Fitment of LED DCIs 01 Sep 2011
G130/SG52 Fitment of LED MSLs 01 Sep 2011
G130/SG53 Fitment of LED Level Crossing Road Traffic Lights 01 Sep 2011
G130/SS51 Install a New or Replacement SSI LDT Filter 01 Sep 2011

obtain prices for puchasing multiple modules
--`,```,,,,,```,,``,,,,,,`,`,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SIG/30017/
Module D Telephone systems at level crossings 1 Sep 09 B
Module F Track and electrification systems at level crossings 1 Sep 09 A
Module G Level crossing geometry and surfaces 1 Sep 09 B
Module H Lighting and CCTV systems at level crossings 1 Sep 09 B
Module J Construction, testing and commissioning of level crossings 1 Sep 09 A
Module K Operation, maintenance and inspection of level crossings 1 Sep 09 B
Module L Change of legal status and decommissioning of level crossings following closure 1 Sep 09 A
J6 NR/L2/SIG/30097 Iss 3; Apr 14

Modular Signalling
L2/SIG/30097/ Title Issue Date Price

001 Modular Signalling Handbook 3 Apr 14 D
AppA Appendix A: System Architecture 3 Apr 14 C
AppB Appendices B and B1: System Components 3 Apr 14 C
AppC Appendix C: System Functionality 3 Apr 14 D
AppD Appendix D: Non-functional Requirements 3 Apr 14 C
AppD1 Appendix D1: Ergonomic Requirements 2 Jun 12 C
AppE Appendix E: Maintenance 3 Apr 14 C
AppF Appendix F: Statement of Application & Compliance 2 Apr 14 D
AppG Appendix G: Governance and Procurement 2 Jun 12 C
AppH Appendix H: GRIP Stages 1 and 3 - Feasibility Assessment and Requirements Analysis 3 Apr 14 D
AppH1 Appendix H1: Implementation and Commissioning Planning 3 Apr 14 C
AppH2 Appendix H2: Implementation and Commissioning Outline Designs 3 Apr 14 D
AppH3 Appendix H3: Scheme Design Guidance 3 Apr 14 D
AppH4 Appendix H4: Signal Overrun Risk Assessment 3 Apr 14 C
AppH5 Appendix H5: Equipment and Drawing Identification 2 Jun 12 C
AppI Appendix I: GRIP Stage 4 - Preliminary Scheme Design 3 Apr 14 C
AppJ Appendix J: GRIP Stage 5 - Signalling Detailed Design 3 Apr 14 C
AppK Appendix K: Verification and Validation (Testing) 2 Jun 12 C
AppL Appendix L: GRIP Stage 6 - Installation and Commissioning 2 Jun 12 C
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
L2/SIG/30097/ Title Issue Date Price

AppM Appendix M: Hand Back to Operations & Maintenance (GRIP Stage 7 & 8) 2 Jun 12 D
AppN Appendix N: Non-signalling Designs 2 Jun 12 B
AppO Appendix O: Assurance 2 Jun 12 B
J7 NR/L2/SIG/30099 Iss 1; Jun 12

Module Title Issue Date Price

005 Mechanical Locking: Process & Management 1 02/06/2012 B
010 Lever Frame Overhaul – 10 Yearly Periodic Activity 1 02/06/2012 A
011 Electrical Locking Equipment Overhaul – 7 to 10 Years Periodic Activity 1 02/06/2012 A
030 Mechanical Lever Frame Test Certificate 1 02/06/2012 xls
091 Replace an Annette’s Key 1 02/06/2012 A
092 Replace an Annette’s Lock 1 02/06/2012 A
093 Replace a Token Keys 1 02/06/2012 A
094 Replace a Token Lock 1 02/06/201 A

Reference Title Issue Date Price

1B05 Safety: Introduction 2 04/09/2010 C
1B10 Safety: Portable Warning Equipment Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete N/A N/A N/A
1D05 Electrical Wiring: Installation Diagrams and Symbols 2 04/09/2010 D
1D10 Electrical Wiring: Wires and Cables 2 04/09/2010 B
1D15 Electrical Wiring: Wiring Up and Termination 2 04/09/2010 C
1D20 Electrical Wiring: Alterations to an existing installation 2 04/09/2010 C
1D25 Electrical Wiring: Stagework Techniques 2 04/09/2010 B
1H05 Tools and Techniques: Wire Connections and Crimping 2 04/09/2010 D
1H10 Tools and Techniques: Stripping Wires and Cables 2 04/09/2010 B
1H15 Tools and Techniques: Soldering 2 04/09/2010 B
1H20 Tools and Techniques: Wire Wrapping 2 04/09/2010 A
1H25 Tools and Techniques: Torque Wrenches 2 04/09/2010 A
1H30 Tools and Techniques: Meters Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete N/A N/A N/A
1M01 Labelling: Safety Signs 2 04/09/2010 B
1M05 Labelling: Wires and Cables 2 04/09/2010 C
1M10 Labelling: Internal Equipment 2 04/09/2010 A
1M15 Labelling: Telephones N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/L2/TEL30032 & NR/L2/SIG/30017
1M20 Labelling Balises for TASS 2 04/09/2010
1Q05 Fixings: Nuts, Bolts, Screws, Washers, etc. 2 04/09/2010 C
1Q10 Construction of Concrete Bases N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/L3/CIV/151 & NR/L3/CI V/140
1Q15 Padlocks and Security N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/L2/SIG/50019
1U10 Pre-commissioning Work: Setting up and Quality Checks 2 04/09/2010 B
1X05 General Advice: Good Housekeeping Practice 2 04/09/2010 B
1X10 General Advice: Common Pitfalls 2 04/09/2010 A
2A05 Cabling: Route Construction N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/GN/TEL/30140
2A10 Cabling: Jointing and Termination 2 04/09/2010 C
2A1 5 Cabling: Cross Track and Tail Cables Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/L2/S19812 N/A N/A N/A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

2C05 Relays: Basic Principles 3 05/03/2011 B
2C10 Relays: Plugboard Configuration 2 04/09/2010 A
2E05 Equipment Rooms: Equipment and Wiring Practice 2 04/09/2010 C
2F05 Signal Boxes and Ground Frames: Electrical Equipment 2 04/09/2010 C
2F10 Signal Boxes: Lever Locks and Contacts 2 04/09/2010 C
2G05 Locations: Erections 4 03/03/2012 C
2G10 Locations: Fitting Out 2 04/09/2010 C
2J01 Power and Earthing: Electrical Safety 2 04/09/2010 C
2J05 Power and Earthing: Power Supplies 2 04/09/2010 A
2J10 Power and Earthing: Earthing Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete N/A N/A N/A
2K05 Batteries: Primary Cells 2 04/09/2010 B
2K10 Batteries: Secondary Cells 2 04/09/2010 B
2M05 Signals: General 2 04/09/2010 C
2M10 Signals: Signals Not in Use 2 04/09/2010 A
2M15 Signals: Signs and Boards 2 04/09/2010 C
2P01 Track Circuits: Definitions 2 04/09/2010 B
2P05 Track Circuits: General 2 04/09/2010 C
2P10 Track Circuits: Rail Terminations 2 04/09/2010 B
2P15 Track Circuits: Bonding 2 04/09/2010 C
2P20 Track Circuits: DC 2 04/09/2010 B
2P25 Track Circuits: DC High Sensitivity 2 04/09/2010 B
2P30 Track Circuits: Jointless Track Circuits 2 04/09/2010 A
2P35 Track Circuits: Aster ‘U’ and SF15 Types 2 04/09/2010 B
2P40 Track Circuits: TI21 Type 2 04/09/2010 B
2P45 Track Circuits: Reed (Jointed) Type 2 04/09/2010 B
2P60 Track Circuits: Westinghouse Quick Release Type 2 04/09/2010 B
Train Detection 2 04/09/2010 N/A
2Q05 Train Detection: Treadles: Silex Type 2 04/09/2010 C
2Q10 Treadles: SEL Type N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete
2Q50 Axle Counters: SEL Type N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - See NR/L2/SIG/30081 & NR/L3/SIG/30082/002
2R20 Servotrim N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete
2S05 Points: General 2 04/09/2010 C
2S10 Points: Electric Point Machines 2 04/09/2010 C
2S15 Points: Clamp Locks N/A N/A N/A
Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - NR/GN/SIG/11774
2S20 Points: Detection 2 04/09/2010 C
2S25 Points: Train Operated Point Systems 1 05/03/2011 B
2U05 Train Warning and Protection Systems: Automatic Warning System (AWS) 3 04/12/2010
2U15 Train Warning and Protection Systems: Train Stops 2 04/09/2010 A
2V01 Protection of Equipment against Vandals Withdrawn 04/09/2010 - Obsolete N/A N/A N/A
2W05 Electronic Equipment: General 2 04/09/2010 B
2W10 Electronic Equipment: SSI and IECC Systems 3 04/09/2010 B
2X05 Level Crossings: Road Traffic Signals 2 04/09/2010 B
2X10 Level Crossings: Lifting Barrier Machines 2 04/09/2010 B
2X15 Level Crossings: CCTV 2 04/09/2010 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

2Y05 Balises: TASS Balise 2 04/09/2010 C
J9 NR/L3/SIG/11761 Iss 3; Jun 12

NR/L3/SIG/11761/ Title Issue Date Price
A010 Network Rail EBI Track 200 Application Manual 1 Jun 12 D
A020 EBI Track 200 TI21 Audio Frequency Track Circuit - Technical Manual 4 Oct 11 Phone
A030 EBI Track 200 TI21 Audio Frequency Track Circuit - Single Rail Application 3 Jun 10 F
A040 TI21 Test Meter (TTM) Operating Instructions 4 Oct 03 A
A050 TI21 Sleeper Insulation Tester (SIT) Operating Instructions 2 Oct 02 A
A060 EBI Track 200 - Track Circuit Condition Monitoring (Guide to using the CM interface) 1 Mar 10 C
A070 PC Application Users Manual - Customer Version 2 Nov 11 C
B010 Application/Guidance Note - Modifications to EBI Track 200 TI21 Tuning Unit and ETU T1/T2 3 Jan 12 B
Connections and Trackside Wiring Recommendations
B020 Application/Guidance Note – EBI Track 200 TI21 Track Circuits Guidance Notes for Traction Bonding 2 Sep 10 D
B030 Application/Guidance Note - Summary of Fusing and Surge Arrestor Arrangements 3 May 10 B
B040 Application/Guidance Note - EBI Track 200, 300 & 400 Track Circuits - Operation with Concrete Slab 1 Sep 08 B
Track with Steel reinforcing or Iron Lined Tunnels
J10 NR/L3/SIG/30082 Iss 2; Dec 10

NR/L3/SIG/30082/ Title Issue Date Price
002 Axle Counter Installation, Testing and Commissioning Requirements 1 Mar 2010 E
003 Axle Counter Software / Data Rules 1 Dec 2010
004 Product Specification for Axle Counter Equipment 1 Mar 2010 D
010 Design and Application Rules - Thales Axle Counter Systems 1 Dec 2010
J11 NR/SIG/10665 Iss 12; Sep 14

001 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Criteria and Frequencies 5 12/09/2014 D
002 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – FPL Testing Criteria 1 03/09/2011 C
010 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – NR/ROSE/AX15 Axle Counter 2 12/09/2014 D
Thales AzLM
011 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – NR/ROSE/Test/253 EBITRACK 200 2 02/03/2013 B
012 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – NR/ROSE/Test/254 SF15 / U Type 1 03/09/2011 C
Aster Track Circuit Test
013 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – NR/ROSE/Test/057 Uninterruptible 1 03/09/2011 B
Power Supplies (UPS) Tests
014 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – NR/ROSE/SG16 VMS LED Signal 1 03/09/2011 A
015 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Colour Light Index 1 03/12/2011 D
016 Miniature Stop Light (MSL) & Miniature Warning Light (MWL) Level crossing with Dorman LED units 1 02/03/2013 A
(NR/ROSE/LC-A7/1)
017 Miniature Stop Light Crossing (MSL) Test Plan (NR/ROSE/LX74/1) 1 02/03/2013 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
018 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – AC 50 Hz Track Circuit – Service A 1 02/03/2013 B
(NR/ROSE/TC-A1/1)
019 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – FS2600 Track Circuit (NR/ROSE/ 1 02/03/2013 B
TC/A2/1)
020 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – AC 50 Hz Track Circuit – Service B 1 02/03/2013 A
(NR/ROSE/TC-B1/1)
021 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Vaughan Harmon Small Train 1 02/03/2013 B
Describer Type 4M (NR/ROSE/TD-A1/1)
022 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – RCPL 1 07/12/2013 A
& In-Bearer Clamp Lock Visual Checks (NR/ROSE/PO-V1/1)
& In-Bearer Clamp Lock Service A (NR/ROSE/PO-A1/1)
& In-Bearer Clamp Lock Service B (NR/ROSE/PO-B1/1)
025 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – HPSS 1 07/12/2013 A
Visual Checks (NR/ROSE/PO-V2/1)
026 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – HPSS 1 07/12/2013 B
Service A (NR/ROSE/PO-A2/1)
027 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – 1 07/12/2013 A
HW1000 / HW2000 Visual Checks (NR/ROSE/PO-V3/1)
HW1000 / HW2000 Service A (NR/ROSE/PO-A3/1)
HW1000 / HW2000 Service B (NR/ROSE/PO-B3/1)
030 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – Style 1 07/12/2013 A
63 Visual Checks (NR/ROSE/PO-V4/1)
031 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – Style 1 07/12/2013 B
63 Service A (NR/ROSE/PO-A4/1)
032 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Point Operating Equipment – Style 1 07/12/2013 A
63 Service B (NR/ROSE/PO-B4/1)
033 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – High Voltage Impulse (HVI) Track 1 07/12/2013 B
Circuit Equipment (NR/ROSE/TC-A5/1)
034 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – High Voltage Impulse (HVI) Track 1 07/12/2013 A
035 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – High Voltage Impulse (HVI) Track 1 07/12/2013 B
036 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Crown Post - Counter- Balanced 1 12/09/2014 A
Signal Support Posts (NR/ROSE/SG A1/2)
037 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Frauscher Advanced Counter : 1 12/09/2014 A
Remote access data check (NR/RoSE/AX-A1/1)
070 Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – ROSE LC Index 2 03/03/2012 E
Reliability Centred Maintenance of Signalling Equipment (ROSE) – Record Cards 3 02/03/2013 B
K
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Appendix K Track Engineering
Appendix
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
K1 NR/L2/TRK/0017; Sep 14
Inspection and Maintenance of Permanent Way
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by 06 Sept 2014
obtain prices for purchasing multiple modules.
NR/L2/ Description Issue Date Price

TRK/001/
mod01 Glossary 6 Dec 12 C
mod02 Track Inspection 6 Dec 12 D
mod03 Plain Line Track 7 Sep 14 C
mod04 Rail Joints 6 Dec 12 C
mod05 Switches and Crossings (S&C) 6 Dec 12 D
mod06 Visual Inspection and Ultrasonic Testing of Rails 6 Dec 12 D
mod07 Management of Rail Defects 6 Dec 12 D
mod08 Broken or Damaged Rails 6 Dec 12 C
mod09 Loss of Rail Section 6 Dec 12 C
mod10 Rail Profile Management 6 Dec 12 A
mod11 Track geometry – Inspections and Minimum Actions 7 Sep 14 D
mod12 Track geometry – Maintenance Design Requirements 6 Dec 12 C
mod13 Confirming Track is Safe for Selected Linespeed After Work 6 Dec 12 B
mod14 Managing Track in Hot Weather 6 Dec 12 D
mod15 Managing Track in Cold Weather 6 Dec 12 A
mod16 Adjustment Switches 7 Sep 14 B
mod17 Sidings 6 Dec 12 A
mod18 Buffer Stops 6 Dec 12 A
mod19 Track Inspection Handbook 6 Dec 12 D
K2 NR/L2/TRK/6100; Mar 15
The Installation and Maintenance of Stretcher Bars
The following modules may be purchased together or separately as appropriate. The prices below are for the individual documents.

TRK/6100/
mod01 Glossary of Stretcher Bar Terminology 1 Mar 15 C
mod02 Roles and Responsibilities for Installation, Inspection and Maintenance of Stretcher Bars 1 Mar 15 B
mod03 Installing Stretcher Bars and Setting Them to the Correct Length 1 Mar 15 D
mod04 Tubular Stretcher Bars 1 Mar 15 E
mod05 Fixed Stretcher Bars 1 Mar 15 D
mod06 35mm Adjustable Stretcher Bars 1 Mar 15 D
mod07 Lock Stretcher Bars 1 Mar 15 B
mod08 Action Tables 1 Mar 15 D
mod09 Stretcher Bar Equipment Catalogue 1 Mar 15 D
K3 NR/L3/TRK/0027; Jun 11
Track Maintenance Handbook
Ref Title Issue Price

Inspection
NR/L3/TRK/002/A01 Track patrol (foot & mechanised) 5.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A02 Track inspection – supervisor 4.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A03 Track inspection – engineer 2.0 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

NR/L3/TRK/002/A04 Cab riding 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A05 S&C – crossing – inspect 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A06 S&C – detailed inspection of switches 3.0 B
NR/L3/TRK/002/A07 Longitudinal timber detailed inspection 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A08 Flood warning inspection 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/A09 Visual Inspection of Stretcher Bars and Lock Stretcher Bars 1.0 C
Ballast
NR/L3/TRK/002/B01 Ballast – unload – other 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B02 Ballast – unload by train 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B03 Ballast – regulate – manual 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B04 Ballast – regulate – mechanical 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B05 Ballast – shoulder clean – manual 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B06 Ballast – shoulder clean – mechanical 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B07 Ballast – dig out contaminant 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B08 Track – dig wet bed – manual 2.0 A

NR/L3/TRK/002/B09 Track – dig wet bed – mechanical 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/B10 Track – glue ballast 2.0 A
Maintenance
NR/L3/TRK/002/C01 Fit & remove tie bar 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C02 Fit end restraint plate 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C03 Drilling of rail 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C04 Saw and disc cutting 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C05 Track – cold bolt hole expansion 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C06 Track – grind rails 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/C07 Track – fix gauge stops 2.0 A
Off Track
NR/L3/TRK/002/D01 Lift/replace foot crossing wooden unit 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D02 Lift/replace foot crossing sleeper based 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D07 Open channels and ditch maintenance 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D08 Piped drainage and catchpit maintenance 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D09 Pest and vermin control 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D10 Maintain fencing and boundary measures 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D11 Vegetation ~ inspection 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D12 Vegetation clearance ~ manual 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D13 Vegetation clearance ~ mechanical 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D14 Off track – Management of invasive and hazardous weeds 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D15 Access points – inspect 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D16 Lineside facilities – maintain 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D17 Boundary – inspection 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D18 Drainage inspection 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D20 Sign maintenance and renewal 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/D21 Waste and flytipping clearance 1.0 A
On Track Machines
NR/L3/TRK/002/E01 Plain Line Tamping 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/E02 Dynamic Track Stabiliser 1.0 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

NR/L3/TRK/002/E03 S&C Tamping 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/E04 TRAMM Works 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/E06 Mechanical Stoneblower 1.0 A
Plain Line
NR/L3/TRK/002/F01 Replace jointed rail 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F02 Insulated block joint (dry) renew 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F03 Track – renew fishplates 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F04 Track – PL – fit fishplate shims 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F05 Track – lubricate fishplates 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F06 Track – adjust rail expansion gaps 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F07 Adjustment switch – reset overlap 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F08 Adjustment switch – maintain 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F09 Track – stress monitoring (NDT CWR) 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F10 Track – preliminary survey for CWR stressing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F11 Track – stress restoration 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F12 Track – PL – tensor stressing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F13 Track – CWR – natural stressing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F14 Track – CWR – renew due to wear or rail defects 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F15 Track – PL – renew check rail 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F16 Track – pull through/turn & plug timber 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F17 Track – PL – straighten rail end 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F18 Track – PL – manual slueing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F19 Track – PL – lift and pack 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F20 Track – PL – lift and pack joint 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F21 Track – PL – stoneblowing – handheld 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F22 Track – rail mounted lubricators 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F23 Track geometry markings – paint 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F24 Track – PL – replace sleeper 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F25 Guard board maintenance 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F26 Conductor rail maintenance 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F27 Turning rails within jointed track 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/F28 Inspection of buffer stops 1.0 A
Switch and Crossings
NR/L3/TRK/002/G01 S&C – cast crossing – crack monitoring 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G02 S&C – renew half set of switches 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G03 S&C – renew crossing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G04 S&C – renew check rail 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G05 Track – CWR – S&C tensor stressing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G06 S&C – change timber bearer 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G07 S&C – pack timber / bearer 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G08 S&C – change concrete bearer 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G09 S&C – stoneblowing – handheld 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G10 S&C – manual alignment 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G11 S&C – RCF prevention – hand grind 2.0 A
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

NR/L3/TRK/002/G12 S&C – switch diamond – white paint 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G13 Renew heater pads 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G14 Switch slide plate lubrication 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G15 Switch roller installation set up and maintenance 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G16 Replace slide chair bolts 1.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/G17 Hand levers 1.0 A
Welding
NR/L3/TRK/002/H01 Track – AL thermic weld 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/H02 Track – arc weld repair 2.0 A
Non Destructive Testing
NR/L3/TRK/002/J01 Track – Ultrasonic Testing 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/J02 Track – Magnetic Particle Testing (MPT) 2.0 A
NR/L3/TRK/002/J03 Track – Liquid Penetrant Testing (LPT) 2.0 A
K4 NR/L3/TRK/003 16; Mar 15

Track Engineering Forms
This standard lists a number of Track Engineering Forms (TEFs) which are available in a mixture of Word (doc) Excel (xls) or PDF formats.
Please note that Word or Excel formats can only be supplied electronically. Please phone for availability and pricing.
Number Description Issue Date

TEF3001 Plain line wheelburns and squats assessment form 4 Dec 08
TEF3002 Wheelburn removal assessment form 4 Dec 08
TEF3003 Wheelburn and squat removal assessment form 4 Dec 08
TEF3004 Welders work return - plain line repairs 3 June 08
TEF3005 Aluminothermic welding worksite planning form 6 June 10
TEF3006 Aluminothermic welding installation form 3 June 08
TEF3007 Aluminothermic welding non- conformance form 3 June 08
TEF3008 Welders work return - switch repairs 3 June 08
TEF3009 Welders work return - crossing repairs 3 June 08
TEF3010 Record of stressing - restressing 4 June 08
TEF3011 Record of stress restoration 2 June 08
TEF3012 Notification of CWR stress disturbance 3 June 08
TEF3013 Record of Verse testing and certificate 2 June 08
TEF3014 Detailed inspection of longitudinal timber system report 5 Dec 10
TEF3015 Basic visual inspection report 3 Sept 10
TEF3016 New very poor eighth inspection report 4 Sept 13
TEF3017 Engineer visual track inspection report 2 June 08
TEF3018 New super-red eighths inspection report 4 Sept 13
TEF3019 Inspection of switches secured out of use 2 June 08
TEF3020 Sidewear inspection record (Forms A and B) 3 June 12
TEF3021 Supervisor’s visual inspection of longitudinal timbers 6 Sept 13
TEF3022 Supervisor’s visual inspection report 3 Sept 10
TEF3023 Engineer cab ride report 2 June 08
TEF3024 Supervisor cab ride report 2 June 08
TEF3025 UTU compliant track segment RAM[T] authorisation 3 Sept 13
TEF3027 Cast crossing repair report 2 June 08
TEF3028 Inspection of buffer stops 3 June 08
TEF3029 Switch inspection form 6 Feb 15
TEF3030 Tie bar record 3 June 08
TEF3031 Crossing inspection report 6 Mar 13
TEF3032 Track buckle report 2 June 08
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

TEF3033 Hot weather preparation report consolidation 1 Aug 08
TEF3034 Platforms and clearances 3 June 08
TEF3035 Rail head weld repair installation form 1 Dec 08
TEF3037 Report of a rail defect found / repaired / removed 5 Mar 10
TEF3038 Daily report of ultrasonic testing of rails 6 Sept 10
TEF3039 Broken rail incident report 5 June 09
TEF3040 Rail lubricator / friction modifier / TGA inspection, filling and maintenance record 4 Sept 11
TEF3041 Inspection of non recorded track (manual) 3 Dec 10
TEF3042 Hand grinding record form (Hg1) 4 Dec 10
TEF3043 Level crossing rail corrosion inspection 3 Sept 13
TEF3044 Record of ultrasonic experience (Level 1) 2 June 08
TEF3045 Record of ultrasonic experience (Level 2 Supervisor) 2 June 08
TEF3046 Record of continuous employment 2 June 08
TEF3047 Assessment of service stress of rail 4 Sept 13
TEF3048 Management of gauge: periodic hand operated points inspection inspection 5 Dec 13
TEF3049 Upper sector survey 2 June 08
TEF3050 Datum monitoring sheet 2 June 08
TEF3051 Dip angle site inspection 3 Sept 13
TEF3052 Check list for dip angle outputs from track geometry recording 2 June 08
TEF3053 Risk assessment for visual inspection of track in darkness 4 Sept 13
TEF3055 Access point inspection report 2 June 08
TEF3056 Hot weather site monitoring record 3 Sept 13
TEF3057 Report of utrasonic testing of UTU suspect 3 Dec 09
TEF3058 GEOGIS update form (Plain Line) 3.1 Nov 10
TEF3059 GEOGIS update form (S&C) 3.1 Nov 10
TEF3060 Management of gauge: periodic inside slip inspection 4 Dec 13
TEF3061 Management of gauge: periodic switch diamond inspection 4 Dec 13
TEF3062 Management of gauge: periodic outside slip inspection 4 Dec 13
TEF3063 Management of gauge: periodic fixed diamond inspection 2 Dec 13
TEF3064 Hazard report for track assets 5 Sept 14
TEF3067 Site verification proposal form 1 June 08
TEF3068 Management of gauge: periodic switches & crossings inspection 5 Dec 13
TEF3069 Pesticide application record form 1 June 08
TEF3070 Crossing monitoring report 1 June 08
TEF3071 OTM site check and handback 2 Dec 13
TEF3072 Report of inspection / test of new RCF site: site summary 3 Feb 11
TEF3073 RCF walkout inspection and test form 4 Nov 10
TEF3074 SM[T] points gauge FWC and RSO measurements 5 Dec 14
TEF3075 Proposal to reduce basic visual inspection frequency – record of decisions taken 1 Dec 08
TEF3076 Leaf fall risk assessment 1 Sept 09
TEF3077 Tree hazard: risk evaluation and treatment system (THREATS and THREATS NR) 2 Dec 10
TEF3078 Record of decision to alter vegetation inspection method 1 Sept 09
TEF3079 Lineside vegetation inspection 2 June 13
TEF3084 Immediate Action Limit geometry faults Block the Line and Repeat report form 2 Sept 14
TEF3086 Boundary measure inspection form (TRK/5100 App A) 1 Mar 11
TEF3087 Record of decrease in frequency of boundary inspection 1 Mar 11
TEF3088 Boundary measure renewal proposal form (TRK/5100 App D) 1 Mar 11
TEF3090 Risk assessment for reduction in basic visual track inspection frequencies for CWR plain line only 1 Dec 09
TEF3091 Approval of reduction in visual inspection frequency certificate 2 Sept 13
TEF3092 Use of vehicles for basic visual track inspection 2 June 12
TEF3096 Mobile flashbutt weld inspection report 3 Dec 10
TEF3097 Record of stressing / restressing using mobile flash butt welding 1 June 11
TEF3098 Record of stress restoration using mobile flash butt welding 1 June 11
TEF3099 Fixed stretcher bar assembly defect form 3 Dec 14
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

TEF3105 Plain line trial hole and soils data logging schedule 1 Feb 07
TEF3121 S&C track renewals particular requirements specification 2 June 12
TEF3202 Level 1 handback / speed raising form 2 Sept 13
TEF3203 Infrastructure conformance certificate 4 Dec 14
TEF3204 Inspection of adjustment switches 2 Sept 13
TEF3205 Inspection of insulated rail joints (IRJs) / insulated block joints (IBJs) 1 Sept 10
TEF3206 Jointed track rail gap survey form 1 Dec 10
TEF3207 Record of site details for critical rail temperature calculation 3 Sept 13
TEF3208 Record of critical rail temperature calculation – continuously welded track 4 Sept 13
TEF3209 Record of critical rail temperature calculation – jointed track 2 Sept 13
TEF3210 Boundary incursion incident form 1 Mar 11
TEF3211 Fallen tree incident form 1 Mar 11
TEF3212 Record of non- tactile boundary inspection 1 Mar 11
TEF3213 Ultrasonic testing request form (for rail defects found by visual inspection) 2 Sept 13
TEF3214 Level crossing renewal / refurbishment risk priority assessment 1 Mar 11
TEF3215 Level crossing renewal / refurbishment form 1 Mar 11
TEF3216 Layout quality assurance inspection 1 Mar 11
TEF3217 Authorisation to use train based rail wear measurements 1 Mar 11
TEF3218 Mobile flashbutt weld production report 1 June 11
TEF3219 Network Rail application form for rail friction management equipment site specific assessment 2 Sept 11
TEF3220 Form A: approval in principle 1 June 11
TEF3221 Form B: approval of detailed design and checking 1 June 11
TEF3222 Form C: approval of manufacturing drawings 1 June 11
TEF3223 Ultrasonic calibration block visual check result sheet 1 Dec 11
TEF3224 Sperry RTS-RSU pump gauge calibration result sheet 1 Dec 11
TEF3228 Proposal to introduce OmniVision to deliver basic visual inspection - record of decisions taken (Tables A to J) 5 Feb 14
TEF3229 Contingency measures following OmniVision recording error - record of decisions taken 5 Feb 14
TEF3230 Assessment of stress unknown sites 1 Sept 13
TEF3231 No fault found investigation report 1 Sept 13
TEF3238 Risk assessment for OmniVision go live 5 Feb 14
TEF3239A Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of inclined curved chamfered switches B - E 1 June 12
TEF3239B Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of inclinded straight chamfered switches B - E 1 June 12
TEF3239C Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of vertical shallow depth switches AVS - DVS 1 June 12
TEF3239D Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of vertical shallow depth switches EVS - GVS 2 Feb 15
TEF3239E Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of vertical full depth switches AV - DV 2 Feb 15
TEF3239F Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of vertical full depth switches EV - GV 1 Jun 12
TEF3239G Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of RT/NR60 switches C - E 1 Jun 12
TEF3239H Management of gauge: field face to field face dimensions of NR60 switches F - G 1 Jun 12
TEF3240 Assessment of minimum permitted rail depth 1 Sept 13
TEF3242 Level crossing vertical profile inspection sheet (LXi29) 1 June 12
TEF3243 Level crossing inspection record form 1 June 12
TEF3244 Third party tree notification letters 1 June 12
TEF3245 Tree risk evaluation and control by non- arboriculturist railway personnel (THREATS-NRP) 2 June 13
TEF3246 Certificate of competence – Authorised Persons Levels 2, 3 and 4 1 Sept 13
TEF3247 Mobile flashbutt weld worksite planning form 1 Dec 12
TEF 3248 Drainage inspection form 2 Feb 14
TEF 3249 Arc welding worksite planning and resource request form 1 June 2013
TEF 3250 Post U15 course mentorship form 1 Aug 2013
K5 NR/L3/TRK/3510 2; Sep 11
Rail Friction Management
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by June 2011
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
NR/L3/ Description Date Price

TRK/3510/
A01 Lubrication of plain line Running Rails, S&C and Check Rails 1 Mar 11 D
B01 Use of Top of Rail Friction Modifiers 1 Mar 11 C
C01 Use of Traction Gel Applicators 1 Sep 11 C
K6 NR/L3/TRK/3530 1; Jun 12
Track Lubricants
This standard contains the modules listed below. The use of these modules is mandatory and must be complied with by Sept 2012
NR/L3/ Description Date Price

TRK/3530/
A01 Curve Lubricants 1 Jun 12 C
B01 S&C Slidechair Lubricants 1 Jun 12 C
C01 Fishplated Joint Lubricants 1 Jun 12 B
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
Catalogue Index
Catalogue Index
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
5 Catalogue Index
NR/CAT/STP001 ..................................................... 21 NR/GN/TEL/30065 ................................................. 159 NR/L2/ELP/27402 ....................................................53
NR/CS/CTM/001 ...................................................... 33 NR/GN/TEL/30137 ................................................. 159 NR/L2/ELP/27411 ....................................................53
NR/CS/ENV/001 ...................................................... 65 NR/GN/TEL/30138 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ELP/27500 ....................................................53
NR/CS/OHS/002 .................................................... 105 NR/GN/TEL/30139 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ELP/40045 ....................................................53
NR/CS/OHS/005 .................................................... 105 NR/GN/TEL/30140 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ELP/40068 ....................................................53
NR/CS/OPS/200 ...................................................... 96 NR/GN/TEL/31106 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ELP/40069 ....................................................53
NR/CS/OPS/250 ...................................................... 96 NR/GN/TEL/31109 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ENV/015 ........................................................65
NR/CS/TEL/30101 ................................................. 145 NR/GN/TEL/50017 ................................................. 160 NR/L2/ENV/050 ........................................................65
NR/CS/TRK/05200 ................................................ 161 NR/GN/TRK/3103 .................................................. 177 NR/L2/ERG/003 .......................................................67
NR/GN/CIV/001 ....................................................... 28 NR/GN/TRK/7001 .................................................. 177 NR/L2/ERG/24020 ...................................................67
NR/GN/CIV/002 ....................................................... 28 NR/L1/AMG/1010 ................................................... 141 NR/L2/HAM/02201 .................................................142
NR/GN/CIV/025 ....................................................... 28 NR/L1/CIV/032 ......................................................... 25 NR/L2/HSS/020 ......................................................105
NR/GN/CIV/163 ....................................................... 29 NR/L1/CPR/101 ....................................................... 38 NR/L2/INF/02018 .....................................................69
NR/GN/CIV/201 ....................................................... 29 NR/L1/ELP/27000 .................................................... 50 NR/L2/INF/02220 .....................................................69
NR/GN/CIV/202 ....................................................... 29 NR/L1/FIR/100 ......................................................... 68 NR/L2/INF/02223 .....................................................69
NR/GN/CIV/203 ....................................................... 29 NR/L1/INF/02232 ..................................................... 69 NR/L2/INF/02230 .....................................................69
NR/GN/CIV/801 ....................................................... 29 NR/L1/INI/EDT/CP0090 ........................................... 86 NR/L2/INF/02234 .....................................................70
NR/GN/CPR/401 ...................................................... 39 NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/100 .......................................... 86 NR/L2/INF/02237 .....................................................70
NR/GN/CTM/401 ..................................................... 37 NR/L1/INI/PM/GRIP/102 .......................................... 86 NR/L2/INI/02009 ......................................................86
NR/GN/CTM/402 ..................................................... 37 NR/L1/OHS/051 ..................................................... 106 NR/L2/INI/CP0043 ...................................................86
NR/GN/ELP/00004 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/OPS/010 ....................................................... 96 NR/L2/INI/CP0061 ...................................................86
NR/GN/ELP/00011 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/RMVP/0001 .................................................. 98 NR/L2/INI/CP0062 ...................................................87
NR/GN/ELP/00015 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/RSE/30040 ................................................. 143 NR/L2/INI/CP0070 ...................................................87
NR/GN/ELP/24015 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/SIG/30040 ................................................... 143 NR/L2/INI/CP0075 ...................................................87
NR/GN/ELP/27006 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/TEL/30029 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/INI/EDT/CP0091 ...........................................87
NR/GN/ELP/27010 .................................................. 58 NR/L1/TEL/30092 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/INI/PG114 .....................................................87
NR/GN/ELP/27019 .................................................. 59 NR/L1/TEL/30093 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/INV/002 .......................................................104
NR/GN/ELP/27020 .................................................. 59 NR/L1/TEL/30099 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/MTC/006 .......................................................72
NR/GN/ELP/27022 .................................................. 59 NR/L1/TEL/30100 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/MTC/02020 ...................................................72
NR/GN/ELP/27036 .................................................. 59 NR/L1/TEL/30102 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/MTC/088 .......................................................72
NR/GN/ELP/27039 .................................................. 59 NR/L1/TRK/002 ...................................................... 167 NR/L2/MTC/II0218 ...................................................72
NR/GN/ELP/27040 .................................................. 59 NR/L2/AIF/001 ......................................................... 23 NR/L2/MTC/MG0042 ...............................................72
NR/GN/ELP/27041 .................................................. 59 NR/L2/AMG/02106................................................. 141 NR/L2/NDS/202 .......................................................91
NR/GN/ELP/27043 .................................................. 59 NR/L2/AMG/02250................................................. 141 NR/L2/NDS/203 .......................................................91
NR/GN/ELP/27088 .................................................. 59 NR/L2/AMG/1020 ................................................... 141 NR/L2/NDS/205 .......................................................91
NR/GN/ELP/27138 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/AMG/1030 ................................................... 141 NR/L2/OCS/002 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27186 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/AMG/1040 ................................................... 141 NR/L2/OCS/009 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27198 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/CIV/003 ......................................................... 25 NR/L2/OCS/021 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27230 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/CIV/086 ......................................................... 25 NR/L2/OCS/031 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27233 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/CPR/201 ....................................................... 38 NR/L2/OCS/041 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27235 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/CPR/302 ....................................................... 38 NR/L2/OCS/042 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27244 .................................................. 60 NR/L2/CTM/012 ....................................................... 33 NR/L2/OCS/050 .......................................................93
NR/GN/ELP/27319 .................................................. 61 NR/L2/CTM/201 ....................................................... 34 NR/L2/OHS/00103 .................................................107
NR/GN/ELP/27407 .................................................. 61 NR/L2/CTM/202 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00107 .................................................107
NR/GN/ENV/004 ...................................................... 66 NR/L2/CTM/205 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00110 .................................................108
NR/GN/INF/00850 ................................................... 71 NR/L2/CTM/206 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00112 .................................................108
NR/GN/INI/001 ......................................................... 90 NR/L2/CTM/207 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00113 .................................................108
NR/GN/MTC/00011 ................................................. 83 NR/L2/CTM/209 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00117 .................................................108
NR/GN/OHS/00150 ............................................... 110 NR/L2/CTM/220 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00118 .................................................108
NR/GN/OHS/0047 ................................................. 109 NR/L2/CTM/222 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00119 .................................................108
NR/GN/OPS/005 ...................................................... 97 NR/L2/CTM/223 ....................................................... 35 NR/L2/OHS/00120 .................................................108
NR/GN/SIG/00013 ................................................. 132 NR/L2/CTM/229 ....................................................... 36 NR/L2/OHS/00123 .................................................109
NR/GN/SIG/02022 ................................................. 132 NR/L2/EBM/088 ..................................................... 141 NR/L2/OHS/00124 .................................................109
NR/GN/SIG/02025 ................................................. 132 NR/L2/EBM/STP001 .............................................. 142 NR/L2/OHS/0047 ...................................................107
NR/GN/SIG/10099 ................................................. 132 NR/L2/ELP/21015 .................................................... 50 NR/L2/OHS/005 .....................................................106
NR/GN/SIG/19012 ................................................. 133 NR/L2/ELP/27032 .................................................... 51 NR/L2/OPS/015 .......................................................96
NR/GN/SIG/CAT005 ................................................ 21 NR/L2/ELP/27320 .................................................... 52 NR/L2/OPS/110 .......................................................97
NR/GN/SIG/CAT006 ................................................ 21 NR/L2/ELP/27400 .................................................... 53 NR/L2/PRO/001 .......................................................32
NR/GN/TEL/30037................................................. 159 NR/L2/ELP/27401 .................................................... 53 NR/L2/RMVP/0087...................................................98
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
NR/L2/RMVP/0090 .................................................. 99 NR/L2/SIGELP/27410 ............................................ 125 NR/L2/TRK/070 ......................................................167

NR/L2/RMVP/0131 .................................................. 99 NR/L2/SIGELP/27419 ............................................ 125 NR/L2/TRK/1054 ....................................................168
NR/L2/RMVP/0205 ................................................ 100 NR/L3/SIGELP/50001 ............................................ 131 NR/L2/TRK/3038 ....................................................169
NR/L2/RMVP/0207 ................................................ 100 NR/L2/TEL/00013 .................................................. 147 NR/L2/TRK/3100 ....................................................169
NR/L2/RSE/070 ..................................................... 143 NR/L2/TEL/30034 .................................................. 149 NR/L2/TRK/8006 ....................................................170
NR/L2/RSE/100 ..................................................... 143 NR/L2/TEL/30036 .................................................. 149 NR/L2/TRK/8100 ....................................................170
NR/L2/RSE/30041 ................................................. 144 NR/L2/TEL/30066 .................................................. 149 NR/L2/TRK/9016 ....................................................170
NR/L2/RSK/00001 ................................................... 84 NR/L2/TEL/30067 .................................................. 149 NR/L2SIG/10160 ....................................................119
NR/L2/RVE/0001 ................................................... 101 NR/L2/TEL/30069 .................................................. 149 NR/L3/AIF/002 .........................................................23
NR/L2/RVE/0130 ................................................... 101 NR/L2/TEL/30073 .................................................. 149 NR/L3/AMG/00114 .................................................142
NR/L2/RVE/0132 ................................................... 101 NR/L2/TEL/30074 .................................................. 157 NR/L3/AMG/02107 .................................................142
NR/L2/RVE/01327 ................................................. 102 NR/L2/TEL/30075 .................................................. 150 NR/L3/AMG/051 .....................................................142
NR/L2/RVE/0133 ................................................... 101 NR/L2/TEL/30076 .................................................. 150 NR/L3/CIV/004 .........................................................25
NR/L2/RVE/0136 ................................................... 102 NR/L2/TEL/30080 .................................................. 150 NR/L3/CIV/00012 .....................................................26
NR/L2/SIG/10013 .................................................. 118 NR/L2/TEL/30082 .................................................. 150 NR/L3/CIV/028 .........................................................26
NR/L2/SIG/11120 .................................................. 119 NR/L2/TEL/30114 .................................................. 152 NR/L3/CIV/151/F010 ................................................27
NR/L2/SIG/11655 .................................................. 120 NR/L2/TEL/30121 .................................................. 153 NR/L3/CPR/305 .......................................................38
NR/L2/SIG/11704 .................................................. 121 NR/L2/TEL/30122 .................................................. 153 NR/L3/CPR/306 .......................................................39
NR/L2/SIG/11774 .................................................. 121 NR/L2/TEL/30124 .................................................. 153 NR/L3/CTM/131 .......................................................36
NR/L2/SIG/19807 .................................................. 122 NR/L2/TEL/30135 .................................................. 154 NR/L3/EBM/071 .....................................................143
NR/L2/SIG/30003 .................................................. 122 NR/L2/TEL/30136 .................................................. 154 NR/L3/EBM/089 .......................................................72
NR/L2/SIG/30004 .................................................. 122 NR/L2/TEL/30141 .................................................. 154 NR/L3/EBM/AM001 ................................................143
NR/L2/SIG/30009 .................................................. 122 NR/L2/TEL/30143 .................................................. 154 NR/L3/ELP/00110 ....................................................53
NR/L2/SIG/30080 .................................................. 124 NR/L2/TEL/31111 .................................................. 156 NR/L3/ELP/27240/MODC19a ..................................55
NR/L2/SIG/30081 .................................................. 124 NR/L2/TEL/31114 .................................................. 156 NR/L3/ELP/27240/MODC19b ..................................55
NR/L2/SIG/30097/0001 ......................................... 124 NR/L2/TRK/001 ...................................................... 167 NR/L3/ELP/27241 ....................................................55
NR/L2/SIG/50010 .................................................. 124 NR/L2/TRK/0032 .................................................... 167 NR/L3/ELP/27250 ....................................................56
NR/L2/SIG/50019 .................................................. 124 NR/L2/TRK/0132 .................................................... 168 NR/L3/ELP/27404 ....................................................56
NR/L2/SIGELP/27408 ........................................... 125 NR/L2/TRK/038 ...................................................... 167 NR/L3/ELP/27406 ....................................................56
NR/L2/SIGELP/27409 ........................................... 125 NR/L2/TRK/053 ...................................................... 167 NR/L3/ELP/27600 ....................................................56
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
NR/L3/ENV/044 ....................................................... 65 NR/L3/MTC/PL0095................................................. 79 NR/L3/SIG/SG0139................................................130

NR/L3/FIR/101 ......................................................... 68 NR/L3/MTC/PL0151................................................. 79 NR/L3/SIG/SG0154................................................130
NR/L3/FIR/107 ......................................................... 68 NR/L3/MTC/PL0215................................................. 80 NR/L3/TEL/0022 ....................................................156
NR/L3/FIR/108 ......................................................... 68 NR/L3/MTC/RCS0216 ............................................. 80 NR/L3/TEL/0023 ....................................................156
NR/L3/FIR/109 ......................................................... 68 NR/L3/MTC/SE0089 ................................................ 80 NR/L3/TEL/0092 ....................................................156
NR/L3/INF/02204 ..................................................... 70 NR/L3/MTC/SE0090 ................................................ 80 NR/L3/TEL/30071 ..................................................157
NR/L3/INF/AK0025 .................................................. 71 NR/L3/MTC/SE0212 ................................................ 82 NR/L3/TEL/33001 ..................................................158
NR/L3/INI/CI0029 .................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/SE0220 ................................................ 82 NR/L3/TEL/40047 ..................................................158
NR/L3/INI/CP0028 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/SE206 .................................................. 81 NR/L3/TRK/002 ......................................................170
NR/L3/INI/CP0036 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/SE207 .................................................. 82 NR/L3/TRK/003 ......................................................170
NR/L3/INI/CP0044 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/SG0019 ................................................ 82 NR/L3/TRK/0030 ....................................................171
NR/L3/INI/CP0046 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/TE0066 ................................................ 82 NR/L3/TRK/1010 ....................................................171
NR/L3/INI/CP0063 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/MTC/WD0234 ............................................... 82 NR/L3/TRK/1011 ....................................................171
NR/L3/INI/CP0064 ................................................... 88 NR/L3/NDS/006 ....................................................... 91 NR/L3/TRK/1012 ....................................................171
NR/L3/INI/PG115 ..................................................... 89 NR/L3/NDS/305 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/1017 ....................................................172
NR/L3/INI/TK0027 ................................................... 89 NR/L3/NDS/306 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/1018 ....................................................172
NR/L3/INI/TK0040 ................................................... 89 NR/L3/NDS/307 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/1101 ....................................................172
NR/L3/INV/0208 ..................................................... 104 NR/L3/NDS/308 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/1202 ....................................................172
NR/L3/INV/3001 ..................................................... 104 NR/L3/NDS/312 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/2070 ....................................................172
NR/L3/MTC/089 ....................................................... 72 NR/L3/NSC/311 ....................................................... 92 NR/L3/TRK/3001 ....................................................172
NR/L3/MTC/EN0098 ................................................ 72 NR/L3/OCS/006 ....................................................... 94 NR/L3/TRK/3011 ....................................................172
NR/L3/MTC/EN0104 ................................................ 73 NR/L3/OHS/00125 ................................................. 109 NR/L3/TRK/3201 ....................................................173
NR/L3/MTC/EN0105 ................................................ 73 NR/L3/OHS/MTC/0150 .......................................... 109 NR/L3/TRK/3202 ....................................................173
NR/L3/MTC/EN0225 ................................................ 74 NR/L3/OHS/NDS/301 ............................................ 109 NR/L3/TRK/3230 ....................................................174
NR/L3/MTC/EP0036 ................................................ 74 NR/L3/OPS/009 ....................................................... 97 NR/L3/TRK/3240 ....................................................174
NR/L3/MTC/EP0037 ................................................ 74 NR/L3/RMVP/0201 ................................................ 102 NR/L3/TRK/3241 ....................................................174
NR/L3/MTC/EP0038 ................................................ 74 NR/L3/RVE/0167 ................................................... 102 NR/L3/TRK/3242 ....................................................174
NR/L3/MTC/EP0184 ................................................ 75 NR/L3/SIG/0010 ..................................................... 126 NR/L3/TRK/3402 ....................................................175
NR/L3/MTC/EP0185 ................................................ 75 NR/L3/SIG/10046 ................................................... 126 NR/L3/TRK/3405 ....................................................175
NR/L3/MTC/II0219 ................................................... 75 NR/L3/SIG/19808 ................................................... 127 NR/L3/TRK/4041 ....................................................176
NR/L3/MTC/MG0012 ............................................... 76 NR/L3/SIG/19810 ................................................... 127 NR/L3/TRK/4900 ....................................................176
NR/L3/MTC/MG0082 ............................................... 76 NR/L3/SIG/30075 ................................................... 128 NR/PLANT/0200 ....................................................100
NR/L3/MTC/MG0164 ............................................... 76 NR/L3/SIG/30082 ................................................... 128 NR/PRC/INF/02205..................................................71
NR/L3/MTC/MG0173 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/31655 ................................................... 128 NR/PRC/MPI/CP0037 ..............................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0176 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/CAT003 ................................................. 21 NR/PRC/MPI/PP01 ..................................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0180 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/MG0110 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/PP02 ..................................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0183 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/SG0053 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/PP03.1 ...............................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0194 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/SG0054 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/PP03.2 ...............................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0197 ............................................... 77 NR/L3/SIG/SG0057 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/PP04 ..................................................85
NR/L3/MTC/MG0213 ............................................... 78 NR/L3/SIG/SG0079 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/ST0029 ..............................................86
NR/L3/MTC/MG0214 ............................................... 78 NR/L3/SIG/SG0093 ............................................... 129 NR/PRC/MPI/TK0022 ..............................................86
NR/L3/MTC/MG0217 ............................................... 78 NR/L3/SIG/SG0108 ............................................... 130 NR/PRC/TRK/6001 ................................................167
NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 ............................................... 78 NR/L3/SIG/SG0111 ............................................... 130 NR/PS/ELP/00003 ...................................................48
NR/L3/MTC/PL0067 ................................................ 79 NR/L3/SIG/SG0138 ............................................... 130 NR/PS/ELP/00008 ...................................................48
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
NR/PS/ELP/00018 ................................................... 48 NR/SP/ELP/21075 ................................................... 42 NR/WI/ELP/27173 ....................................................57

NR/PS/ELP/00021 ................................................... 49 NR/SP/ELP/21078 ................................................... 43 NR/WI/ELP/27231 ....................................................57
NR/PS/ELP/00022 ................................................... 49 NR/SP/ELP/21081 ................................................... 43 NR/WI/ELP/3091 ......................................................56
NR/PS/ELP/21023 ................................................... 49 NR/SP/ELP/21082 ................................................... 43 NR/WI/SIG/00111 ..................................................131
NR/PS/ELP/21072 ................................................... 49 NR/SP/ELP/21085 ................................................... 43 NR/WI/TEL/30083 ..................................................158
NR/PS/ELP/27220 ................................................... 50 NR/SP/ELP/27042 ................................................... 44 NR/WI/TRK/001 .....................................................177
NR/PS/ELP/27236 ................................................... 50 NR/SP/ELP/27044 ................................................... 44 NR/WI/TRK/00116 .................................................177
NR/PS/SIG/00018 .................................................. 115 NR/SP/ELP/27048 ................................................... 44 NR/WI/TRK/03401 .................................................177
NR/PS/SIG/19802 .................................................. 115 NR/SP/ELP/27169 ................................................... 44 NR/WI/TRK/03404 .................................................177
NR/PS/TEL/00014 ................................................. 146 NR/SP/ELP/27175 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/C/015 ............................................................29
NR/PS/TEL/00015 ................................................. 146 NR/SP/ELP/27176 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/P/018 ..........................................................161
NR/PS/TEL/00027 ................................................. 146 NR/SP/ELP/27192 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/P/044 ............................................................24
NR/PS/TEL/00028 ................................................. 146 NR/SP/ELP/27193 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/S/001 ............................................................24
NR/PS/TEL/30107 ................................................. 146 NR/SP/ELP/27195 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/S/002 ..........................................................164
NR/PS/TEL/31102 ................................................. 147 NR/SP/ELP/27200 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/S/005 ..........................................................162
NR/PS/TRK/029 ..................................................... 164 NR/SP/ELP/27202 ................................................... 45 RT/CE/S/008 ..........................................................164
NR/SIG/10661 ....................................................... 119 NR/SP/ELP/27203 ................................................... 46 RT/CE/S/009 ..........................................................162
NR/SIN/092 ............................................................ 160 NR/SP/ELP/27217 ................................................... 46 RT/CE/S/014 ..........................................................165
NR/SIN/111 .............................................................. 62 NR/SP/ELP/27300 ................................................... 47 RT/CE/S/025 ..........................................................165
NR/SIN/119 .............................................................. 62 NR/SP/ENV/001 ....................................................... 65 RT/CE/S/033 ..........................................................166
NR/SIN/120 ............................................................ 139 NR/SP/ERG/00005 .................................................. 67 RT/CE/S/034 ..........................................................162
NR/SIN/122 .............................................................. 62 NR/SP/OHS/00102 ................................................ 105 RT/CE/S/035 ............................................................24
NR/SIN/124 ............................................................ 139 NR/SP/OHS/00114 ................................................ 106 RT/CE/S/036 ..........................................................162
NR/SIN/125 ............................................................ 139 NR/SP/OHS/00122 ................................................ 106 RT/CE/S/037 ..........................................................162
NR/SIN/126 ............................................................ 140 NR/SP/OHS/501 .................................................... 105 RT/CE/S/042 ..........................................................163
NR/SIN/127 .............................................................. 62 NR/SP/SIG/02023 .................................................. 111 RT/CE/S/043 ..........................................................166
NR/SIN/128 ............................................................ 140 NR/SP/SIG/02024 .................................................. 111 RT/CE/S/044 ............................................................24
NR/SIN/131 ............................................................ 178 NR/SP/SIG/10040 .................................................. 111 RT/CE/S/050 ..........................................................163
NR/SP/ASR/036 .................................................... 105 NR/SP/SIG/50004 .................................................. 112 RT/CE/S/063 ..........................................................163
NR/SP/CTM/011 ...................................................... 33 NR/SP/SIG/50006 .................................................. 112 RT/CE/S/064 ..........................................................164
NR/SP/CTM/017 ...................................................... 33 NR/SP/SIG/50015 .................................................. 112 RT/CE/S/080 ............................................................24
NR/SP/CTM/032 ...................................................... 33 NR/SP/TEL/30002 ................................................. 145 RT/CE/S/082 ............................................................24
NR/SP/ELP/21014 ................................................... 40 NR/SP/TEL/30024 ................................................. 145 RT/CE/S/084 ............................................................24
NR/SP/ELP/21021 ................................................... 40 NR/SP/TEL/30133 ................................................. 145 RT/CE/S/130 ..........................................................166
NR/SP/ELP/21024 ................................................... 40 NR/SP/TEL/50016 ................................................. 146 RT/CE/S/131 ..........................................................167
NR/SP/ELP/21025 ................................................... 41 NR/SP/TRK/01110 .........................................161, 164 RT/D/P/003 ..............................................................65
NR/SP/ELP/21026 ................................................... 41 NR/SP/TRK/0133 ................................................... 161 RT/D/P/085 ............................................................164
NR/SP/ELP/21028 ................................................... 41 NR/SP/TRK/8011 ................................................... 161 RT/D/S/006 ............................................................112
NR/SP/ELP/21030 ................................................... 41 NR/SP/TRK/9003 ................................................... 161 RT/E/C/11711 ........................................................134
NR/SP/ELP/21032 ................................................... 41 NR/SP/TRK/9039 ................................................... 161 RT/E/C/11721 ........................................................134
NR/SP/ELP/21036 ................................................... 41 NR/WI/ELP/27051.................................................... 56 RT/E/C/11722 ........................................................134
——————————————————————————————————————————————————–
Catalogue Index
RT/E/C/19014 ........................................................ 135 RT/E/G/27225 .......................................................... 61 RT/E/S/10137 .........................................................114

RT/E/C/19015 ........................................................ 135 RT/E/P/10024 ........................................................ 112 RT/E/S/10138 .........................................................114
RT/E/C/19016 ........................................................ 135 RT/E/P/10025 ........................................................ 112 RT/E/S/10178 .........................................................114
RT/E/C/19019 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/P/24000 .......................................................... 48 RT/E/S/11189 .........................................................146
RT/E/C/19023 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/P/24010 .......................................................... 48 RT/E/S/11752 .........................................................114
RT/E/C/19024 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/P/27180 .......................................................... 48 RT/E/S/14200 .........................................................115
RT/E/C/19025 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00002 ...................................................... 115 RT/E/S/17004 .........................................................115
RT/E/C/19026 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00005 ...................................................... 115 RT/E/S/17005 .........................................................115
RT/E/C/19030 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00009 ...................................................... 115 RT/E/S/17503 .........................................................115
RT/E/C/19032 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00011 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/17504 .........................................................115
RT/E/C/19036 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00012 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/21131 ...........................................................47
RT/E/C/19039 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00016 ........................................................ 98 RT/E/S/21136 .........................................................117
RT/E/C/19040 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00032 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/24017 ...........................................................67
RT/E/C/19041 ........................................................ 136 RT/E/PS/00801 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/27215 ...........................................................48
RT/E/C/19044 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11755 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/27223 ...........................................................47
RT/E/C/19045 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11756 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/40017 ...........................................................98
RT/E/C/19046 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11757 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/40020 ...........................................................98
RT/E/C/19048 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11760 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/40028 ...........................................................98
RT/E/C/19050 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11762 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/40031 ...........................................................98
RT/E/C/19051 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11763 ...................................................... 116 RT/E/S/40063 ...........................................................98
RT/E/C/19052 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11764 ...................................................... 117 RT/E/WI/00100 .......................................................131
RT/E/C/19254 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/PS/11765 ...................................................... 117 RT/E/WI/00102 .......................................................131
RT/E/C/19257 ........................................................ 137 RT/E/S/02026 ........................................................ 113 RT/E/WI/00104 .......................................................132
RT/E/C/19258 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10015 ........................................................ 117 RT/E/WI/00105 .......................................................132
RT/E/C/19259 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10029 ........................................................ 113 RT/E/WI/00109 .........................................................57
RT/E/C/19262 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10031 ........................................................ 117 RT/E/WI/00112 .........................................................57
RT/E/C/19265 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10041 ........................................................ 117 RT/E/WI/00113 .......................................................159
RT/E/C/19269 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10059 ........................................................ 117 RT/E/WI/27124 .........................................................57
RT/E/C/27003 .......................................................... 61 RT/E/S/10060 ........................................................ 113 RT/E/WI/27129 .........................................................57
RT/E/C/27031 ........................................................ 103 RT/E/S/10062 ........................................................ 113 RT/E/WI/27130 .........................................................58
RT/E/C/27035 ........................................................ 103 RT/E/S/10065 ........................................................ 117 RT/E/WI/27222 .........................................................58
RT/E/C/45002 .......................................................... 61 RT/E/S/10067 ........................................................ 113 RT/LS/CAT004 .........................................................21
RT/E/C/50005 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10073 ........................................................ 113 RT/LS/CAT007 .........................................................21
RT/E/C/50007 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10081 ........................................................ 113 RT/LS/G/00002 ........................................................31
RT/E/C/50008 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10083 ........................................................ 113 RT/LS/G/00009 ........................................................83
RT/E/C/50009 ........................................................ 138 RT/E/S/10110 ........................................................ 113 RT/LS/G/00022 ........................................................66
RT/E/C/50013 ........................................................ 139 RT/E/S/10127 ........................................................ 114 RT/LS/G/00023 ........................................................66
RT/E/C/50018 ........................................................ 139 RT/E/S/10131 ........................................................ 114 RT/LS/P/007 .............................................................65
RT/E/C/65000 ........................................................ 103 RT/E/S/10133 ........................................................ 114 RT/LS/P/034 ...........................................................105
RT/E/G/00007 .......................................................... 66 RT/E/S/10134 ........................................................ 114 RT/SRS/01 .............................................................117
RT/E/G/00028 ........................................................ 139 RT/E/S/10135 ........................................................ 114

NR Catalogue Issue 96

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NR Catalogue Issue 96

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NR Catalogue Issue 96

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISSUE 96

05 June – 05 September 2015

Table of ContentsTable of Contents

4.19 SIGNAL ENGINEERING ............................................................................................................................................................111

Guide to this Catalogue

1 Guide to this Catalogue

1.1 Quick Find – Using the Catalogue Index

1.2 Network Rail Standards

1.3 Network Rail Standards Framework

1.4 Types of Network Rail Standards

1.5 Other documents related to Network Rail Standards

1.6 Steering Group Codes

1.7 Technical Specifications for Interoperability

1.8 Railway Group Standards

1.9 Ordering Network Rail Standards

Price £9 £12 £23 £35 £46 £69

Changes in this Issue

2. Changes in this issue

2 Changes in this issue

2.1 New and Up-Issued Standards

9 MTC NR/L3/MTC/MG0221 Network 3 ISSUE 2 06/06/15 05/09/15 Updated to:

26 TRK NR/GN/TRK/7001 Index of Track 6 ISSUE 5 06/06/15 NA TWIs UPDATED:

27 TRK NR/L3/TRK/003 Index of Track 17 ISSUE 16 06/06/15 05/09/15 TEFs UPDATED:

2.2 Withdrawn and Superseded Documents

NR/GN/CIV/00012 Road Vehicle 1 NR/L3/CIV/00012 05/09/2015 Withdrawn following the publication of

NR/GN/ELP/00003 A.C. Electrified 2 NR/L2/ELP/27032 01/06/2016 Withdrawn following the publication of

NR/GN/ELP/27309 DC Electric Track 3 NR/L3/ELP/27250 06/06/2016 Withdrawn following the publication of

2.2 Withdrawn and Superseded Documents

2.3 Letters of Instruction

NR/BS/LI/352 Standard affected: 1 17/04/2015 17/04/2015 Occupational Health NR/L2/OHS/133 Issue 1

NR/BS/LI/349 Standards affected: 1 02/02/2015 02/03/2015 Civil Engineering NR/L2/CIV/003 Issue 4

NR/BS/LI/347 Standard affected: 1 16/01/2015 When Occupational Health NR/L2/CTM/028 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/346 Standard affected: 1 16/12/2014 When Electrical Power NR/WI/ELP/27051 Issue 4

NR/BS/LI/345 Standard affected: 1 24/11/2014 When Safety Technical NR/L2/RSE/100/02 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/340 Standard affected: 1 07/01/2015 When Track Engineering NR/L3/TRK/4004 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/328 Standard affected: 1 28/03/2014 When Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/21104 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/326 Standard affected: 1 16/042014 When Occupational Health NR/L2/OHS/050 Issue 4

NR/BS/LI/323 Standard 1 11/03/2014 01/12/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L2/SIG/10064 Issue 1

NR/BS/LI/308 Standard affected: 2 30/11/2014 30/04/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L2/SIG/11704 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/306 Standard affected: NR/L1/CIV/032: 2 26/09/2014 When Civil Engineering NR/L1/CIV/032

NR/BS/LI/305 Standards affected: 1 23/09/2013 End of plain Asset Management - NR/L2/TRK/001

NR/BS/LI/298 Standard affected: 2 16/06/2014 When Operations and NR/L3/OCS/044 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/296 Standard affected: 2 16/06/2014 When Operations and NR/L3/OCS/043 Issue 4

NR/BS/LI/290 Standard affected: 1 25/04/2013 26/04/2014 Operations NR/L3/OCS/043 Issue 6

NR/BS/LI/285 Standard affected: 2 11/06/2013 On Rail Mounted Vehicle NR/PLANT/0200/Module P501

NR/BS/LI/284 Standard affected: 3 19/09/2014 19/09/2015 Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/0053 Issue 5

NR/BS/LI/282 Standard affected: 1 24/01/2013 23/01/2014 Electrical Power NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/281 Standard affected: 1 24/01/2013 23/01/2014 Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/21060 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/275 Standard affected: 2 11/02/2014 10/02/2015 Signal Engineering NR/L3/SIG/10179 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/273 Standard affected: 4 41830 On update of Operations & NR/L3/OCS/043/5.11 Issue 1

NR/BS/LI/269 Standard affected: 2 18/04/2013 17/04/2014 Electrical Power NR/L1/ELP/27000 [Issue: 1]

NR/BS/LI/210 Standards affected: 4 13/02/2014 13/02/2015 NDS NR/L3/NDS/305 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/152 Electrical Tripping – Midland 1 09/11/2009 09/11/2010 Electrical Power NONE

NR/BS/LI/146 Standard affected: 1 31/10/2009 31/09/2010 Track Engineering NR/L2/TRK/5100 Issue 2

NR/BS/LI/132 Standard Affected: 1 02/03/2009 01/12/2010 Operations & NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/131 Standard Affected: 2 08/04/2009 01/12/2010 Electrical Power NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/120 Standard affected: 4 25/03/2015 24/03/2016 Operations and NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/120 Standard affected: 3 11/03/2015 15/03/2015 Operations and NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/120 Standard affected: 2 19/05/2010 19/05/2011 Operations and NR/SP/ELP/29987 Issue 3

NR/BS/LI/119 Standard affected: 1 12/12/2008 08/12/2009 Operations and NR/WI/ELP/3091 Issue E2